Top Banner
1 Chandigarh University, Gharuan, Mohali Scheme of B.E Mechanical Engineering For Batch 2018 (Regular and 2019 LEET) And Batch 2017 (3 rd Semester Onwards) Approved By Board of Studies of Mechanical Engineering
308

Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

Jan 22, 2023

Download

Documents

Khang Minh
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

1

Chandigarh University, Gharuan, Mohali

Scheme of

B.E Mechanical Engineering

For

Batch 2018 (Regular and 2019 LEET)

And

Batch 2017 (3rd Semester Onwards)

Approved By

Board of Studies of Mechanical Engineering

Page 2: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

2

Vision and Mission of theChandigarh University

Vision

“To be globally recognized as a Centre of Excellence for Research, Innovation, Entrepreneurship

and disseminating knowledge by providing inspirational learning to produce professional leaders

for serving the society”

Mission

M1: Providing world class infrastructure, renowned academicians and ideal environment for

Research, Innovation, Consultancy and Entrepreneurship relevant to the society.

M2: Offering programs & courses in consonance with National policies for nation building and

meeting global challenges.

M3: Designing Curriculum to match International standards, needs of Industry, civil society and

for inculcation of traits of Creative Thinking and Critical Analysis as well as Human and Ethical

values.

M4: Ensuring students delight by meeting their aspirations through blended learning, corporate

mentoring, professional grooming, flexible curriculum and healthy atmosphere based on co-

curricular and extra-curricular activities.

M5: Creating a scientific, transparent and objective examination/evaluation system to ensure an

ideal certification.

M6: Establishing strategic relationships with leading National and International corporates and

universities for academic as well as research collaborations.

M7: Contributing for creation of healthy, vibrant and sustainable society by involving in

Institutional Social Responsibility (ISR) activities like rural development, welfare of senior

citizens, women empowerment, community service, health and hygiene awareness and

environmental protection

Page 3: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

3

Vision and Mission of Mechanical Engineering

Vision

Vision

To be recognized as a center of excellence for research and innovation in Mechanical

Engineering through contemporary as well as futuristic tools and technologies for serving the

society at regional, national and global level

Mission

M1: Providing quality education to the students in core and allied fields by implementing

advanced pedagogies

M2: Encouraging students towards research and development through advanced tools and

technologies for providing solution to societal problems

M3: Evolve and empower the students through core technical skills for becoming entrepreneurs

and innovators

M4: Inculcating employability and leadership skill for ensuring industry ready professional

through hands on experiential learning and industrial collaboration

M5: Developing professional and ethical standards in the mind of the young engineers by

continuous learning and professional activities

Page 4: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

4

Program: Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical Engineering)

Duration: 4 years

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs):

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs):

PEO1: Graduates will have professional knowledge in the field of Mechanical Engineering and other

interdisciplinary domains.

PEO2: Graduates will have successful career in government services, research organizations, academic

institutions and industries at national and international level.

PEO3: Graduates will have compatibility with modern engineering tools and technologies for

deliberating solution to various engineering problems.

PEO4: Graduates will develop skills to address the concern of society, environment and communicate

effectively to lead the interdisciplinary diverse team.

PEO5: Graduates will be effectively fit for higher education, innovations, research & development,

entrepreneurship and professional development

Page 5: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

5

PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs):

PO1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering

problems.

PO2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, research literature, and analyze complex

engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of

mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

PO3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems

and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate

consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental

considerations.

PO4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and

research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and

synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

PO5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and

modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex

engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.

PO6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to

assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities

relevant to the professional engineering practice.

PO7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering

solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and

need for sustainable development.

PO8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and

norms of the engineering practice.

PO9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or

leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

PO10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and

write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give

and receive clear instructions.

PO11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the

engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member

and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

PO12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage

in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs):

Page 6: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

6

PSO1: Apply the knowledge of Production, Manufacturing and Industrial Engineering for

analysis, optimization and development of mechanical system

PSO2: Apply the concepts of Design and Thermal Engineering to model, analyze and develop

the mechanical components and systems

Summary of Credits distribution

C.U Scheme2018-22

HSM B.S ES P.C P.E O.E/IOE I.O.E Project

MOOC’s

(Self

Learning)

MNG Graded

Total

Sem-

1 3 10 8 3 - 1* 24

Sem-

2 3 10 12 - 1* 25

Sem-3 3 4 13 - 7* 20

Sem-4 3 7 11 2 4* 5* 23

Sem-5 17 2 4* 5* 19

Sem-6 7 6 3 3 4* 3* 19

Sem-7 9(6+3) 3 4 2* 16

Sem-8 3 9(6+3) 4 2* 16

Total 12 27 24 54 24 6 NA 15 16* 22* 162

Page 7: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

7

HSM: Humanities Social Science and Management

B.S: Basics Sciences

P.C: Professional Core

P.E: Professional Electives

O.E: Open Electives

P.R : Project

MOOC’s: Massive open online courses

MNG: Mandatory Non Graded

1st Semester Sr.

No. Subject Category

Subject Code L T P S Credits

1 Calculus and Matrices BS SMT-121 3 2 0 - 5

2 Applied Chemistry BS SHT-121 3 1 0 - 4

3 Innovation and inventions in Mechanical

Engineering ES MET-102 2 0 0 - 2

4 Materials Technology PC MET-105 3 0 0 - 3

5 Communication Skills HSM UCT-141 2 0 0 - 2

6 Computer Programming and Utilization ES UCT-144 2 0 0 - 2

7 Computer Programming and Utilization

Lab ES UCP-145 0 0 4 - 2

8 Communication Skills Lab HSM UCP-142 0 0 2 - 1

9 Manufacturing Practice ES MEP-160 0 0 4 - 2

10 Applied Chemistry Lab BS SHP-122 0 0 2 - 1

11 Life Skills and Mentoring MNG UCY-146 0 1* 0 - 1*

Page 8: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

8

Total 15 3 12 0 24

Contact Hours= 30

2nd Semester

Sr.

No. Subject Category Subject Code L T P S Credits

1 Integral Calculus, ODE & Complex

Variable BS SMT-171 3 2 0 - 5

2 Applied Modern Physics BS SPT-121 3 1 0 - 4

3 Basic Electrical and Electronics

Engineering ES ECT-110 3 1 0 - 4

4 Paradigms of Computer Programming ES CST-152 2 0 0 - 2

5 Professional Communication Skills HSM PCT-191 2 0 0 - 2

6 Professional Communication Skills lab HSM PCP-192 0 0 2 - 1

7 Applied Modern Physics Lab BS SPP-122 0 0 2 - 1

8 Engineering Graphics and Drawing ES MET-164 2 0 0 - 2

9 Basic Electrical and Electronics

Engineering Lab ES EEP-116 0 0 2 - 1

10 Paradigms of Computer Programming Lab ES CSP-157 0 0 4 - 2

11 Engineering Graphics and Drawing Lab ES MEP-164 0 0 2 - 1

12 Life Skills and Mentoring MNG UCY-196 0 1* 0 - 1*

Total 15 4 12 - 25

Contact Hours= 31

*4 Weeks institutional/Summer Training after 2nd Semester Examination

3rd Semester

Sr. No. Subject Category Subject

Code L T P S Credits

1 Soft Skills HSM TDP-201 0 0 2 - 1

2 Introduction to Management and

Leadership HSM

UCT-242 2 0 0 - 2

3 Engineering Mechanics ES MET-201 3 1 0 - 4

4 Theory of Machines PC MET-202 3 1 0 - 4

5 Engineering Thermodynamics PC MET-203 3 1 0 - 4

6 Manufacturing Techniques PC MET-204 3 0 0 - 3

7 Theory of Machines Lab PC MEP-205 0 0 2 - 1

8 Manufacturing Techniques Lab PC MEP-206 0 0 2 - 1

9 Life Skills and Mentoring MNG UCY-246 0 1* 0 - 1*

10 Institutional/Summer Training* TR

(MNG) MES-209 0 0 0 - 2*

Total 14 3 6 - 20

Page 9: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

9

Contact Hours= 23

Career option MNG Courses in 3rd Semester

Sr. No. Subject Category Subject

Code L T P S Credits

1 Engineering Mathematics@ MNG SMY-222 3 1 0 - 4*

2 Industrial Applications of CAD © MNG MEY-201 0 0 2 - 1*

3 Mechanical Measurement and

Metrology© MNG MEY-202 3 0 0 - 3*

Symbol@ is applicable to LEET Students and © is applicable for Non LEET Students

Mandatory Self learning MOOC’s of 2 Credits equivalent to 30 hours

4th Semester

Sr. No. Subject Category Subject

Code L T P S Credits

1 Aptitude HSM TDT-252 0 2 0 - 2

2 Creativity and Critical Thinking HSM UCT-293 2 0 0 - 2

3 Applied Mathematics-III BS SMT-273 3 1 0 - 4

4 Biology for Engineers BS SZT-272 3 0 0 - 3

5 Mechanics of Solids PC MET-251 3 1 0 - 4

6 Applied Thermodynamics PC MET-252 3 1 0 - 4

7 Mechanics of Solids Lab PC MEP-253 0 0 2 - 1

8 Applied Thermodynamics Lab PC MEP-254 0 0 2 - 1

9 CAD Modeling PC MEP-255 0 0 2 - 1

10 Project PR MER-256 0 0 0 - 2

11 Life Skills and Mentoring MNG UCY-296 0 1* 0 - 1*

Total 14 5 6 - 22

Contact Hours= 25

Institutional/Industrial training of Six Week Duration after 4th Semester Examination

MNG Courses in 4th Semester

Sr. No. Subject Category Subject

Code L T P S

Credit

s

1 Introduction to MATLAB ® MNG MEY-253 0 0 2 - 1*

2

Environment Science and Waste

Management@ MNG UCY-294 3 0 0 - 3*

3 Programming Language@ MNG PCY-252 0 0 2 - 1*

4 Basics of Automobile Engineering© MNG MEY-254 2 0 0 - 2*

5 Measurements and Metrology Lab© MNG MEY-255 0 0 2 - 1*

6 MOOC's Online MEY-256 0 0 0 60 4*

Symbol @ is applicable to LEET Students, © is applicable for Non LEET Students and ® is common to both LEET and Regular.

Page 10: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

10

5th Semester

Sr. No. Subject Category Subject

Code L T P S Credits

1 Heat Transfer PC MET-301 3 1 0 - 4

2

Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic

Machines PC MET-302 3 1 0 - 4

3 Design of Machine Elements-I PC MET-303 1 2 0 - 3

4 Machining Processes PC MET-304 3 0 0 - 3

5 Heat Transfer Lab PC MEP-305 0 0 2 - 1

6 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic

Machines Lab PC MEP-306 0 0 2 - 1

7 Machining Processes Lab PC MEP-307 0 0 2 - 1

8 Project PR MER-308 0 0 0 - 2

9 Institutional/Summer Training* TR

(MNG) MEY-309 0 0 0

- 2*

Total 10 4 6 - 19

Contact Hours= 20

MNG Courses in 5th Semester

Sr. No. Subject Category Subject Code L T P S Credits

Page 11: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

11

1 Career Development Course (TPP) MNG MEX-XXX - - - - 3*

2 Engineering Economics (Non TPP) MNG MEY-301 3 0 0 - 3*

3 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning© MNG MEY-302 3 0 0 - 3*

4

Refrigeration and Air Conditioning

Lab© MNG MEY-303 0 0 2 -

1*

5 MOOC's SSMNG MEX-304 0 0 0 60 4*

List of Career Specific Courses

Sr. No. Subject Category Subject Code L T P S Credits

1 Aptitude (TPP) MNG TDY-302 0 2 0 - 1*

2 Soft Skills (TPP) MNG TDY-301 0 0 4 - 2* © means Subject is common to TPP and Non TPP Groups

6th Semester

Sr. No. Subject Category Subject Code L T P S Credits

1 Design of Machine Elements-II PC MET-351 1 2 0 - 3

2 Industrial Automation and Robotics PC MET-352 2 0 0 - 2

3 Professional Elective-I PE MEX-XXX 3 0 0 - 3

4 Professional Elective-II PE MEX-XXX 3 0 0 - 3

5 Open Elective – I OE XXO-XXX 3 0 0 - 3

6 Design of Machine Elements Lab PC MEP-353 0 0 2 - 1

7 Industrial Automation and Robotics

Lab PC MEP-354 0 0 2 - 1

8 Project PR MER-355 0 0 0 - 3

Total 12 2 4 - 19

Contact Hours= 18

Institutional/Industrial training of Six Weeks Duration after 6th Semester Examination

MNG Courses in 5th Semester

1 Career Specific Course (TPP) MNG MEY-XXX 3 0 0 - 3*

2 Total Quality Management (Non TPP ) MNG MEY-356 3 0 0 - 3*

3 MOOC's SSMNG MEX-357 0 0 0 60 4*

4 Technical Training MNG MEY-358 0 2 0 - 2*

List of Career Specific Courses

1 Aptitude (TPP) MNG TDY-352 0 2 0 - 2*

2 Soft Skills (TPP) MNG TDY-351 0 0 2 - 1*

Summer Training/Industrial training of Six Week Duration after 6th Semester Examination

Page 12: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

12

7th Semester

Sr. No. Subject Category Subject Code L T P S Credits

1 Professional Elective – III PE MEX-XXX 3 0 0 - 3

2 Professional Elective – IV PE MEX-XXX 3 0 0 - 3

3 Professional Elective – V P.E XXO-XXX 3 0 0 - 3

4 Open Elective-II O.E MEO-XXX 3 0 0 - 3

5 Project PR MER-401 0 0 0 - 4

6 Summer Training/Institutional Training TR(MNG) MEY-402 0 0 0 - 2*

7 MOOC's Online MEX-403 0 0 0 30 2*

8 Technical Training MNG MEY-404 0 2 0 - 2*

Total 12 2 0 30 16

Contact Hours= 14

8th Semester

Sr. No. Subject Category Subject Code L T P S Credits

1 Professional Elective – VI PE MEX-XXX 3 0 0 - 3

2 Professional Elective – VII PE MEX-XXX 3 0 0 - 3

3 Professional Elective – VIII PE XXO-XXX 3 0 0 - 3

Page 13: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

13

4 Smart Materials and MEMS P.C MET-XXX 2 0 0 - 2

5 Kinesynthesis Lab P.C MEP-XXX 0 0 2 - 1

6 Project PR MER-451 0 0 0 - 4

7 MOOC's SSMNG MEX-452 0 0 0 30 2*

8 Technical Training MNG MEY-453 0 2 0 - 2*

Total 11 2 2 30 16

Contact Hours= 15

List of Professional Electives

A: Thermal and Energy Engineering Group

Sr.

No. Subject Category Subject Code L T P S Credits

6th Semester

1 Heating Ventilation and Air

Conditioning P.E MEA-351 3 0 0

- 3

2 Gas Turbines P.E MEA-352 3 0 0 - 3

3 Finite Element methods P.E MEA-353 3 0 0 - 3

4 Numerical Methods in Engineering P.E MEA-354 3 0 0 - 3

7th Semester

5 Power Plant Engineering P.E MEA-401 3 0 0 - 3

6 Heat Exchanger Design P.E MEA-402 3 0 0 - 3

7 Solar Energy P.E MEA-403 3 0 0 - 3

8 Computational Fluid Dynamics P.E MEA-404 3 0 0 - 3

9 Operation Research P.E MEA-405 3 0 0 - 3

8th Semester

10 Internal Combustion Engines P.E MEA-451 3 0 0 - 3

Page 14: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

14

11 Energy Conservation and Management P.E MEA-452 3 0 0 - 3

12 Non-Conventional Energy Resources P.E MEA-453 3 0 0 - 3

13 Industrial Safety P.E MEA-454 3 0 0 - 3

List of Professional Electives

B: Design Group

Sr.

No. Subject Category Subject Code L T P S Credits

6th Semester

1 Vibrations , Noise and Harshness P.E MEB-351 3 0 0 - 3

2 Fracture Mechanics P.E MEB-352 3 0 0 - 3

3 Finite Elements Methods P.E MEB-353 3 0 0 - 3

4 Numerical Methods in Engineering P.E MEB-354 3 0 0 - 3

7th Semester

5 Tribology P.E MEB-401 3 0 0 - 3

6 Pressure Vessel Design P.E MEB-402 3 0 0 - 3

7 Machine Tool Design P.E MEB-403 3 0 0 - 3

8 Experimental Stress Analysis P.E MEB-404 3 0 0 - 3

9 Operation Research P.E MEB-405 3 0 0 - 3

8th Semester

10 Product Design and Development P.E MEB-451 3 0 0 - 3

Page 15: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

15

11 Quality Control and Assurance P.E MEB-452 3 0 0 - 3

12 Introduction to Bio- Mechanical

Engineering P.E MEB-453 3 0 0

- 3

13 Industrial Safety P.E MEB-454 3 0 0 - 3

14 Surface Engineering P.E MEB-455 3 0 0 - 3

C: Manufacturing Engineering Group

Sr.

No. Subject Category Subject Code L T P S Credits

6th Semester

1 Industrial Engineering P.E MEC-351 3 0 0 - 3

2 Non Traditional Machining P.E MEC-352 3 0 0 - 3

3 Finite Element Methods P.E MEC-353 3 0 0 - 3

4 Numerical Methods in Engineering P.E MEC-354 3 0 0 - 3

7th Semester

5 Production Planning and Control P.E MEC-401 3 0 0 - 3

6 Work Study and Ergonomics P.E MEC-402 3 0 0 - 3

7

Maintenance and Reliability

Engineering P.E MEC-403 3 0 0

- 3

8 Additive Manufacturing P.E MEC-404 3 0 0 - 3

9 Operation Research P.E MEC-405 3 0 0 - 3

8th Semester

Page 16: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

16

10 Product Design and Development P.E MEC-451 3 0 0 - 3

11 Supply Chain Management P.E MEC-452 3 0 0 - 3

12 Quality Control & Assurance P.E MEC-453 3 0 0 - 3

13 Industrial Safety P.E MEC-454 3 0 0 - 3

List of Institution Open Electives courses offered by Mechanical

Engineering to other Branch

Sr.

No. Subject Category

Subject

Code

Sem L T P S Credits

1 Smart Materials and MEMS I.O.E MEN-351 6th 3 0 0 - 3

*Note: As per scheme applicable to batch 2017-18, there are five Institute Open elective courses and one

Open elective in 6th Semester followed by two in both 7th and 8th semester.

Page 17: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

17

Open Electives Offered by Mechanical Department to other Courses

Sr.

No. Subject Category Subject Code L T P S Credits

6th Semester

1 Robotics and Automation OE MEO-361

3 0 0 -

3

2 Industrial Safety

OE MEO-362 3 0 0

- 3

3 Smart Materials and MEMS

IOE MEN-351 3 0 0

- 3

7th Semester

4 Automobile Engineering

OE MEO-401 3 0 0

- 3

5 Industrial Engineering

OE MEO-402 3 0 0

- 3

Page 18: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

18

Approved List of MOOC’s Courses

LIST OF MOOC’s COURSES BY SWAYAM S.

No. Name of Course

1 Waste to Energy Conversion

2 Chemical Process Control

3 Principles and Applications of Building Science

4 Deep Learning – Part 2

5 Landscape Architecture and Site Planning - Basic Fundamental

6 Multimodal Interaction

7 Data Mining

8 Applications of interactomics using Genomics and proteomics

9 Designing Learner-Centric MOOCs

10 Advanced Textile Printing Technology

11 Machine Learning, ML

12 A brief course on Superconductivity

13 Bioengineering: An Interface with Biology and Medicine

Page 19: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

19

14 Regulatory requirements for medical devices and IVDs in India

15 Advance Aircraft Maintenance

16 Real Time Operating System

17 Reactive Intermediates Carbene and Nitrene

18 Cloud Computing

19 Designing Learner-Centric MOOCs

20 Advanced Textile Printing Technology

21 Big Data Computing

22 Current regulatory requirements for conducting clinical trials in India

23 Digital Land Surveying And Mapping - DLS&M

24 Thermodynamics Of Fluid Phase Equilibria

LIST OF MOOC’s COURSES Edx

S. No. Name of Course

1 Introduction to Engineering and Design

2 Introduction to Mechanics, Part 1

3 Mechanical Behavior of Materials, Part 2: Stress Transformations, Beams, Columns, and

Cellular Solids

4 A Hands-on Introduction to Engineering Simulations

5 Robotics: Locomotion Engineering

6 “Monotsukuri” Making Things in Japan: Mechanical Engineering

7 Engineering Mechanics

8 Robotics: Dynamics and Control

9 Introduction to Steel

10 Micro and Nanofabrication

11 Quantum Mechanics for Everyone

12 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence (AI)

13 Principles of Machine Learning: R Edition

14 Machine Learning with Python: A Practical Introduction

15 Robotics: Vision Intelligence and Machine Learning

16 Machine Learning for Data Science and Analytics

Page 20: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

20

MOOC's List by Various Prominent Institutes

Sr.

No. Institute Discipline Course Name SME Name Duration

1 IIT Roorkee Mechanical

Engineering

Modelling and Simulation of

Dynamic Systems

Prof. Pushparaj Mani

Pathak 8 Weeks

2 IIT Madras Mechanical

Engineering

Engineering Mechanics -

Statics and Dynamics

Prof. Mahesh

Panchagnula 8 Weeks

3 IIT Kanpur Mechanical

Engineering

Basics of Finite Element

Analysis-I Prof. Nachiketa Tiwari 8 weeks

4 IIT Guwahati Mechanical

Engineering

Principles of Mechanical

Measurement Prof. Dipankar N Basu 12 weeks

5 IIT Kharagpur Mechanical

Engineering

Industrial Automation and

Control

Prof. Siddhartha

Mukhopadhyay

12

Weeks

6 IIT Roorkee Mechanical

Engineering Automatic Control Prof. Anil Kumar 8 weeks

7 IIT Kharagpur Mechanical

Engineering

Conduction and Convection

Heat Transfer

Prof. Sankar Kumar

Som, Prof. Suman

Chakraborty

12

Weeks

8 IIT Roorkee Mechanical

Engineering Convective Heat Transfer Prof. Arup Kumar Das 4 Weeks

9 IIT Roorkee Mechanical

Engineering Radiative Heat Transfer Prof. Ankit Bansal 8 weeks

10 IIT Roorkee Mechanical

Engineering Steam and Gas Power Systems Prof. Ravi Kumar 8 Weeks

Page 21: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

21

11 IIT Guwahati Mechanical

Engineering IC Engines and Gas Turbines

Prof. Pranab K.

Mondal & Prof.

Vinayak N. Kulkarni

12 weeks

12 IIT Delhi Mechanical

Engineering Thermodynamics Prof. S.R kale

12

Weeks

13 IIT Kharagpur Mechanical

Engineering Concepts of Thermodynamics

Prof. Suman

Chakraborty and

Aditya Bandopadhyay

12

Weeks

14 IIT Kharagpur Mechanical

Engineering

Introduction to Fluid

Mechanics

Prof. Suman

Chakraborty

12

Weeks

15 IIT Guwahati Mechanical

Engineering

Fundamental of Welding

Science and Technology Prof. Pankaj Biswas 8 weeks

16 IIT Roorkee Mechanical

Engineering

Joining Technologies for

metals Prof. D. K. Dwivedi 8 weeks

17 IIT Roorkee Mechanical

Engineering

Principles of Casting

Technology Prof. P. K. Jha 8 Weeks

18 IIT Roorkee Mechanical

Engineering Weldability of Metals Prof. D K Dwivedi 8 weeks

19 IIT Kanpur Mechanical

Engineering

Manufacturing Process

Technology

Prof. Shantanu

Bhattacharya 12 weeks

20 IIT Roorkee Mechanical

Engineering

Product Design and

Development Prof. Inderdeep singh 4 weeks

21 IIT Roorkee Mechanical

Engineering

Manufacturing Guidelines for

Product Design Prof. Inderdeep Singh 8 Weeks

22 IIT Kanpur Mechanical

Engineering

Product Design and

Manufacturing Prof. J. Ramkumar 12 weeks

23 IIT Kanpur Mechanical

Engineering Rapid Manufacturing Prof. J. Ramkumar 12 weeks

24 IIT Roorkee Mechanical

Engineering

Inspection and Quality Control

in Manufacturing Prof. Kaushik Pal 4 weeks

25 IIT Kharagpur Mechanical

Engineering

Introduction To Mechanical

Micro Machining Prof. Ajay M Sidpara

12

Weeks

26 IIT Kharagpur Mechanical

Engineering

Machinery Fault Diagnosis

And Signal Processing

Prof. Amiya Ranjan

Mohanty

12

Weeks

27 IIT Kharagpur Mechanical

Engineering

Electronic Packaging and

Manufacturing

Prof. Anandaroop

Bhattacharya

Prof. Goutam

Chakraborty

8 Weeks

28 IIT Kharagpur Mechanical

Engineering

Kinematics of Mechanisms and

Machines

Prof. Anirvan

DasGupta 8 Weeks

29 IIT Roorkee Mechanical

Engineering

Surface Engineering of

Nanomaterials Prof. Kaushik Pal 8 weeks

30 IIT Guwahati Mechanical

Engineering

Introduction to Machining and

Machining Fluids Prof. M. Ravi Sankar 8 weeks

31 IIT Guwahati Mechanical

Engineering

Polymer Assisted Abrasive

Finishing Processes Prof. M. Ravi Sankar 4 weeks

32 IIT Madras Mechanical

Engineering Spray Theory

Prof. Mahesh

Panchagnula

12

Weeks

33 IIT Roorkee Mechanical

Engineering Financial Mathematics Prof. Pradeep K. Jha

12

Weeks

34 IIT Kanpur Mechanical

Engineering BioMEMS and Microsystems

Prof. Shantanu

Bhattacharya 8 weeks

35 IIT Kanpur Mechanical

Engineering Introduction To Composites Prof. Nachiketa Tiwari

12

Weeks

Page 22: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

22

36 IIT Roorkee

Metallurgical

And Materials

Engg

Material Science and

Engineering Prof. Vivek Pancholi 8 weeks

37 IIT Delhi

Metallurgical

And Materials

Engg

Introduction to Materials

Science and Engineering Prof. Rajesh Prasad

12

Weeks

38 IIT Madras

Metallurgical

And Materials

Engg

Fundamentals of electronic

materials and devices

Prof. Parasuraman

Swaminathan 8 Weeks

39 IIT Kanpur

Metallurgical

And Materials

Engg

Solar Photovoltaics: Principles,

Technologies & Materials Prof. Ashish Garg 8 weeks

40 IITR & IISc

Banglore

Metallurgical

And Materials

Engg

Friction and wear of materials:

principles and case studies

Prof. Dr. B. V. Manoj

Kumar, Prof. Bikramjit

Basu

8 Weeks

41 IIT Kharagpur

Metallurgical

And Materials

Engg

Surface Engineering for

Corrosion and Wear Resistance

Application

Prof. Indranil Manna

and Prof. Jyotsna Dutta

Majumder

12

Weeks

42 IIT Madras

Metallurgical

And Materials

Engg

Theory And Practice Of Non

Destructive Testing Prof. Ranjit Bauri 8 weeks

43 IIT Madras

Metallurgical

And Materials

Engg

Material Characterization Prof. Sankaran.S 12

Weeks

44 IIT Kanpur

Metallurgical

And Materials

Engg

Defects in Crystalline Solids

(Part-II)

Prof. Shashank

Shekhar 4 weeks

45 IITBhubaneshwar

Metallurgical

And Materials

Engg

Creep deformation of materials Prof. Srikant Gollapudi 4 weeks

46 IIT Madras

Metallurgical

And Materials

Engg

Welding Processes Prof. Murugaiyan

Amirthalingam

12

Weeks

47 IIT Kharagpur Mining

Engineering

Network Analysis for Mines

and Mineral Engineering Prof. Kaushik Dey 4 Weeks

48 NIE Multidisciplinary Health Research Fundamentals

Dr. Sanjay Mehendale

Dr. Manoj V

Murhekar

Dr. R Ramakrishnan

Dr. Tarun Bhatnagar

Dr. Prabhdeep Kaur

Dr. P. Manickam

Dr. P GaneshKumar

8 weeks

49 IIT Madras Multidisciplinary Effective Engineering

Teaching In Practice

Prof. G. K.

Suraishkumar, in

association with TLC,

IIT Madras

(Prof. Edamana

Prasad

Prof. Karmalkar S

Prof. Richa Verma)

4 weeks

50 IIT Madras Multidisciplinary Introduction to Research Prof. Prathap Haridoss 8 weeks

51 IISc Multidisciplinary Teaching And Learning in Prof. N J Rao 4 Weeks

Page 23: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

23

Engineering (TALE)

52 IIT Kharagpur Multidisciplinary Qualitative Research Methods

and Research Writing Prof. Aradhna Malik

12

Weeks

53 IIT Kanpur Multidisciplinary Introduction To Professional

Scientific Communication Prof. S. Ganesh 4 weeks

54 IIT Kharagpur Multidisciplinary Fuzzy Logic and Neural

Networks

Prof. Dilip Kumar

Pratihar 8 Weeks

55 IIT Kharagpur Multidisciplinary Entrepreneurship Essentials Prof. Manoj Kumar

Mondal 8 Weeks

56 IIT Kharagpur Multidisciplinary Roadmap for patent creation Prof. Gouri Gargate 8 Weeks

57 IIT Madras Multidisciplinary Matlab Programming for

Numerical Computation Prof. Niket Kaisare 8 Weeks

58 IIT Madras Multidisciplinary Non-Conventional Energy

Resources Prof. Prathap Haridoss

12

Weeks

59 NIRT Multidisciplinary Manage TB

Prof. Mohan Natrajan

& Dr. V V Banu

Rekha

8 Weeks

60 CDSA,THSTI,DBT Multidisciplinary

Current regulatory

requirements for conducting

clinical trials in India

Prof. A. B. Ramteke

Prof. Sucheta Banerjee

Kurundkar

Prof. Nandini K

Kumar

4 Weeks

61 CDSA,THSTI,DBT Multidisciplinary

Regulatory requirements for

medical devices and IVDs in

India

Prof. Malay Mitra

Prof. Arun B.Ramteke 4 Weeks

62 IIT Bombay Multidisciplinary Designing Learner-Centric

MOOCs

Prof.Sridhar Iyer

Prof.Sahana Murthy

Dr.Jayakrishnan M.

Dr.Sameer

Sahasrabudhe

4 Weeks

63 IIT Madras Ocean

Engineering

Offshore Structures Under

Special Loads Including Fire

Resistance

Prof. Srinivas

Chandarsekaran

12

Weeks

64 IIT Kharagpur Physics Experimental Physics I Prof. Amal Kumar Das 12

Weeks

65 IIT Kanpur Physics Introduction to Solid State

Physics

Prof. Manoj Harbola &

Prof. Satyajit Banerjee 12 weeks

66 IIT Bombay Physics Quantum Mechanics I Prof. Ramadevi 12

Weeks

67 IIT Guwahati Physics A brief course on

Superconductivity Prof. Saurabh Basu 4 weeks

68 IIT Roorkee Physics Fiber Optics Prof. Vipul Rastogi 8 Weeks

69 IIT Madras Physics Statistical Mechanics Prof. Ashwin Joy 12

Weeks

70 IIT Delhi Physics Semiconductors

Optoelectronics Prof. M.R. Shenoy

12

Weeks

Page 24: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

24

Page 25: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

25

3rd Semester Syllabus

UNIT.

NO.

SESSION

NO. DOMAIN TOPIC TO BE COVERED

1 1 PERSONALITY

DEVELOPMENT EMBARKING UPON THE JOURNEY TO SUCCESS

Version-

2018 SOFT SKILLS L T P C

Apply to Programs: BE 3rd Sem:

CSE_IBM,IT,CCE,CE,ME,MECHATRONICS,PE,CHEM,AME,AEROSPACE,ECE,EE

0 0 2 1

Subject

Code:

TDP 201

Prerequisite: Basic Communication Skills Total hours

=24 Objectives

To prepare the students exceptionally well in communication skills and verbal ability for the placement process.

Subject Outcome

1 To enhance the confidence and communication skills of the students.

2 To build speaking skills and vocabulary of the students, help them set their goals and enhance their critical thinking

skills. 3 To improve analytical and reasoning skills of the students and help them become better speakers.

Page 26: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

26

2 PERSONALITY

DEVELOPMENT ASTUTE DICTION

3 PERSONALITY

DEVELOPMENT STRENGTHENING GRAMMAR

4 PERSONALITY

DEVELOPMENT PROFESSIONAL ETIQUETTE

5 PERSONALITY

DEVELOPMENT DIVERGENT THINKING

2

6 PERSONALITY

DEVELOPMENT SENTENCE STRUCTURE

7 PERSONALITY

DEVELOPMENT JOHARI WINDOW

8 PERSONALITY

DEVELOPMENT ASSAYING LANGUAGE NEXUS

9 PERSONALITY

DEVELOPMENT ANCHOR SHOW

10 PERSONALITY

DEVELOPMENT INTRODUCTION TO CRITICAL THINKING

3

11 PERSONALITY

DEVELOPMENT EFFECTIVE WRITING

12 PERSONALITY

DEVELOPMENT INTRODUCTION TO IDEA GENERATION SKILLS

13 PERSONALITY

DEVELOPMENT INTRODUCTION TO GROUP DISCUSSION

14 PERSONALITY

DEVELOPMENT PERSONAL INTERVIEW BASICS

15 PERSONALITY

DEVELOPMENT BLOG WRITING AND LINKEDIN PROFILING

Reference

1) Wren & Martin

2) How to prepare for Verbal Ability and RC - Arun Sharma & Meenakshi Upadhyay

3) How to Win Friends and Influence People -Dale Carnegie 1995 Levine & Crom

4) The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People: Powerful Lessons in Personal Change -Stephen R. Covey

2004

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

a b c d e F g h i j k l

Subject

mapping

X X

Unit mapping 1-3 2

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Department of Career Development

Page 27: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

27

Subject Code:

TDP 201

Name of the Subject:

Soft Skills

Teaching –Learning Process

a) An ability to analyze and interpret data.

b) An ability to communicate freely and fluently.

c) An ability to present oneself as a professional.

d) An ability to function on multidisciplinary teams.

e) An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.

f) An ability to communicate effectively.

g) Recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.

h) Knowledge of contemporary issues.

Chandigarh University, Gharuan

3rdSemester (2ND Year)

Scheme

Version

2019

Introduction to Management and Leadership L T P C

Applicable to all the courses 2 0 0 2

Subject Code

UCT-242

Pre-requisite : Nil Total Hours 35

Objectives

To familiarize students with basics and concepts in Management and Leadership for conceptual

understanding and applied interface

Subject Outcome

1 Understanding will be familiarized with various methods and concepts in Management and Leadership.

2 Learning for different type of disaster that occur in nature consequently learning to develop the preparedness and remedial techniques

3 Upon learning the problems related to environmental waste students will be able to segregate the waste in different categories and will learn its effective management techniques

Unit- 1

Page 28: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

28

Introduction to Management: Nature of Management, Importance of Management, Concepts of Management, The

history and streams of management, the general and technical environment in management and the business strategy

management: Introduction to strategic management: The strategies, process, vision, mission and goal setting. External

and Internal analysis.

Unit-2

Leadership Foundation and Theories: - Introduction to Leadership styles, Great Man theory, Trait theory,

Behavioural Theory, Contingency, Transformational and Transactional leadership theory, Group Dynamics and

Teams; Leadership in Complex group and Organization: Being in Communities, Renewing group organization and

communities, Understanding the change and strategies for change. MBTI- Myers Brigg Type Indicator.

Unit-3

Organizing People, Project and Process: Leading Teams, Managing Human Resource Systems, Managing

Individual and Diverse Systems Control: Function of control, Cycle of Control and Control in the process of

organizing.

Text Books:

1. Management Theory and Practice: Gerald A Cole, Cengage Learning EMEA Higher Education

2. Management Theory and Practice, Chandan, J.S, Vikas Publications, 1987

3. Management Theory, Sheldrake John, Published Intl Thomson Business Pre 1966

Reference Books:

4. Introduction to Leadership: Concepts and Practise, Northouse.G.Peter, Sage Publications.

5. Reframing Organizations: Artistry, Choice and Leadership, Bolman. G. Lee

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Engineering Mechanics L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 1 0 4

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Basic of Mechanics at 10+2 level Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MET-201

To impart knowledge about different types of forces, virtual work, Centre of gravity, MOI,

stress, strain in various conditions and the deformation of bodies under loading.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Illustrate the basic concepts and applications of engineering mechanics

2 Solve the problems associated to C.G , moment of inertia, stresses in different engineering components

3 Analyze the problems related to forces, stress, strains, in various structural elements under diffrent

condition of loading.

4 Determine the various stresses and strain in beam and shafts

Page 29: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

29

5 Evaluate the direct, bending, shear, and torsional stress under different loading conditions.

Detailed Contents

Unit-I

1. Forces and Basic Principles of Statics: basic principles of mechanics; force, types of forces; free body

diagram; vectors, vector representation of forces; resultant of two concurrent forces; lami’s Theorem; law

of superposition of forces, resultant of coplanar & concurrent force systems; polygon law of forces;

equilibriumanalysis of non-concurrent force system; moment of a force; couple; varignon’s theorem;

equilibrium of rigid bodies in two dimensions; support reactions.(6Hrs)

2. Virtual Work: work of a force; principle of virtual work; sign conventions; applications of principle of

virtual work to beams and framed structures(3Hrs)

3. Center of Gravity and Moment of Inertia:introduction; determination of position of centroid of plane

geometric figures of I, U, H, L, T, C, circular and triangular sections, centroid of composite Areas, area

moment of inertia & mass moment of inertia; polar moment of inertia; parallel axes theorem (or transfer

formula), perpendicular axes theorem; radius of gyration; determination of area moment of inertia of I, U,

H, L, T, C, circular and triangular sections along various axes (6Hrs)

Unit-II

4. Simple Stress and Strain: (9Hrs)

Introduction to stress, strain and their types, Stress-strain curves for brittle and ductile materials, Hooke’s

law, elastic limit, elastic constants: Poisson’s Ratio, modulus of elasticity. Factor of safety, state of

simple shear, volumetric Strain, stress and elongation produced in a bar due to self-weight and tie bar of

uniform strength. Deformation of tapering members, stresses induced in composite ties and struts, thermal

stress and strain. Two dimensional stress system, stress at a point on a plane, principal stresses and

principal planes, Mohr’s circle of stress

5. Shear Forces and Bending Moments: (6Hrs)

Types of beams and loadings, support reactions– roller support, hinged support, pinned Support and a

fixed wall, support reactions for statically determinate beams, concept of bending moment and shearing

force, bending moment and shearing force diagram for cantilever and simply supported beams, with and

without overhang subjected to concentrated (point load) and UDL, Application of moments, Point of

contra flexure. Relation between load shear force and moment

Unit-III

6. Bending and Shearing Stresses in Beams: (9Hrs)

Assumptions in the simple bending theory; derivation of formula and its application to beams of

rectangular, circular, channel, I and T-sections. Flitched beams. Combined direct and bending stresses,

Shear stress distribution in rectangular, circular, I, T. and channel section and the compression with

bending stresses, Importance of shear Centre.

7. Torsion: (6Hrs)

Concept of torsion, difference between torque and torsion, Derivation and use of torque equation,

Comparison between solid and hollow shaft with regard to their strength and weight, Power transmitted

by shaft.

Page 30: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

30

Text Books:

1. Chandramouli P.N., Engineering Mechanics, PHI Publishers

2. Bansal R. K , Engineering Mechanics , Laxmi publications

3. Irving, H., Shames, " Engineering Mechanics - Statics and Dynamics ", Third Edition, Prentice-

Hall of India Pvt.Ltd., 1993.

4. Dr. Sadhu Singh, Strength of Materials, Khanna Publishers

5. S. RamaMrutham, Strength of Materials, DhanpatRai& Sons

6. Dr. R. K. Bansal, Strength of Material (Laxmi Publishers)

Reference Material:

1. Beer, F.P. and Johnson, “Vector Mechanics for Engineers”, Vol – 1 for Statics & Vol – 2 for

Dynamics, Mc Graw Hill International Edition

2. Merriam, " Engineering Mechanics ", Vol.1 " Statics " and Vol.2 " Dynamics 2/e ", Wiley

International, 1988

3. D.H Shames, Introduction to Solid Mechanics, Prentice Hall Inc.

4. GH Ryder, Strength of Materials – ( MacMillan)

5. Crandall &Dahi, An introduction to Mechanics of Solids – ( McGraw Hill )

6. Gere, Mechanics of Materials (Cengage Learning)

7. R. C.Hibler, Mechanics of Materials (Pearson Education

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Tutorial, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-

111

I-

111

I-III

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

Page 31: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

31

Category

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MET-201

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Theory of Machines L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 1 0 4

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Basics of Mechanics Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MET-202

The course will make the students to understand the concept of Mechanism, machines and

difference between them

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Understand the concepts of various machine componets and their mechanisms.

2 Solve the problems related to mechanism, their inversion, gyroscopic couple, balancing,

gear, gear trains and governors.

3 Examine the effect of gyroscopic couple and stability of aeroplanes, ships, two wheel and

four wheel vehicle.

4 Evaluate the effect of balancing of rotating & reciprocating masses and various power

transmission components

5 Select the suitable mechanism/ machine componets for power transmisssionon on the basis

Page 32: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

32

of their applications.

Contents of the Syllabus UNIT - I

1. Machines and Mechanisms

Introduction to Kinematics and Dynamics, Mechanisms and Machines, Kinematic links, joints, Pairs,

types of motion, Kinematic Chains, Kinematic Inversion, Four Link Planar Mechanisms and their

Inversions, Mechanical Advantage,Grashof’scriterion, Plane motion of a rigid body, Instantaneous Centre

(IC) of Velocity, Velocity analysis using IC, Velocity analysis using relative velocity Diagrams, velocity

and acceleration diagrams rubbing velocity,Corioli’s component of acceleration. (10Hrs)

2. Cams:

Types of cams, Types of followers, Displacement, Velocity and, Acceleration time curves for cam

profiles. Disc cam with reciprocating follower having knife-edge, roller and flat-face follower, Follower

motions including SHM, Uniform velocity, uniform acceleration and cycloidal motion (5Hrs)

UNIT – II

3. Gyroscope:

Principle of gyroscopic couple, effect of gyroscopic couple and centrifugal force on aero planes, ships and

vehicle taking a turn, stabilization of sea vessels, stability of four wheeled vehicle moving in a curved

path, stability of two wheeled vehicle, gyroscopic effect on inclined rotating disc. (6Hrs)

4. Balancing of Rotating masses:

Balancing of rotating masses; Classification and necessity of balancing, static and dynamic balancing,

balancing of single and multiple rotating masses and condition of balance. (3Hrs)

5. Balancing of reciprocating masses: (6 Hrs.)

Partial unbalanced primary force in an engine, primary and secondary balancing of reciprocating masses

and condition of balance in multi-cylinder in line and V-engine, swaying couple, and variation of tractive

effort, partial balancing of locomotive, concept of direct and reverse crank. Balancing of machines

UNIT-III

6. Gear: (5Hrs)

Gear terminology, law of gearing, Path of contact, Arc of contact, Interference in involute gears, Methods

of avoiding interference, Back lash, Comparison of involute and cycloidal teeth, Profile Modification

7. Gear Trains:

Page 33: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

33

Simple gear trains, Compound gear trains for large speed reduction, Epicyclic gear trains, and Algebraic

and tabular methods of finding velocity ratio of epicyclic gear trains.torque calculations in epicyclic gear

trains (4Hrs)

8. Governors:

Comparison between flywheel and governor, Types of governor, Watt, Porter, Proell and

Hartnellgovernors, sensitiveness of governors, stability of governors, isochronous and hunting, governor

effort, power, controlling force diagram. (6Hrs)

TEXT BOOKS

1. Ratan.S.S, “Theory of Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing companyLtd., 2ndEdition, 2005.

2. Dr. R.K. Bansal, “Theory of Machines”, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd. 5th edition, 2014.

2. Thomas Bevan, “Theory of Machines”, CBS Publishers and Distributors, 3rdEdition, 1984.

REFERENCES

1. Shigley.J.E, and Uicker.J.J, “Theory of Machines and Mechanisms”, McGrawHill, 1995.

2. Ghosh.A, and Mallick.A.K, “Theory of Mechanisms and Machines”, AffiliatedEast-West Pvt. Ltd., New

Delhi, 1988.

3. Rao.J.S, andDukkipati.R.V, “Mechanism and Machine Theory”, Wiley-Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 1995.

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Note for Paper setter:

The syllabus has been divided into three units. Paper setter will set three questions from each unit and one

compulsory question spread over the whole syllabus & consisting of short answer questions. The

compulsory question will be set as first question. The students will be required to attempt six questions in

all including the compulsory question. The student can attempt maximum two questions from each unit.

All questions carry equal marks.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Page 34: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

34

Subject

Code MET-202

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Engineering Thermodynamics L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 1 0 4

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Knowledge of basic Thermodynamics

at 10+2 Level

Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MET-203

The course will make the students to understand the concept of

Thermodynamics, Law of thermodynamics, properties of steam and different

cycles of thermodynamics.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Illustrate the basic concepts of Engineering thermodynamics

2 Solve the problems related to vapour power cycles with the help of steam tables and mollier

chart.

3 Analyse the performance of IC Engines and Air Standard Cycles

4 Compare the construction and working principle of IC Engines and various methods to improve

Page 35: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

35

Rankine Efficiency

5 Choose the parameters to improve the performance of vapour power cycles and I.C Engines

Contents of the Syllabus

UNIT - I

1. Basics of Thermodynamics: (8 Hrs.)

Introduction, Thermodynamic system, Surrounding and Boundary, Thermodynamic Properties,

Thermodynamic Equilibrium, State, Path, Process, cycle, Quasi-static Process, Reversible and Irreversible

Process, Working Substance., Zeroth Law of Thermodynamics, Concept of Heat and work in

Thermodynamics., First law of thermodynamics, Perpetual Motion Machine of First kind,

Application of first law for non-flow system and steady flow process, steady flow energy

equation 2. Second law of thermodynamics: (7 Hrs.)

Introduction to second law &Limitation of First Law, Clausius& Kelvin-Planck statements, Energy

Analysis of Heat Engine, Refrigerator and Heat Pump, Reversibility and Irreversibility, Carnot cycle,

Carnot Theorem, Efficiency of the Reversible Heat Engine, concept of Entropy, Entropy change in an

Irreversible, Entropy change in closed and open System & representation on T-S chart. Availability, Third

Law of Thermodynamics

UNIT – II

3. Properties of Steam: (7 Hrs.)

Steam formation - Temperature entropy diagram-Mollier diagram-Specific properties of steam -Use of

steam tables & Mollier chart - Methods of heating and expanding the steam - Constant volume heating -

Constant pressure expansion, Isothermal expansion, Hyperbolic expansion-isentropic expansion,

Polytrophic expansion - Throttling process - Dryness fraction measurement.

4. Vapour Power Cycle: (8 Hrs.)

Carnot Cycle and its limitations; Rankine steam power cycle, Ideal and actual; Mean temperature of heat

addition; Effect of pressure, temperature and vacuum on Rankine Efficiency; Rankine Cycle Efficiency

and methods of improving Rankine efficiency: Reheat cycle, Bleeding (feed-water-heating), Regenerative

Cycle, Combined reheat-regenerative cycle; Ideal working fluid; Binary vapour cycle, Combined power

and heating cycles.

UNIT - III

5. Gas power cycles: (7Hrs.)

Concept of Air Standard Cycle along with assumptions; Air Standard Efficiency, compression ratio, mean

effective pressure ; Otto Cycle, Diesel cycle and Dual cycle with their representation on P-V and T-S

charts ; Brayton Cycle, Comparison of cycles. Construction & working of 2-stroke & 4-stroke engines

6. IC Engines: (8 Hrs.)

Introduction to IC engines, Air/fuel ratio, Compression ratio, Theory of combustion in SI and CI Engines;

Various phenomenon such as turbulence, squish and swirl, pre-ignition/auto- ignition, Octane &Cetane

rating of fuel, Effect of engine variables on the Delay Period in SI and CI engines, Theory of Detonation

(knocking) for SI & CI engines, Methods to reduce detonation, Supercharging and its advantages,

Scavenging and types of scavenging.

Text Books:

Page 36: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

36

1. P K Nag, Engineering Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw Hill,Fifth Edition 2013.

2. R.K.Rajput , Thermal Engineering, Luxmi Publications (P) Ltd, Eighth Edition 2010

Reference Material:

1. Yadav R., Thermodynamics and Heat Engines, Central Publishing House, Allahabad.Fifth Edition

2012.

2. Cengel Y.A. and Boles M.A., Thermodynamics, TataMcGraw Hill. Second Edition 2011-2012.

3. DrVasandani and Dr Kumar; Heat Engineering, Metropolitan Book Co. Pvt. Ltd., Delhi.Edition4 ,2012.

4. Engineering Thermodynamics by Gordon Rogers & Yon Machew, Pearson.Year 1992.

5. Thermodynamics by YunusCengel and Mike Boles, McGraw Hill Higher Education Edition 3, Year

2005.

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage) 1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the whole syllabus

(short answer type- total 10 marks)

3. Set three questions from each unit I, II and III. Students will attempt 5 questions selecting atleast one

question from sections B, C & D. Each question carries 10 marks. Questions of Section B will be from

unit I, Questions of Section C from unit II and Questions of section D from unit III.

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

Page 37: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

37

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code

MET-203

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Manufacturing Techniques L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MET-204

The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts of casting, welding and

Forming processes

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Illustrate the basic concepts of manufacturing processes.

2 Utilize the various types of casting, welding and forming processes in manufacturing.

3 Classify the various casting, welding and forming techniques and their applications.

4 Inspect the products deveoped by the casting, welding and forming processes.

5 Examine the various defects/problems and remedial action in various manufacturing techniques.

Page 38: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

38

Contents of the Syllabus Unit -I

1. Introduction to manufacturing processes (3 Hrs.)

Introduction to manufacturing: Classification of manufacturing processes in conventional & un-

conventional manufacturing processes. Brief introduction of metal forming, machining, casting & joining

processes. Need of un-conventional manufacturing processes.

2. Casting process (12 Hrs.)

Basics of casting process: Steps followed in casting process. Terminology associated with casting process

Pattern, Pattern types & material. Various type of pattern allowances. Moulding materials, Type of

moulds various type of molding materials. Characteristics required in moulding materials. Various

molding equipment, Cores, function of cores, Type of cores, Characteristics of core material, Core

preparation. Gating and Riser design, Various casting processes such as centrifugal casting, investment

casting, die casting, continuous casting, vacuum casting, Permanent mould casting. Role of chills in

casting process, casting defects & their remedies, Metallurgical considerations in casting, casting of

copper alloys, Cleaning and finishing of castings, Testing and Inspecting of castings, Introduction to

Plastic Injection moulding, Blow moulding

Unit -II

3. Welding Process ( 15 Hrs)

Introduction to welding process & Classification of welding processes, Type of welding joints & various

welding positions Electric arc welding , Principle , metal transfer in arc welding , straight & reverse

polarity in AC & DC , relative merits & demerits, Types of electric arc welding. Gas welding, Oxy

acetylene welding & Oxy hydrogen welding, Equipment of gas welding, Gas cutting, various type of

flames, Various welding techniques : MIG welding , TIG welding , submerged arc welding , Electric

resistance welding , Spot , butt , seam , upset projection & high frequency resistance welding , Thermit

welding Plasma arc welding , Explosion Welding, Application of these welding techniques Various

welding defects & their causes & remedies,Concept of brazing & Soldering

Unit -III

4. Forming Processes: Introduction to metal forming processes & classification of metal forming

processes, Hot working & cold working of metals. Forging: Smith forging, drop forging & press forging,

Forging Equipment’s, Defects in forging (5 Hrs.)

Rolling : Rolling process , Angle of bite , Type of rolling mills , Variable of rolling process , Rolling

defects Drawing &Extrusion : Drawing of wires , rods & pipes , Variables of drawing process .

Difference between drawing & extrusion, various methods of pipe / tube manufacturing, (5 Hrs.)

Sheet metal forming: Various operations of sheet metal working, Sheet metal cutting, bending, spinning,

and deep drawing various equipment used in sheet metal working, (5 Hrs.)

Text Books :

1. P.N.Rao, Manufacturing Technology ( Tata McGraw Hill )

2. P.C.Sharma, A text book of Production Technology ( S Chand Publication )

3. R.S.Parmar Welding Technology, Khanna Publishers

4. R.K. Rajput, A Text book of Manufacturing Technology ( Laxmi Publications )

Page 39: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

39

Reference Books:

1. Heine ,RW , CR Loper and Rosenthal, Principles of Metal Casting ( McGraw Hill –NewYork)

2. AmitabhaGhosh&Asok Kumar Malik, Manufacturing Science (Affiliated East West Press Pvt.

Ltd.)

3. S. Kalpakjian& Steven R. Schmid, Manufacturing Engineering & Technology (Pearson)

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three units. Paper setter will set three questions from each unit and one

compulsory question spread over the whole syllabus & consisting of short answer questions. The

compulsory question will be set as first question. The students will be required to attempt six questions in

all including the compulsory question. The student can attempt maximum two questions from each unit.

All questions carry equal marks.

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MET-204

Page 40: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

40

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Theory of Machines Lab L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: None Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

MEP-205

To learn the fundamentals of various laws governing rigid bodies and its motions; and to

underlying principle of governors, power transmission and Balancing,

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Construct the displacement, velocity and acceleration diagram of four bar mechanism

along with Klein construction

2 Calculate the coefficient of friction, gyroscopic couple, displacement of follower and

Page 41: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

41

angle of cam experimentally.

3 Conduct the experiment individualy/team ethically considering social, health, safety,

legal and environmental aspects.

4 Interpret the data and apply the appropriate technique or tool for the solution of

dynamics of machines problems.

5 Conclude the experimental results and present the same effectively in oral and written

manners.

List of Experiments:-

Unit-I

1. To draw the diagrammatical representation (displacement, velocity and acceleration) of slider crank and

four bar mechanism and inversions.

2. To draw the velocity diagram of 4 bar mechanism using graphical method including Klien's construction.

3. To draw the graph between displacement of the follower and angle of cam.

4. To determine the coefficient of friction for the belt pulley material combination.

Unit-II

5. Determination of balancing of rotating masses by graphical method.

6. To determine the occurrence of different nodes in whirling of the shaft and critical speed of a shaft.

7. Determination of gyroscopic couple by using graphical method.

Unit-III

8. To draw graphs between height and equilibrium speed of various types of governors.

9. Determination of compound gear trains and epi-cyclic gear trains by tabular method and analytical method

10. To draw circumferential and axial pressure profile in a full journal bearing.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEP-205

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Experimentation

2. Technical Report Writing

Page 42: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

42

3. Critical Analysis of Experimental Data and evaluation of results

Assessment System: Internal Marks: 60

External Marks: 40

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Manufacturing Techniques Lab. L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: None Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

MEP-206

To explore the students’ knowledge in learning the Sand testing, Welding joint,

microstructure of different materials and hardenability of steel specimen

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the principles of manufacturing to examine the characteristics of sand, welding joint

and hardness of diffrent components.

Page 43: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

43

2 Fabricate and examine the parameters of job prepared by diffrent manufacturing process

3 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically considering social, health, safety, legal

and environmental aspects.

4 Interpret the data and apply the appropriate technique or tool for the manufacturing of

component

5 Conclude the experimental results and present the same effectively in oral and written

manners.

List of experiments: Unit-I

1. Sand testing experiments to determine Moisture content & Shatter index.

2. To determine Green strength&clay content of Sand.

3. Sand testing experiments to determine Core & Mold hardness.

4. To determine the permeability of sand and grain fineness number.

Unit-II

5. Preparation of butt, lap and T joint by using MIG Welding.

6. Practice of TIG welding technique for the preparation of butt, lap and T joint.

7. Making a lap joint with the help of spot welding.

Unit-III

8. Analyze the microstructure of different heat treated steel specimen and their effect on mechanical properties.

9. Examine the effect of quenching, normalizing and tempering on steel component.

10. Determination of harden ability of steel specimen by Jominy END quench test.

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEP-206

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Experimentation

2. Technical Report Writing

3. Critical Analysis of Experimental Data and evaluation of results

Assessment System: Internal Marks: 60

External Marks: 40

Page 44: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

44

UCY-246 Life Skills and Mentoring L T P S C CH

0 1 0 0 0 1.0

Pre-requisites/

Exposure

NA

Co-requisites

COURSE OBJECTIVE

• Personal Self-Management Skills – Enabling Student to Learn and demonstrate a set of

practical skills such as time management, self management, handling conflicts. Students

to develop skills of effective decision making. Develop and nurture a deep understanding

of personal motivation

Page 45: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

45

• General Social Skills: Students understand the consequences and the influences of the

media. • Value Inculcation: Understanding and developing value education towards nation and global.

Realize their potential as human beings and count themselves properly in the ways of the world

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

• Acquisition and application of life skills can influence the way as individual feels about others

• Living life fully and productively requires acquiring and mastering life skills

• It helps students to know and understand themselves better, to live life more consciously and deliberately,

attain personal satisfaction, fulfillment and growth

• It will enhance productivity, efficiency, self esteem and self confidence

• It improve inter personal relations, helps solve problems, face challenges and tackle unforeseen

contingencies with equanimity and presence of mind

• It Helps maintain good physical and mental health and capacity for happy living and putting leisure time to

good use

• It lessens violent behavior, increase self control and sociability, improves classroom behavior, better

handling of interpersonal problems and coping with anxiety

• It equips adolescents with using head, hand and heart

• It promotes adaptability and adjustability among adolescents

COURSE DESCRIPTION

The course will help students to enhance the skills for positive self-concepts and maximize students' full potential and personal development by: teaching a variety of practical skills required for everyday living; improving social skills; strengthening community connections and knowledge

Text Books:

1. M

entoring Programme Handbook, Chandigarh University, 2019

Reference Books:

1. Daniel Goleman (2012). Working with Emotional Intelligence. Bloomsbury Publishing India Private

Limited

Web Resources:

1. http://www.skillsyouneed.com/ips/improving-communication. 2. https://www.mindtools.com/ 3. www.psychologytoday.com

COURSE CONTENT

UNIT-I 4 Contact Hours

Page 46: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

46

1. Self Motivation: Definition of self Motivation, Steps to motivate yourself, Helping students to bolster

their own motivation

2.Resilience-Mental Toughness:Understanding of resilience, Characteristics of a resilient person,

How to become more resilient, Benefits of resiliency

3.Decision making: Understanding of decision making, Effective decision making, Process of decision

making

UNIT-II 4 Contact Hours

4. The media and health: Content Analysis of media techniques, comparing media messages

to previous Knowledge, oral presentations and project

5. Conflict Management: Understanding Conflict Management, Strategies to avoid Conflicts,

Tips for Managing Conflict

6. Giving: Talk about your feelings when you give, how you feel when you make charitable

contributions or buy things for those in need. Do you feel proud, helpful, kind, or generous?

Does it make you feel good that you can make a difference in other people’s lives?

7. Humility: Understanding Humility, importance of humility, why does humility matters,

developing and cultivating humility

UNIT-III 4 Contact Hours

8. Problem solving: Problem solving: nature and scope, process of developing problem

solving skill, development of interventions

9. Time Management: Understanding Time Management, Awareness of time wasters, Tips

for Time Management, Benefits of Time Management

10. Value Education towards nation and global development: Constitutional or national values

- Democracy, socialism, secularism, equality, justice, liberty, freedom and fraternity. Social

Values, Professional Values, Religious Values, Aesthetic values

Mode of Evaluation: The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory

Components Continuous Internal

Assessment (CAE)

Semester End

Examination (SEE)

Marks NA NA

Total Marks NA

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping Between COs and Pos

SN Course Outcome (CO) Mapped Programme

Outcome (PO)

Page 47: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

47

1 The ability to keep going and pursue goals in the face of setbacks,

the desire to improve or to meet certain standards. Learn to better

manage themselves and their personal state in stressful

circumstances. Define different components that are involved in

developing good decision- making skills.

1, 2,3,4

2 Understand the concept and significance of interpersonal

relationships and how to develop it. Identify the types and sources

of conflicts and how they can be resolved. Building a culture of

philanthropy among students. Learning to become humble and

building trust.

1, 2,3,4

3 Select and use appropriate concepts and methods from a variety of

disciplines to solve problems effectively and creatively. Identify

time wasters and adopt strategies for reducing them, Clarify and

priorities your objectives and goals, by creating more planning time.

1, 2, 3,4

1.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

UCY246 Life Skills and Mentoring

1. 1=addressed to small extent

2. 2= addressed significantly

3. 3=major part of course

Chandigarh University, Gharuan

Scheme

Version 2018

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS L T P C

Common to all branches of Engineering LEET (3rd

semester):

3 1 0 4

Subject Code

SMY-222

Prerequisite: Knowledge of Mathematics up to

senior secondary level.

Total hours =45

Course Objectives

To impart analytical ability in solving Mathematical problems as applied to the

respective branches of Engineering

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

Page 48: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

48

1 Apply knowledge of linear algebra and improve their ability of computation in

matrices and complex numbers.

2 Get familiarized to partial differentiation and apply the notions practically.

3 Understand various ordinary and linear differential equations and practice various

methods of solving these differential equations.

Contents of the Syllabus

Unit-I

BASIC ALGEBRA

Matrices: Rank of matrices; elementary transformation; reduction to normal form; consistency and

solution of homogenous and non homogeneous algebraic equations

Complex Numbers: De-Moivre’s theorem, applications of De-Moivre’s theorem ; real and imaginary

parts of exponential function; logarithmic function ; circular function; Hyperbolic functions.

Infinite Series: Convergence and divergence of series; tests of convergence (without proofs),

comparison test; ratio test and Gauss test; convergence and absolute convergence of alternating series.

[15H] Unit-II

PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION

Partial Differentiation: Review of basic differentiation, Definition of Partial Differentiation, Function of

two or more variables; homogeneous function; Euler’s theorem; composite functions; implicit functions;

total derivatives;

Differential equations: Ordinary Differential Equation, Exact differential equations, Variable Separable

method to solve ODE . [15H]

Unit-III

MULTIPLE INTEGRAL AND VECTOR CALCULUS

Double and Triple Integration: Review of basic of integration, Double and triple Integration;

Vector Calculus : Scalar and vector fields; differentiation of vectors ; vector differential operators: del,

gradient, divergence, curl , properties. Gauss divergence theorem; Green’s theorem in plane; Stoke’s

theorem (without proofs) . [15H] TEXT BOOKS

1. Grewal, B.S., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 42th ed.2013.

Reference Material:

1. Kreyszig , E., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley,10th Ed.2011.

2. Ray Wylie, C., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 6th ed., McGraw Hill.

3. Jain, R.K. and lyengar, S.R.K., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 3rd Edition.

Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi,2004.

4. Ramana , B.V Advanced Engineering Mathematics, McGraw Hill, July 2006.

Page 49: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

49

Course Outcomes:

A. To develop the firm foundation in Mathematical science principles and higher level of understanding in

each of the Mathematics sub-disciplines pure, applied and analytical Mathematics.

B. To think critically, analyse and provide solutions of Mathematics related problems in their core field.

C. To excel in career as researcher in both traditional and emerging fields of science and engineering.

D. To understand the current ethical issues in Mathematics and be able to apply in industries / research.

E. To present scientific and technical information with high level of confidence.

F. To learn the new areas of Mathematics for contemporary research with interdisciplinary approach.

G. To able to acquire the knowledge of current issues in Mathematics for lifelong learning process.

H. To conduct an investigation of a complex problem using scientific knowledge for analysis and

interpretation of data.

Course outcomes

Subject

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

Subject

mapping

√ √ √ √ √ √

Unit

Mapping

I,II

,III

I,II

,III

I,II,I

II

I,II

,III

I,II

,III

I,II

,III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO M

N

G

HONS PROJECT BW PRACT

ICAL

TRAI

NING

SEMINA

R

× × × × × ×

Department Applied Sciences

Subject

Code:

AMY-215

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS

Page 50: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

50

Teaching –Learning Process

Teaching aids

Open-

ended

problem/

Numerical

Project-

type

activity

Lab

Work

Open-

ended

lab

work

Delivery mode

Beyond the

curriculum

Video,

Ppt. etc

Online

lecture

Theory/

Description

Numerical/

Designed

problem

40% 60% 10%

Instructions for the paper-setter:

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks= 60 Time: 3 Hours

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the whole syllabus

( total 10 marks)

3. Section B,C,D contains 9 questions in total, 3 from each Unit I,II,III respectively . Attempt any five question from

Section B,C,D taking at least one question from each section but not more than two questions from Section-B,C,D.

(Total 50 marks).

Page 51: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

51

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version

2018

Industrial Applications of CAD L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Basics of 2D Drawing Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

MEY-201

The main objective of this course is to enhance the Machine drawing capability

and several basics to advanced concepts in the rapidly evolving field of drafting

and design

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basics features of CAD to construst 2D and 3D models of various

machine elements.

2 Differentiate between 2D and 3D models of various temporary and permanent

fasteners used in machines and structures.

3 Describe the significane of limit, Fits, Tolerances, dimensioning, convention

and features of machine elements in detail and assembly drawing

4 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically considering social, health, safety,

Page 52: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

52

legal and environmental aspects.

5 Gererate the blueprints and express the same effectively in oral and written manners

through report and practical presentation.

List of Practical

Unit-I 1. Introduction of CAD Software's and its GUI, Co-ordinate System Basics, UCS commands

2. Study of all the status bar commands, limits, units, zoom, pan commands.

3. Demonstration on the dimensioning, need, its types, principle of dimensioning, dimensioning of counter

sunk part, flat and counter bore part, hole, chamfer, taper and thread.

4. Demonstration on the sectioning, need, its types, sectioning of revolved, removed local, successive and thin

section.

5. Demonstration on Limits, Fits and Tolerance, classification of fits, systems of fits, selection of fits and

methods o indicating the fit on drawing.

6. Demonstration on Tolerance, types of tolerance, grade, computation of tolerance, fundamental deviation,

shaft and hole terminology, methods of placing limit dimensions, Demonstration on need of geometrical

tolerance, Indication of MMC, interpretation of indication of geometrical tolerance.

Unit-II

7. Demonstration and practice on Conventional representation of Materials, interrupted view and braking of

shafts, pipe bar, surface finish and Machining symbols.

8. Demonstration and Practice on Introduction to Rivet and Riveting, Classification o Rivets,

Terminology o Riveted Joints and types of joints, different types of Rivets and Rivets head

9. Demonstration on types of Riveting like Chain, Zig-zag and diamond etc.

10. Demonstration and practice on Riveting Joints like Single Riveted Lap joint, Double riveted lap

joint chain riveting, double riveted lap joint zig-zag riveting.

11. Demonstration on types of Riveting like Chain, Zig-zag and diamond etc.

12. Demonstration and practice on Riveting joint like Butt joint,Double riveted Butt joint chain

riveting, double riveted Butt joint zig-zag riveting.

Unit-III

13. Demonstration and practice on Welded joints, types of welded joints, Representations of Welds,

Symbols and its conventions.

14. Demonstration and practice on Machine screw, theirs head, materials, drive, finish type, grade

and specification.

15. Demonstration and Practice on different types of Nuts, designation, Types of Bolts, stud joints,

types of locking nut arrangements, special types of nut and bolts and applications.

16. Practice on Creation of Plane, Surface and Helix command using solid works.

17. Demonstration and practice on different types Foundation bolt, their specification and

applications.

18. Demonstration and practice on Key joints, types of keys, types of cotter joints, types of pin and

knuckle joints.

Page 53: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

53

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject Code MEY-201

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Demonstration and practice of Drawing making on P.C and analyzing the 2D and 3D views.

2. Critical Analysis of different views of objects.

Assessment System: Internal Marks: 60

External Marks: 40

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Mechanical Measurement and Metrology L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3*

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEY-202

To understand the basic principles, construction and working of mechanical

measuring instrument and to acquire proficiency in using, calibrating various

measurement systems.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Illustrate the basic concepts of Mechanical Measurement and Metrology using standard codes and

procedure

2 Make use of various devices and techniques for the measurement of dimensions, roughness, limit, fit,

tolerance, temperature and power consumption

3 Classify the measurement system of dimensions, roughness, limit, fit, tolerance, temperature and power

consumption during different systems.

Page 54: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

54

4 Determine the dimensions, roughness, limit, fit, tolerance, temperature and power consumption during

different systems as per standard procedure

5 Explain the importance and applications of dimensioning, surface roughness, limit, fit, tolerance,

temperature and power consumption utilizing latest techniques.

Unit -I

1.General Concepts: Objectives of Metrology, Classification of methods of measurements,

Requirements of an Inspection tool, Standardization and standardization organization, Sources of Errors,

Accuracy and Precision and interchangeability (5 Hrs.)

2. Linear measurement: Line graduated measuring instruments, Steel rule, Calipers, Surface plate,

Engineer’s square, Radius Gauges, Feeler gauges, Slip Gauge,Pitch screw gauge, Vernier Instruments,

Vernier height and depth gauge, Micrometers. (5 Hrs)

3. Angular Measurement and Dial indicators: Angular Measurement and Dial indicators : Vernier and

optical bevel protractor, Sine bars, Clinometers, V- Block, Angle gauges, Angle plates, Spirit level, Dial

Indicators, Classification and Working mechanism of dial indicators and its applications (5 Hrs.)

Unit –II

4. Measurement of Surface finish: Introduction, Basic components of surface topography,

Methods of measuring surface finish, direct instrument method, Replica method, Analysis of

surface traces, Assessment of Surface roughness (5 Hrs.)

5. Limit, fits, Tolerance and Comparators: Tolerances, Basic terms used in defining tolerances, Limits

of Size, ISO system of limits and fits, GO and NO-GO gauges, Characteristics of Comparators; Its

applications, Mechanical comparators, Mechanical optical comparators, Electrical and electronic

comparators, Pneumatic comparators, Optical Principles. (5 Hrs.)

6. Temperature and Power measurement: Liquid-in-glass thermometer; thermo-electric sensors -

common thermo couple and its types, metal resistance thermometers and Thermistors; Dynamometers;

Transmission type and Absorption Type

(5 Hrs.)

Unit –III

7. Coordinate Metrology and Form Measurement (7 hours)

Coordinate Measuring Machine-components of CMM-types-measuring head -types ofprobe- alignment

error-causes of error -measuring accuracy-calibration of CMM performanceof CMM-applications-

measurement integration, Measurement ofstraightness - Flatness - squareness - parallelism - circularity –

roundness and runout.

8. Protective Coatings and Lithography: (8 Hours)

Metallic and Non Metallic coating, Nano Lithography, Photolithography, and Electron beam lithography,

Ion Beam lithography, Optical lithography-LIGA process

TEXT BOOKS 1. Jain.R.K, “Engineering Metrology”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Gupta.R.C, “Statistical Quality Control”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 1994 3. V.Raghavan, “Physical Metallurgy” , second edition Prentice Hall of India PvtLimited, 2012. 4. O.P.Khanna, “Material science and engineering”, Dhanpat Rai publications,1987.

Reference Material:

Page 55: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

55

1. Dieter, G. E., “Mechanical Metallurgy”, McGraw Hill, Singapore, 2001.

2. Kevin Harding , “Handbook of Optical Dimensional Metrology”, CRC Press, A Taylor & Francis group,

2013.

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three units. Paper setter will set three questions from each unit and one

compulsory question spread over the whole syllabus & consisting of short answer questions. The

compulsory question will be set as first question. The students will be required to attempt six questions in

all including the compulsory question. The student can attempt maximum two questions from each unit.

All questions carry equal marks.

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

√ √ √

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEY-202

Page 56: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

56

Scheme

Version Biology for Engineers L T P C

Applicable for Programs: Batch-2018 ( CSE/IT, EE/ECE, CSE

(Hons) & Batch -2017 (ME,AME , Mechatronics )

3 0 0 3

Version -18 Prerequisite: - NIL Total hours =45

Objectives

Subject

Code

SZT-172/

SZT-272

This subject is designed to impart basic concepts of biology to the students with Engineering background. To understand fundamental knowledge on the structure andfunctions of the various systems of the human body. Analyse the interlinked mechanisms in the maintenance of normal functioning (homeostasis) of human body.

Subject Outcome

1 Analyse the gross morphology, structure and functions of various organs of the human body.

2 Evaluate the various homeostatic mechanisms and their imbalances.

3 Distinguish the coordinated working pattern of different organs of each system.

4 To impart basic knowledge of working of medical technologies.

COURSE CONTENTS:

Page 57: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

57

Unit Description

Time

required

(in hours)

1

Introduction to Human body:

Cell, Tissue, Organ, Organ System, Structure and functions of cell,

homeostasis, feedback mechanism: positive and negative, Types of

tissues: Structure and function of epithelial, connective, muscular and

nervous tissue, Muscle Physiology: Muscle contraction and aspects of

skin resistance.

9

Respiratory System: Anatomy with special reference to anatomy of

lungs, Mechanism of respiration, its regulation and lung volumes. 6

2

Introduction to major organ systems- I

Circulatory System: Anatomy of Heart, Elements of conduction

system, cardiac cycle, heart valves, blood circulation: systemic and

pulmonary, Composition of blood, its types and their functions,

transmission of cardiac impulse, blood pressure and its regulation.

Einthoven’s triangle twelve lead system and ECG waveforms.

9

Biosensors and Instruments: ECG, EEG,EMG 6

3

Introduction to major organ systems- II

Nervous System: Different parts and their functions. Reflex actions

and reflex arc, functions of sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous

system. Nerve conduction and action potentials.

Excretory System:- Structure of nephron, functions of kidney, urinary

bladder, urethra, internal/external sphincters , physiology of urine

formation.

8

Digestive System: Anatomy of the gastro-intestinal tract, gastro

intestinal secretions and their functions, deglutition and defecation.

Sensory system :

Eye:- Structure and function, refractive medias, working and power of

accommodation.

Ear: Structure and functions.

7

Total hours: 45

Suggested Readings/ Books:

Books Recommended:

Text books:

1. Anatomy and Physiology in Health and Illness, Ross and Wilson, Churchill Livingstone,

Page 58: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

58

Newyork

2. Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology: Elaine N Marieb. (Pearson Education).

3. Textbook of Zoology. J K Dhami and Dhami P S. Pradeeps Publication.

Reference Books:

1. Guyton, A.C. & Hall, J.E. W.B. Textbook of Medical Physiology.9th edition1996,Sanders

Co.New York

2. Ganong WE. Review of Medical Physiology. Appleton and Lange, USA.

3. Tortora, G.J. and Grabowski, S.R.Principles of Anatomy and Physiology 9 th

edition,2000.

4. Collins College Publishers, Luciano, New York

5. Anatomy and Physiology: Elaine N Marieb. (Pearson Education)

6. Williams PL, Warwick R. Gray’s Anatomy. Churchill Livingstone, USA.

Subject Outcomes:

I. To develop the firm foundation in biological principles and higher level of understanding

in each of the biology sub-discipline such as human physiology.

J. To excel in career as researcher in both traditional and emerging fields of engineering.

K. To engage in independent and lifelong learning in the broadest context of engineering.

L. To present biological information with high level of confidence.

M. To learn the new areas of biology for contemporary research with interdisciplinary

approach.

N. To learn the working of various medical technologies.

O. To communicate effectively regards to various processes that are happening in human body.

P. Analysebiologicalprocessesatthereductionisticlevel.

Subject outcome

Subject

outcome

A B C D E F G H

Subject

mapping

Unit

Mapping

I,

II,

I,

II,

I,

II,

I,

II,

I,

II,

Page 59: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

59

III III III III III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

× × × × × ×

Department Applied Sciences

Subject Code: SZT-172/ SZT-272

Biology for Engineers

Teaching –Learning Process

Teaching aids

Open-

ended

problem/

Numerical

Project-

type

activity

Lab

Work

Open-

ended

lab

work

Delivery mode Beyond the

curriculum

Video,

Ppt. etc

Online

lecture

Theory/

Description

Numerical/

Designed

problem

100 10%

Scheme of Evaluation

Internal Marks = 40 External Marks = 60

Instructions for the paper-setter:

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3

Hours

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

Page 60: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

60

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)

3. Section B, C and D contains 9 questions from Unit I, II, III respectively. The student have to

attempt any five questions from Section B,C,D taking at least one question from each section

and also not more than two question from Section-B,C,D. (total 50 marks).

Name of the Subject Biology for

Engineers

Subject Code SZT-172/SZT-272

It is certified That syllabus is free from spelling, grammatical or any duplicacy. Course outcomes have been

mapped with Program outcome

S. No. Name Designation Signature

1 Dr. Manpreet Binner Asstt. Prof

2 Dr. Renu Sharma HOD

Page 61: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

61

4th Semester

Syllabus

ChandigarhUniversity,Gharuan

Scheme

Version

2018-19

APPLIED MATHEMATICS-III

( Sem-IV)

L T P C

Applicable to ME/AME/CHE/PE/MTE/AE 3 1 0 4

Subject

Code:

SMT-273

Prerequisite: knowledge of partial differentiation

and ordinary differential equations. Totalhours= 45

Course Objectives

Page 62: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

62

Toimpart analytical ability in solvingmathematical problems as applied

to the respective branches of Engineering

CourseOutcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Understand concept of partial differential equations in various forms.

The applications of partial differential equations.

2 Grasp the ideas of probability and random variables and various discrete and

continuous probability distributions and their properties.

3 Apprehend the basic ideas of statistics including measures of central tendency,

correlation and regression.

The content oftheSyllabus

Unit-I

PartialDifferentialEquations–Firstorder:

Firstorderpartialdifferentialequations,solutionsoffirstorderlinearandnon-linearPDEs.

PartialDifferentialEquations–Higherorder:

Solutiontohomogenousandnon-homogenouslinearpartialdifferentialequationssecondand

higherorderbycomplimentaryfunction andparticularintegralmethod. second-

orderlinearequationsandtheirclassification,

solutionofthewaveequation ,SeparationofvariablesmethodtosimpleproblemsinCartesiancoordinates and

theLaplacianin plane.

[15H]

Unit-II

Basic Probability: Probability spaces, conditional probability, independence; Discrete random variables, Independent

random variables, the multinomial distribution, Poisson approximation to the binomial distribution,

infinite sequences of Bernoulli trials, sums of independent random variables; Expectation of Discrete

Random Variables

Continuous Probability Distributions:

Continuous random varibales and their properties, distribution functions and densities, normal,

exponential and gamma densities.

[15 H]

Unit-III

Basic Statistics:

Measures of Central tendency: Moments, skewness and Kurtosis - Probability distributions: Binomial,

Poisson and Normal - evaluation of statistical parameters for these three distributions.

Page 63: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

63

Applied Statistics:

Curve fitting by the method of least squares- fitting of straight lines, second degree Parabola and more

general curves. Test of significance: Large sample test for single proportion, difference of proportions,

single mean, difference of means, and difference of standard deviations. [15 H]

TEXTBOOKS (i) Erwin kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley & Sons,2006.

(ii) B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 36th Edition, 2010.

ReferenceMaterial:

(iv) N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering Mathematics, LaxmiPublications, Reprint,

2008.

(v) B.V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi, 11thReprint, 2010.

The Students outcomes are: An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, and engineering.

a) An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.

b) An ability to design a system, component or process to meet desired needs within realistic constraints such

as economic, environmental, social, political, ethical, health and safety, manufacturability, and

sustainability.

c) An ability to function on multidisciplinary teams.

d) An ability to identify, formulates, and solves engineering problems.

e) An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.

f) An ability to communication effectively.

g) The board education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in global, economic,

environmental, and societal context.

h) Recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.

i) Knowledge of contemporary issues.

j) An ability to use the techniques skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice

Subjectoutc

ome

Subject

Outcom

e

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mappin

g

Un

it

Mappin

g

I,II,III I,II,III I,II,III

Page 64: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

64

Teaching–

LearningProcess

Teaching aids

Open-

ended

problem/

Numerical

Project-

type

activity

Lab

Work

Open-

ended

lab

work

Deliverymode

Beyondthe

Curriculum

Video,

Ppt.

etc

Online

lecture Theory/

Description

Numerical/

Designed

problem

40% 60% 10%

Instructionsfor the paper-setter:

Please gothroughthese instructionsthoroughlyandfollowthe same pattern

whilesettingthe paperas the studentshave beenpreparedaccordingtothis format.

Maximum Marks=60 Time:3 Hours

Weightageperunit=20marks(excluding overattemptweightage)

1.QuestionPaperwillconsistoftenquestions.

2.SectionAof questionpaperiscompulsory, containingfivepartseach of2marks coveringthewhole

syllabus (total10marks)

3.SectionB, C, Dcontains9 questionsin total,3from each UnitI, II, IIIrespectively.

AttemptanyfivequestionsfromSectionB, C, Dtaking at leastonequestionfrom each

sectionbutnotmore thantwo questions fromSection-B, C, D.(Total50 marks).

Name of the Subject Applied Engg.

MATHEMATICS-III Subject Code

Categor

y

UC B/F D

C

D

E

U

O

MN

G

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMIN

AR

Department MATHEMATICS

Subject

Code:

SMT-273

Applied MATHEMATICS-III

Page 65: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

65

(Sem-1V) AMT-258

It is certified That syllabus is free from spelling, grammatical or any duplicacy. Course outcomes have

been mapped with Program outcome

S. No. Name Designation Signature

1 Mr. Amarjeet Arora Asstt. Prof

2 Mr. Rajveer Singh Subject Coordinator

3 Dr. S.S. Chauhan HOD

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Subject Code

TDT 252

Name of the Subject : APTITUDE L T P C

Total Contact Hours -24 Hours

0 2 0 1 Applicable to which branch -All

Branches

Prerequisite-Aptitude 1

Marks

Internal 40 External 60 Course Objective

To Impart analytical ability in solving mathematical problems as applied to the respective branches of Engineering

Page 66: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

66

Unit Course Outcome

1. To enhance the ability to answer the problems related to critical reasoning.

2. To improve the concepts of comparison of two or more things and to generate the relation

among them.

3. To improve the ability of students to make a decision from the given problems.

Content of the Syllabus

Unit-I

1. Ratio and proportion: Concept of ratio of two or more quantities things and their proportions.

2. Variation-direct and indirect: Concept of Direct & Indirect variation between two variables,

Equating the constant of variation.

3. Partnership: How to find the ratio of profit and share w.r.t. time and investment.

4. Polynomials and Algebraic expressions: Concepts zeros and roots, To find Remainder .

5. Linear equations: To make linear equation from statement, Number of solutions.

Unit-II

7. Syllogism: Solving the problems using venn diagram.

8.Coding Decoding:

• Letter Coding

• Number Coding

• Matrix coding

• Substitution

• Mixed Letter Coding

• Mixed Number Coding

• Deciphering Individual Letter Codes By Analysis

9. Data interpretation:

• Tabular representation

• 2-D graphs

• 3-D graphs

• Venn diagram based DI questions

• Pert chart

• Miscellaneous

Unit-III

10. Logarithms: SolvingLogarithms problems using properties.

11. Permutations & Combinations:Basic concepts of arrangements & Combinations.

12. Probability: Basic concept of sample space & favorable outcomes. Differentiating between types of

probability.

Page 67: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

67

13. Data Sufficiency: To check sufficiency of given information to solve the problem.

Text Books –

Reference Material –

Guha Abhijit Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Examinations 2011 Tata McGraw Hill Publication

7 West Patel Nagar, New Delhi 110008.

Aggarwal R.S A Modern Approach to Verbal and Non Verbal Reasoning 2012 S.Chand Publishing

Kuttab Road, New Delhi. 011-23672080

Course Code APTITUDE– TDT 252

Department Teaching the

Subject DEPARTMENT OF CAREER DEVELOPMENT

Program Outcome a b c D E f g h i j k

II I,III

Mapping of Course

outcome with Program

outcome

Category

BS

ES PD PC PE OE Project/

Training

Approval

Subject Code

UCT-293

Creativity and Critical thinking L T P C

Total Contact Hours :30

2 0 0 2 Applicable to which branch: all

engineering and non engineering

branches

Marks

Internal : External :

Course Objective This subject makes students understand the importance of critical and creative thinking skills. It provides the

conceptual framework to identify problems in everyday life to make the right and appropriate decisions.

Unit Course Outcome

Page 68: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

68

4. To understand the importance of thinking skills in everyday life.

5. To develop the attitude and techniques for creative problem solving.

6. To apply the basic skills for working in innovative teams.

Content of the Syllabus

UNIT-1

Thinking as a Skill:Concept of Thinking; Importance of thinking; Habitual thinking vs. thinking as a

deliberate skill that can be controlled; Vertical (critical) vs. (lateral creative) thinking; Attitude and

psychological preparations for thinking.

Critical Thinking: IntroductionCritical thinking; Role of critical thinking and how it can

complementcreative thinking in problem solving; Logical and critical thinking.

UNIT-2

Meaning Analysis: The nature of meaning; Meaning and reference;

Argument Analysis: Identifying arguments; Validity and Soundness; Inductive strength and cogency;

Fallacy Analysis: Common errors in thinking including inconsistency, irrelevance, insufficiency, and

inappropriate assumptions.

UNIT-3

Creative Thinking: Introduction Creativity as an ability to modify self-imposed constraints;

Characteristics of creative people; Basic elements affecting creativity in practice.

Generating Ideas: Avoiding blocks to creativity; Stimulating ideas using various techniques and tools

Creative and Critical Thinking in Teams: Characteristics of effective teams; Stimulating creativity and

problem solving in teams; Communication, trust building and conflict-reduction for teams.

Recommended Textbooks:

1. Lau, Joe. . An Introduction to Critical Thinking and Creativity: Think More, Think Better. Wiley.

2. Bassham, G. et al. (2005). Critical Thinking: A Student’s Introduction. (2nd ed.), McGraw Hill.

Reference Books:

1. Walton, D. N. (2005). Fundamentals of Critical Argumentation. Cambridge University Press.

2. Walton, D. N. (1989). Informal Logic: A Handbook of Critical Argumentation. Cambridge University Press.

Management COMMERCIAL AND COMPANY LAW

Program Outcome a b c D E f G h i j k

Mapping of Course

outcome with Program

outcome

Category

BS

ES PD PC PE OE Project/

Training

Page 69: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

69

Approval Date of meeting of the Board of Studies

3. NOTE FOR THE PAPER SETTER

The syllabus has been divided into three units. Paper setter will set 3 questions from each unit and 1

compulsory question spread over the whole syllabus consisting of 5 short answer questions. Compulsory

question will be placed at number one. Candidate shall be required to attempt 6 questions in all including

compulsory question and selecting not more than 2 questions from each unit. All questions carry equal

marks

Chandigarh University, Gharuan

Scheme

Version Biology for Engineers

L T P C

Applicable for Programs: Batch-2018 ( CSE/IT, EE/ECE, CSE (Hons) &

Batch -2017 (ME,AME , Mechatronics )

3 0 0 3

Version -18 Prerequisite: - NIL Total hours =45

Objectives

Subject

Code

SZT-172/

SZT-272

This subject is designed to impart basic concepts of biology to the students with Engineering background. To understand fundamental knowledge on the structure andfunctions of the various systems of the human body. Analyse the interlinked mechanisms in the maintenance of normal functioning (homeostasis) of human body.

Page 70: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

70

Subject Outcome

1 Analyse the gross morphology, structure and functions of various organs of the human body.

2 Evaluate the various homeostatic mechanisms and their imbalances.

3 Distinguish the coordinated working pattern of different organs of each system.

4 To impart basic knowledge of working of medical technologies.

COURSE CONTENTS:

Unit Description

Time

required

(in hours)

1

Introduction to Human body:

Cell, Tissue, Organ, Organ System, Structure and functions of cell,

homeostasis, feedback mechanism: positive and negative, Types of tissues:

Structure and function of epithelial, connective, muscular and nervous tissue,

Muscle Physiology: Muscle contraction and aspects of skin resistance.

9

Respiratory System: Anatomy with special reference to anatomy of lungs,

Mechanism of respiration, its regulation and lung volumes. 6

2

Introduction to major organ systems- I

Circulatory System: Anatomy of Heart, Elements of conduction system,

cardiac cycle, heart valves, blood circulation: systemic and pulmonary,

Composition of blood, its types and their functions, transmission of cardiac

impulse, blood pressure and its regulation.

Einthoven’s triangle twelve lead system and ECG waveforms.

9

Biosensors and Instruments: ECG, EEG,EMG 6

3

Introduction to major organ systems- II

Nervous System: Different parts and their functions. Reflex actions and

reflex arc, functions of sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous system.

Nerve conduction and action potentials.

Excretory System:- Structure of nephron, functions of kidney, urinary

bladder, urethra, internal/external sphincters , physiology of urine formation.

8

Digestive System: Anatomy of the gastro-intestinal tract, gastro intestinal

secretions and their functions, deglutition and defecation.

Sensory system :

Eye:- Structure and function, refractive medias, working and power of

accommodation.

Ear: Structure and functions.

7

Total hours: 45

Page 71: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

71

Suggested Readings/ Books:

Books Recommended:

Text books:

4. Anatomy and Physiology in Health and Illness, Ross and Wilson, Churchill Livingstone, Newyork 5. Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology: Elaine N Marieb. (Pearson Education).

6. Textbook of Zoology. J K Dhami and Dhami P S. Pradeeps Publication.

Reference Books:

7. Guyton, A.C. & Hall, J.E. W.B. Textbook of Medical Physiology.9th edition1996,Sanders Co.New

York

8. Ganong WE. Review of Medical Physiology. Appleton and Lange, USA.

9. Tortora, G.J. and Grabowski, S.R.Principles of Anatomy and Physiology 9 th edition,2000.

10. Collins College Publishers, Luciano, New York

11. Anatomy and Physiology: Elaine N Marieb. (Pearson Education)

12. Williams PL, Warwick R. Gray’s Anatomy. Churchill Livingstone, USA.

Subject Outcomes:

Q. To develop the firm foundation in biological principles and higher level of understanding

in each of the biology sub-discipline such as human physiology.

R. To excel in career as researcher in both traditional and emerging fields of engineering.

S. To engage in independent and lifelong learning in the broadest context of engineering.

T. To present biological information with high level of confidence.

U. To learn the new areas of biology for contemporary research with interdisciplinary

approach.

V. To learn the working of various medical technologies.

W. To communicate effectively regards to various processes that are happening in human body.

X. Analysebiologicalprocessesatthereductionisticlevel.

Subject outcome

Subject

outcome

A B C D E F G H

Subject

mapping

Unit

Mapping

I,

II,

III

I,

II,

III

I,

II,

III

I,

II,

III

I,

II,

III

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

Page 72: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

72

Category HONS PROJE

CT

BW PRACTI

CAL

TRAININ

G

SEMIN

AR

× × × × × ×

Department Applied Sciences

Subject Code: SZT-172/ SZT-272

Biology for Engineers

Teaching –Learning Process

Teaching aids

Open-

ended

problem/

Numerical

Project-

type

activity

Lab

Work

Open-

ended

lab

work

Delivery mode Beyond the

curriculum

Video,

Ppt. etc

Online

lecture

Theory/

Description

Numerical/

Designed

problem

100 10%

Scheme of Evaluation

Internal Marks = 40 External Marks = 60

Instructions for the paper-setter:

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3

Hours

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

Page 73: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

73

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)

3. Section B, C and D contains 9 questions from Unit I, II, III respectively. The student have to

attempt any five questions from Section B,C,D taking at least one question from each section

and also not more than two question from Section-B,C,D. (total 50 marks).

Name of the Subject Biology for

Engineers

Subject Code SZT-172/SZT-272

It is certified That syllabus is free from spelling, grammatical or any duplicacy. Course outcomes have been

mapped with Program outcome

S. No. Name Designation Signature

1 Dr. Manpreet Binner Asstt. Prof

2 Dr. Renu Sharma HOD

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Mechanics of Solids L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 1 0 4

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Engineering Mechanics Total hours =45

Course Objectives

MET-251

To impart the knowledge about different types of stress, strain in various conditions

and the deformation of bodies under loading

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basic concepts of mechanics of solids.

Page 74: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

74

2 Solve the problems based on energy methods, theories of failures, Springs, cylinders, column,

centrifugal stresses and deflection of beam

3 Examine the stresses induced in different structural and machine elements using different techniques

and methods

4 Analyze the impact of stresses induced in different structural and machine elements using different

techniques and methods

5 Determine the different types of stresses encountered invarious types of beams, springs, cylinders,

column & Struts and discs using different theories and principles.

Contents of the Syllabus UNIT- I

1. ENERGY METHODS: Strain energy in simple tension or compression, stresses due to different types

of loads, strain energy due to principal stresses, energy of dilation and distortion,Castigliano’s theorem

and its application to calculate the deflection in cantilever and simply supported beams, Maxwell’s

theorem of reciprocal deflection. (9Hrs)

2. THEORIES OF FAILURE: Maximum Principal Stress Theory, Maximum Shear Stress Theory,

Strain Energy Theory, Shear Strain Energy Theory; Maximum Principal Strain Theory and their graphical

representation along with their application to problems relating to two dimensional stress systems

only.(6Hrs)

UNIT-II

3. SPRINGS: Closed coil and open coil helical springs with axial load subjected to axial twist; Springs in

Series and Parallel; Leaf springs and Flat spiral springs – their deflection and stresses (4Hrs)

4. THINAND THICK CYLINDERS Hoop and Longitudinal stresses & strains in thin cylindrical &

spherical vessels, Calculation of Change in dimensions of thin cylindrical vessels due to internal pressure,

Derivation of Lame’s equations, calculation of radial, longitudinal and hoop stresses due to internal

pressure in thick cylinders, Design of thick cylindrical shell; Compound or shrunk cylinders; Thick

Spherical Shells (5Hrs)

5.SLOPE AND DEFLECTION: Determination of slope and deflection for a cantilever and simply

supported beam under point load and uniformly distributed load by Double integration method,

Macaulay’s Method and Moment area method (6Hrs)

UNIT-III

6. COLUMNS & STRUT: Concept of columns and their types, modes of failure, equivalent length,

buckling load, crushing load, slenderness ratio, factors effecting strength of a column,end restraints ,

Strength of column by Euler Formula, Limitations of Euler’s formula, Rankine-Gourdan formula(5Hrs)

Page 75: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

75

7. CENTRIFUGAL STRESSES: Rotational stresses in rings and thin discs; Discs of uniform strength

(4Hrs)

8.BENDING OF CURVED BEAM:Introduction, stresses in curved bar, values of cross-sectional bar

constant for rectangular, circular, triangular, trapezoidal, T and I section, Stresses in ring and chain,

deflection of curved bar, closed ring and chain link (6Hrs)

Text Books: 1. Dr. Sadhu Singh, Strength of Materials, Khanna Publishers.

2. S. RamaMrutham, Strength of Materials, DhanpatRai& Sons

3. Dr. R. K. Bansal,Strength of Material (Laxmi Publishers)

Reference Books: 1 D.H Shames, Introduction to Solid Mechanics, Prentice Hall Inc.

2 GH Ryder, Strength of Materials – (MacMillan)

3 Crandall &Dahi,An introduction to Mechanics of Solids – (McGraw Hill ) 4 Gere, Mechanics of

Materials (Cengage Learning)

5 Hibler, Mechanics of Materials (Pearson Education)

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

√ √ √ √

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code

MET-251

Page 76: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

76

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Applied Thermodynamics L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 1 0 4

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Engineering Thermodynamics Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MET-252

The course will prepare engineersto understand the concepts of Applied

Thermodynamics to solve practical engineering problems.

It will enhance ability to address new problems in the rapidly changing

technological scenario.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the fundamentals of steam generator, nozzles, steam turbines, condensers and

Page 77: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

77

compressors.

2 Classify the different types of boilers, steam turbines, condensers and compressors.

3 Solve the problems related to boiler, steam nozzles, turbine, condenser, compressors.

4 Evaluate the performance characteristics of steam, nozzles, impulse and reaction

turbines.

5 Select the boiler, nozzle, turbine, condenser and compressors for particular

application.

UNIT - I

1. Steam Generators (8 hours)

Boiler Classification, Fire and water tube boilers; Description of Cochran, Lancashire, Babcock and Wilcox

boilers, Stirling Boiler, Super Critical Boilers, Mountings and Accessories; high pressure boilers,

Characteristics of high pressure boilers, steam accumulators, boiler performance-equivalent evaporation,

boiler efficiency, boiler trial and heat balance; Types of draught and Calculation of chimney height

2. Steam Nozzles: (7 hours):

Introduction, Types of steam nozzles, Flow of steam throughconvergent, divergent & convergent- divergent

nozzle, Critical pressure ratio, Diameter of throat and exit for maximum discharge, Effect of friction in

nozzle, Nozzle efficiency, supersaturated flow or metastable flow, Effects of super saturation.

UNIT - II

3. Impulse Steam Turbines: (7 hours)

Introduction, Classification of steam turbine, Pressure and velocity variation, Velocity diagram, Effect of

blade friction on combined velocity triangle, Calculations of force, axial thrust, work done, Stage efficiency,

blade efficiency and overall efficiency, compounding of Impulse steam turbine, Internal losses in Turbines.

4. Reaction Steam Turbines: (7hours)

Pressure and velocity variation in a Reaction Turbine, Comparison b/w Impulse & Reaction turbine,

Velocity Triangles & combined velocity triangles, Degree of reaction, Calculations of force, axial thrust,

work done & various turbine efficiencies, derivation for maximum efficiency; calculation of blade height;

Effect of reheating the steam, reheat factor, Special purpose turbines, Losses in steam turbines, Governing of

steam turbines.

UNIT – III

5. Condensers: (6 hours):

Introduction, Classification, Parts of steam condensing plant, Mixture of Air & Steam based on Dalton’s

law,condenser and vacuum efficiencies,Cooling water calculations, Methods to check and prevent air

infiltration, Air Extraction pumps and calculation of its capacity. Cooling Towers and its types

6. Air Compressor: (8 hours):

Construction and working of reciprocating air compressor, Single stage compression, Multi-stage

compression with & without intercooling, P-V & T-S diagrams of Single stage and Multi Stage

compression process, Efficiency of compressor, Intercoolers, Efficiencies of compressor. Introduction to

rotary air compressors like Centrifugal air compressor axial flow air compressor.

Text Books:

1.P.K.Nag, A textbook of Thermal Engineering,TataMcgraw Hill.

2.M.L.Mathur, I.C.Engine, DhanpatRai Publications

Page 78: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

78

3. P.L. Ballani, Thermal Engineering, Khanna Publications.

4. D.S. Kumar, Applied thermodynamics, S.K. Kataria& Sons.

Reference Books:

1. Dr. Vasandani and Dr. D.S.Kumar, Heat Engineering, Metropolitan Book Co. Pvt. Ltd., Delhi

2. R. Yadav, Sanjay and Rajay, Applied Thermodynamics, Central Publishing House.

3. Heywood, Fundamentals of IC Engines, McGraw Hill.

4. G. Rogers and Y. Mayhew, Engineering Thermodynamics, Pearson.

5. W.A.J. Keartan, Steam Turbine: Theory and Practice, ELBS Series.

6. K. Soman, Thermal Engineering, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.

Teaching –Learning Process

1. White Board,

2. Audio Video aids, Models

3. NPTEL Lecture, Tutorial

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO

1

PO

2

PO3 PO4 PO5 PO

6

PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

√ √ √ √

Unit mapping 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICA

L

TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject Code MET-252

Page 79: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

79

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Mechanics of Solids Lab L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: None Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

MEP-253

To familiarize the students with the use of stress, strain, importance and measurement of

hardness, Impact strength, Stiffness, Torsion, Buckling of column and fatigue failure of

specimen

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basics concepts of material testing to evaluate the mechanical properties of

Page 80: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

80

standardized specimens

2 Analyze the performance of various components of different materials on UTM, Hardness

tester, Impact, Torsion and fatigue testing machines.

3 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically considering social, health, safety, legal

and environmental aspects.

4 Interpret the data and apply the appropriate tool/technique for the selection and design of

differet machine component such as shaft, spring and column

5 Conclude the experimental results and present the same effectively in oral and written

manners.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

UNIT-I 1. To perform tensile test for ductile and brittle materials and to draw stress-straincurve.

2. To perform Shear test on UTM

3. To perform compression test on UTM

4. To determine the Rockwell hardness number and Brinell hardness number of the given specimen.

UNIT-II

5. To determine the impact strength of the given material using Charpy impact test and Izod test Machine.

6. To find stiffness of Open Coil Helical Spring and Closed Coil Helical Spring

7. To perform torsion test on Mild steel specimen

UNIT-III

8. Determination of Bucking loads of long columns with different end conditions.

9. To perform Fatigue test on circular test piece

10. Verification of MAXWELL Reciprocal theorem

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO

9

PO10 PO11 PO

12

Subject

mapping

√ √ √ √

Unit

mapping/Ex

periments

1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTIC

AL

TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject Code MEP-253

Page 81: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

81

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Introduction to MATLAB L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1*

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Basics of Computer programming Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

MEY-253

To understand the students with fundamentals of MATLAB and to perform operations

like arithmetic, trigonometric, Plotting command and numerical analysis of data

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basic functions of MATLAB for arithematic, logical and plotting operations

Page 82: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

82

2 Analyze the arithmetic, trigonometric functions and various operations on array for heat

transfer and fluid mechanics problems.

3 Develop the program for the evaluation of heat transfer and fluid mechanics problems

including 2D and 3D plots.

4 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically, considering social, health, safety, legal

and environmental aspects.

5 Conclude the experimental results and express the same effectively in oral and written

manners through report and practical presentation.

List of Experiments:

Unit-I

1. To familiarize with the MATLAB fundamentals and basic functions.

2. To PerformArithmetic operations on Matrices, Using MATLAB, like:

(a) A + B

(b) AB

(c) A2

(d) AT

(e) B-1

(f ) BTAT

(g) A2 + B2 – AB

(h) Determinant of A, determinant of B and determinant of AB.

3. Implement various 2-D and 3-D plotting commands using different functions

Unit-II

4. Implement trigonometric and mathematical functions using MATLAB program on Polynomial Evaluation,

Roots of Polynomial, Arithmetic operations on Polynomials

5. Using MATLAB Compute the following examples:

(a) Find 7*((6^(1/2)-1)/((8^(1/2)+1)^2))-1

(b) Find the area of circle with r=pi^(1/4)-1

6. Using MATLAB

a) Write a program to sort an array in ascending order using for loop.

b) Write a program to sort an array in descending order using for loop.

c) Write a program to find the factorial of a number using for loop.

Unit-III

7. Using MATLAB:

a) Write a program for sorting an array using while loop.

b) Write a program to print Fibonacci series using while loop.

8. Design a Program to compute the velocity profile of viscous fluid across the radius of pipe.

9. Develop a program to examine transient heat conduction time and temperature distribution in a semi-

infinite solid.

10. Write a program to generate various types of signals like Unit impulse, Unit Step, Unit Ramp and

Exponential

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Page 83: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

83

Program outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit mapping 1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICA

L

TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject Code MEY-253

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Experimentation

2. Technical Report Writing

3. Critical Analysis of Experimental Data and evaluation of results

Assessment System: Internal Marks: 60

External Marks: 40

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Applied Thermodynamics Lab L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: None Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

MEP-254

This laboratory course is intended to give the students, experimental knowledge on the

performance and operations of I.C. Engines, steam properties, Compressor and condenser

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basic concepts of thermal engineering to examine the performance of various

Page 84: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

84

thermal systems

2 Inspect the performance characteristics of heat engines, compressor and condenser

experimentally

3 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically considering social, health, safety, legal

and environmental aspects.

4 Interpret the data and apply the appropriate technique or tool to examine the performance

of thermal systems

5 Conclude the experimental results and express the same effectively in oral and written

manners through report and practical presentation.

List of experiments:

Unit-I

1. To draw valve timing diagram of a 4 stroke petrol engine and study of its impact on the performance of an IC

Engine.

2. To draw valve timing diagram of a 4 stroke diesel engine.

3. Determination of brake power, indicated power, friction power and mechanical efficiency of amulti-

cylinder petrol engine running at constant speed (Morse Test) and to draw the heat balance sheet of multi-

cylinder petrol engine.

4. Performance of a diesel engine from no load to full load (at constant speed) for a single cylinder engine in

terms of brake power indicated power, mechanical efficiency and calculate the SFC (Specific fuel

consumption) and further obtain power consumption curves and draw the heat balance sheet of single cylinder

Diesel engine.

Unit-II

5. Determination of dryness fraction of steam by using separating and throttling calorimeter.

6. To determine the heat extraction efficiency of vertical cooling tower.

7. To determine the efficiency of vertical/Horizontal condenser

Unit-III

8. To calculate actual volume of air intake by measuring pressure difference by manometer of Double stage

reciprocating compressor.

9. To determine swept volume of compressor, volumetric efficiency, compression ratio and isothermal efficiency of

Double stage reciprocating compressor.

10. Performance Testing of Steam Turbine.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Page 85: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

85

Subject

Code MEP-254

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Experimentation

2. Technical Report Writing

3. Critical Analysis of Experimental Data and evaluation of results

Assessment System: Internal Marks: 60

External Marks: 40

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

CAD Modeling L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Engineering Drawing Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

MEP-255

The course introduces several advanced concepts and topics in the rapidly

evolving field of machine drawing.

Students are Prepared to develop comprehension of the subject and to gain

scientific understanding regarding the designing and drafting of mechanical

components.

Page 86: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

86

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basics concepts of CAD to read and interpret the Mechanical Engineering

drawings.

2 Familiar with CAD software to produce machine drawings using standards codes and

procedure of Limit, Fits and Tolerances

3 Demonstrate the detail and assembly drawing of different components utilizing

advanced tool and techniques of CAD.

4 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically considering social, health, safety,

legal and environmental aspects.

5 Gererate the blueprints and express the same effectively in oral and written manners

through report and practical presentation.

List of Practical

Unit-I

1. An introduction of CAD software and study of various tool bar options. 2. Draft the 2D drawing using CAD tool and show the all dimensions, limits, fits, tolerance and

machining symbols. 3. Draw orthographic views of double riveted zigzag lap joint and double riveted chain butt joint

using CAD tool. Show its front view, full in section and top view in first angle of projection

system. 4. Draw the 2D sketch of British and Metric thread sections using CAD tool to a full scale size and

give all the standard proportions. 5. Assemble the hexagonal bolt, hexagonal nut and a washer using CAD tool. Show its front view,

top view and side view in third angle of projection. Unit-II

6. Draw the following orthographic views of the assembly of a Gib and cotter joint for square rod

using CAD tool: Upper half in section & top view. 7. Assemble all parts of sleeve and cotter joint using CAD tool and show the following views:

Upper half section front view & top view. 8. Draw orthographic views of Oldham’s coupling using CAD tool. 9. Draw the following orthographic views of a knuckle joint in first angle of projection using CAD

tool: Upper half in sectional front view & end view. 10. Draw the assembly of the universal coupling using CAD tool. Shows its front view upper half in

section and right end view full in section Unit-III

11. Draw orthographic views of protected type flange coupling and. Also, draw its front full sectional

view and Bill of Material. 12. Draw the following assembled views of a screw jack using CAD tool: Front view right half in

section & top view.

Page 87: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

87

13. Draw the Assembly of Connecting rod, Piston and crank shaft using CAD Tools 14. Draw assembly of Plummer block. Also, draw its front full sectional view and Bill of Material. 15. Draw the Assembly of Tail Stock and Tool Post Piston using CAD Tools

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3 1-2 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject Code MEP-255

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Drawing making on P.C and analyzing the 2D and 3D views.

2. Technical Report Writing

3. Critical Analysis of Experimental Data and evaluation of results

Assessment System: Internal Marks: 60

External Marks: 40

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version:

2018

Project L T P C

B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 0 0 2

MER-256 Prerequisite: Nil Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

To obtain a hands-on experience in converting a small novel idea / technique into a working

model / prototype involving multi-disciplinary skills and / or knowledge and working in at

Page 88: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

88

team.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basics principles to identify the topic/idea from different domains of Mechanical Engineering

for project work.

2 Examine the literature survey to identify gaps and define the objectives & scope of the work.

3 Generate and implement innovative ideas into product design ethically, considering social, health,

safety, legal and environmental aspects.

4 Perform and analyze the data individually or in team using appropriate tools and techniques of

mechanical engineering and project management

5 Conclude the results and express the same effectively in oral and written manners through

report and presentation.

Detailed Evaluation process in mentioned in the table below

Phase Performance task Performance Quality level Time

Schedule

Weekly

Weightage

one Two Three Four Five

2 4 6 8 10

Project

Proposal

and data

Collection

Submission of Project Title

and Brief Description and

Formation of groups

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1st 5

A description of the product

Opportunity its social

Relevance, market need,

Data collection and

Literature Survey

2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2nd 5

Defining Objectives of the

projects, Sketches,

Techniques

3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3rd 5

Problem

Formulatio

n

Design Specifications /

Modules &

Techniques along

withProblem Formulation

4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4th 5

Final Concept, Detailed and

Assembly Drawings,

Financial Model / costing

Prototype / Coding leads to

5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5th 5

Page 89: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

89

Submission of Synopsis

Fabrication

of

Prototype

Progress report on Building

Prototypes, drawings and

purchase requisition of

material

6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6th 5

Evaluation based on

Progress of Fabrication of

Prototypes requirements,

Constraints and

specifications

7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7th, 8th 5

Evaluation based on

Completeness of fabrication

and comprehensive report

8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9th 5

Final

Presentatio

n and

Demonstrat

ion

/Internal

Viva

Presentatio

n

Complete Fabricated Project

including Technically

impressive report

9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 10th 15

Comprehension and

development of presentation

10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10th 5

Fluent speaking, correlation

with visual aids and query

handling

11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 10th 5

Selection and connectivity

of presentation material

12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 10th 5

External

Viva and

presentatio

n

Complete Fabricated Project

including Technically

impressive report

9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

25

Comprehension and

development of presentation

10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Fluent speaking, correlation

with visual aids and query

handling

11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Selection and connectivity

of presentation material

12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Level Assessment Rubrics

1.1-1.5 Viability / feasibility of the project Idea, its suitability, Novality of Idea, Innovation, Plagiarism

checking

2.1-2.5 Opportunities and social Relevance, market need, Data collection and Literature Survey

3.1-3.5 Definition of objectives, its attainment and validity, Completeness of Drawing

4.1-4.5 Detailed and assembly drawing, Techniques used, feasibility of Design and its completeness

5.1-5.5 Estimation and Cost calculation, availability of raw material and other accessories, formatting of

synopsis file, Plagiarism and Grammar check

6.1-6.5 Purchase requisition of material, accessories, order report and progress of order

7.1-7.5 Fabrication Plan of prototype, resources availability and role of individual in fabrication and daily

diary report, Problem faced and optimal solution

Page 90: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

90

Evaluation: Grade should be awarded in final evaluation as per performance

(Note 1: - Problem has to be selected from given basket. Two dimensional Rubric based

design project process is provided below along with the time frame, weightage, assessment

levels and associated marks for the rubric based execution of project. )

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering Departments

Subject

Code-

MES-

256

8.1-8.5 Critical Review on the Execution of fabrication plan, its completeness and final demonstration of

Prototype, Checking of design feasibility, actual performance, achievement of objective, benefit to

society

9.1 Lack of sufficient technical content and sophistication is evident in several components of the project

9.2 Project analyzes an insufficient amount of technical information in the development of a few feasible

solutions to meet the project objective.

9.3 Project analyzes a sufficient amount of pertinent technical information in the development of a few

feasible solutions to meet the project objective

9.4 Project analyzes a significant amount of pertinent technical information in the development of

several feasible solutions to meet the project objective.

9.5 Project analyzes a diverse and significant amount of pertinent technical information in the

development of several feasible solutions to meet the project objective. Project also incorporates and

analyzes possible solutions that seem counter-intuitive, surprising, or contrary to conventional

approaches

10.1 A few ideas in every section are logically connected, but they are not linked to the main point of the

section. Sections lack focus, organization, and transitions.

10.2 Some ideas in every section are logically connected and linked to the main point of the section.

Transitions are present but are inconsistent.

10.3 Most ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the

section. Most ideas in every section are connected by transitions

10.4 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the

section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by transitions.

10.5 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the

section; furthermore, the presentation identifies non-obvious, surprising, and/or counter-intuitive

aspects of the project in an appropriate section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by

transitions.

Page 91: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

91

Teaching Learning Process

1. Two dimensional rubrics will be used to conduct and assessment of the project work.

2. One period will be allocated to impart learning and practice on Design thinking and

assessment of weekly work done by each group.

3. Internal assessment will carry 60 marks and final assessment will be 40 marks.

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version 2018

Basics of Automobile Engineering L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 2 0 0 2

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: None Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

MEY-254

To study the basics parts of an automobile in detail like power transmission and power

control systems

To impart the knowledge of recent trends in automobiles

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

Page 92: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

92

1 Understand the basic concepts of automobile engineering and systems

2 Apply the concepts of thermodynamics and its cycles in Internal Combustion Engines.

3 Examine the performance of various systems of an automobile.

4 Analyze the impact of implementing safety measure and emission control in the Automobile.

5 Troubleshoot the various components of an automobile and provide solution by considering

standards of Automobile societies.

UNIT – I

1. Automobile basic

Components of automobile, basic structure, classification of automobile, body styles, Chassis and its

construction, frame and frameless construction. (5 Hrs.)

2. Internal Combustion Engines

Classification of IC engines, different parts of IC engine, working cycles, Spark plug, carburetor, fuel

pump, injectors, valves, cooling system, lubrication system, turbocharger, supercharger, throttle body and

multi point fuel injection system (MPFI, CRDI), Battery coil ignition system and Magneto Ignition

system. Power requirements, motion resistance and power loss, tractive effort, and vehicle performance

curves, selection of power unit and engine performance characteristics (5Hrs.)

UNIT – II

3. Transmission system

Functions of transmission, necessity, types of transmission, sliding mesh, constant mesh, synchromesh,

selector mechanism automatic Manual Transmission (AMT), transfer box, automatic transmission, torque

converter, overdrive, propeller shaft, universal joint, final drive, differential, rear axle, rear axle drive.

Requirements of clutches, types of clutches, working of single plate, multiplate and centrifugal clutch,

clutch operation, clutch plate, fluid flywheel. (5 Hrs.)

4. Suspension, Brakes and Steering

Steering geometry and types of steering gear box, Power Steering, Types of Front Axle, Types of

Suspension Systems, Pneumatic and Hydraulic Braking Systems, Antilock Braking System, Brake

efficiency and stooping distance, fading of brakes, wheel skidding, types of brakes, drum and disk brakes,

servo brakes. (5Hrs.)

UNIT –III

5. Safety in Automobile

Active safety, passive, Adaptive cruise control system, EBD (Electronic brake force distribution system)

Traction control system, Airbags, Electronic stability control system (ESC) TDI(5 Hrs.)

6. Emission control & Alternative Energy Sources

Automotiveair pollution, emission control, evaporative, catalytic converter, Use of Compressed Natural

Gas (CNG), Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG), Bio-diesel, Bio-ethanol, and Hydrogen in Automobiles-

Engine modifications required –Performance, Electric Vehicle and Hybrid Fuel Cell. (5 Hrs)

Text Books:

1. Kripal Singh: Automobile Engineering, Vol. I & II, Standard Publication Distributor, Delhi

2. W.H.Crouse: Automotive Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill D. L. Anglin Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi

3 Heinz Heisler, ‘Advanced Engine Technology,” SAE International Publications, USA,1998 .

Reference Books

4 Dempsey, P.: Automotive Engines. 4. J. Heitner : Automotive Mechanics Affiliated East West

Press,New Delhi.

5. N.K.Giri : Problems in Automobile Mechanics, Khanna Publishers, Delhi.

Teaching –Learning Process

Page 93: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

93

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEY-254

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Measurement and Metrology Lab L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

MEY-255

To enable the practical exposure of measuring instrument, so as to measure linear

dimensions, angular and profile of an object of different shapes.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Understand and Apply the fundamentals of metrology to measure the linear and angular

Page 94: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

94

characteristics of an object

2 Plan and organize the series of operation for measuring the surface roughness, gear profile and

effective diameter of thread.

3 Determine the speed of shaft, temperature of object and velocity of fluid experimentally

4 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically, considering social, health, safety,

legal and environmental aspects.

5 Conclude the experimental results and express the same effectively in oral and written

manners through report and practical presentation.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

UNIT-I

1. Measurement of Linear dimensions using Vernier caliper, Micrometer and slip gauges.

2. Measurement of an angle with the help of sine bar and bevel protector.

3. Measurement of surface roughness of a machined Plate, Rod and Pipe

4. Measurement of gear elements using profile projector

UNIT-II

5. Measurement of effective diameter of external threads using Three wire method

6. Measurement of thread element by Tool makers microscope

7. Calibration of a pressure guage with the help of a dead weight guage tester

UNIT-III

8. Use of stroboscope for measurement of speed of shaft

9. Use of pitot tube to plot velocity profile of a fluid through a pipe.

10. Preparation of a thermocouple, its calibration and application for temperature measurement

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO

4

PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO

12

Subject

mapping

Page 95: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

95

Unit

mapping/E

xperiments

1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICA

L

TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject Code MEY-255

MEY-256 Massive Open Online Courses

Credit 04 MNG

Co-requisite: Nil Mode: Self Study

Prerequisite: Nil

Course Category PC

Professional Core Engineering

Department

University Institute of Engineering:

Mechanical Engineering

To offer students the opportunity to study with the world’s best universities by integrating select MOOCs

Purpose

in a regular degree programme and providing students full credit transfer, as per UGC and university regulations, if they earn a “Verified/Completion Certificate” and take a proctored examination through a secure physical testing centre.

Instructional Objectives Student Outcomes

At the end of the course, student will be able to

1

Apply the concepts, theories, laws, technologies learnt herein to provide f h i j

Page 96: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

96

.

Engineering solutions.

Course nature Online - 100% Internal Continuous Assessment.

Assessment Method (Weightage 100%)

Approx. 15 hour of course will lead to 01 credit.

Registration process, Assessment and Credit Transfer:

1. Students can register for courses offered by approved global MOOCs platforms like edX, Coursera, Swayam or Universities with which Chandigarh University partners specifically for MOOCs e.g. Indian Institute of Technology Bombay-FOSS

2. Annually, each department must officially announce, to the students as well as to the Controller of Examinations (CoE), the list of courses that will be recognized and accepted for credit transfer. The list will be duly recommended by BOS and approved by Academic Council.

3. The department must also officially announce / appoint one or more faculty coordinator(s) for advising the students attached to them, monitoring their progress and assist the department in proctoring the tests, uploading the certificate on UIMS, collecting and submitting the graded certificate(s) to the CoE, within the stipulated timeframe.

4. Student who desires to pursue a course, from the above department-approved list, through MOOCs must register for that course during the course registration process of MOOC through the UIMS.

5. The maximum credit limits of MOOCs course(s) in a semester will be four (04), and for

course mapping purpose approx. 15 hour of online course will lead to 01 credit if otherwise not specified on the platform.

6. The student must periodically submit the marks / grades obtained in various quizzes, assignments, tests etc. immediately to the MOOC Faculty Advisor or the Course Coordinator for uploading in the university’s academic module.

7. The student must take the final test as a Proctored / Supervised test in the university campus.

8. The student can submit the details about the registered MOOC course(s) along with uploading of course completion certificate on UIMS portal for Jan-April Semester till 30th

April and for July-Nov semester till 30th Nov. every year. 9. The student must submit the “Certificate of Completion” as well as the final overall

Marks and / or Grade within the stipulated time for effective grade conversion and credit

Page 97: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

97

transfer, as per the regulations. It is solely the responsibility of the individual student to fulfil the above conditions to earn the credits.

10. The attendance for this course, for the purpose of awarding attendance grade, will be considered 100%, if the credits are transferred, after satisfying the above (1) to (7) norms; else if the credits are not transferred or transferable, the attendance will be considered as ZERO.

11. Only those students who submit the MOOC course completion certificate will be awarded Pass grade.

Chandigarh University, Gharuan

Subject Programming Language

L T P C

Code

Total Contact Hours : 45Hours

PCY-252 0 0 2 2

Common to all Specializations of 2nd

Year

Marks-100

Page 98: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

98

Internal-60 External-40

Course Objectives

To understand object oriented programming concepts.

To differentiate between object oriented and procedural concepts.

To understand the Concept of classes, objects, constructors, destructors, inheritance,

operator overloading and polymorphism, pointers, virtual functions, templates,

exception handling, file, file operations and handling. Unit Course Outcomes

I.

To understand object oriented programming concepts.

II. To differentiate between object oriented and procedural concepts.

To understand the Concept of classes, objects, constructors, destructors, inheritance,

III. operator overloading and polymorphism, pointers, virtual functions, templates, exception handling, file, file operations and handling.

Unit-I

Write a program to print prime numbers between 1 to 100.

Write a program to find whether a given number is palindrome or not. (For Ex-2112 is

palindrome)

Write a program to find whether a given string is palindrome or not. (For Ex-

“MADAM” is palindrome)

Write a program to find frequency of characters in a string( i.e. which character is

present how many times in a string.).

Write a program to check leap year, year will be entered by the user.

Write a program to find HCF and LCM of 2 numbers.

Write a program to print below pattern.

8. Write a program to print below pattern.

Page 99: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

99

9. Write a program to print Floyd’s triangle.

10. Write a program to print Pascal triangle.

Unit-II

11. Write a program which takes two n*n matrices where n will be specified by the user.

Write a method which does summation of both matrices and store the result in third

matrix also display the resultant matrix.

12. Write a program which takes two n*n matrices where n will be specified by the user.

Write a method which does multiplication of both matrices and store the result in third

matrix also display the resultant matrix.

13. Write a program to convert decimal number into binary.

14. WAP to generate the Fibonacci series up to user specified limit using recursive function.

15. Write a program to print largest and smallest number in an array.

16. Write a program to add 2 arrays and store in third array using pointers.

Page 100: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

100

17. Define the structure called student having properties like stud_id, stud_name,

stud_branch, and email_add. Write a program which takes the details of 5 students and

print them on console screen.

18. Write a program having class calculator, such that the function addition, subtraction are

defined inside a class and multiplication and division are defined outside the class.

19.

19. Create a class student and functions to get and print data like name, rollno, address, age,

etc of 4 students.

20. Write a program which takes 10 integer numbers from user. Save all the positive numbers

to one file, all the negative numbers to another file.

21. Write a program to demonstrate constructor overloading in a class.

22. Write a program to demonstrate function overloading in a class.

23. Write a program to define a static data member which has the initial value of 55 and to

find the sum of the following series. Sum=1+2+3+4+…………10.

The addition of series is to be repeated five times.

24. Write a program for addition of complex numbers by overloading binary operator.

25. Write a program to demonstrate the overloading of increment and decrement operator.

26. Write a program to access the private data of a class by non-member function through

friend function.

27. Write a program to read the derived class data members such as name, roll no, sex, marks

and displays it on screen. The program should follow single inheritance concept.

28. Write a program having three classes Person, Student and Exam. The Person class is the

base class, Student class is derived from Person and Exam class is derived from Student.

29. Write a program that shows order of execution of base and derived class constructors and

destructors using inheritance.

Write a program to display the concept of virtual functions

Page 101: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

101

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

VERBAL ABILITY -II L T P C

Total Contact Hours - 30

PCY-251 Applicable to all branches of Engineering -4th 2 0 0 2

sem(Batch- 2014)

Prerequisite -Studied English Language upto senior secondary

Marks

Page 102: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

102

Internal – 40 External - 60

Course Objective

Unit Course Outcome- To prepare good written communication skills essential to become

successful in professional life.

1. To improve grammatical errors through practice.

2. To make the students think logically and critically, then speak their thoughts cohesively.

Unit-I (10 hrs)

1. Vocabulary:

One word substitutes, Confusing Words, Homonyms, homophones

All the words from G to L with their synonyms & antonyms

Idioms and phrases

Difference between Idioms and phrases

Common Examples

Different exercises

2. Reading comprehension

Elements of reading comprehension- vocabulary knowledge or text

comprehension, Importance of reading comprehension

Types of reading comprehension

Lexical

Literal

Interpretive

Applied

Affective

7 Types of reading comprehension questions- universal, specific, vocab in context,

inference, application and tone, Comprehension strategies (schema theory), Books to

be referred to the students i.e. . Journals, Novels, Newspapers, Online Blogs.

Unit-II (10 hrs)

1. Sentence correction:Parts of speech, Subject verb agreement, Tenses, Modals, Vocabulary

Page 103: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

103

2. Paragraph writing or story building exercise on the basis of the following

parameters: Vocabulary section, Parts of speech, Idioms and phrases, Subject verb

agreement

Unit-III (10 hrs)

1. Sentence improvement:Types of sentences, Tips to spot the correct option, Practice exercise

2. Completing statements/Fill Ups:Using best vocabulary skills to complete the sentence, Usingproper grammar to fill up the blanks, Practice exercises

Text Books:

1. Verbal Ability - Workbook, Chandigarh University.

Reference Books -

1. Murphy, R; English Grammar in Use -Reference and Practice Book for Intermediate Learners of English, Cambridge University Press (2012).

2. Hewing, Martin; Advanced English Grammar, Cambridge University Press (2013).

PCY-251 VERBAL ABILITY-II

Department Teaching the

Communication Skills

Subject

Program Outcome

a b c d e f g h i j k

x

x

Mapping of Course outcome

1-3

2

with Program outcome

BS ES

P

D

PC

PE OE

Project/

Category

Training

Approval

Date of meeting of the Board of

Studies

Page 104: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

104

The students outcomes are:

i) An ability to apply to apply knowledge of mathematics and engineering.

j) An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret data.

k) An ability to design a system, component or process to meet desired needs without

realistic constraints such as economic, environmental, social, political, ethical,

health & safety, manufacturability and sustainability.

l) An ability to function on multidisciplinary teams.

m) An ability to identify formulates and solves engineering problems.

n) An understanding of professional and ethical responsibility.

o) An ability to communication effectively.

p) The board education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions

in global, economic, environmental and societal context.

q) Recognition of the need for, and an ability to engage in life-long learning.

r) Knowledge of contemporary issues.

s) An ability to use the techniques skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for

engineering practice.

Scheme

Version:

2018-2022

Name of subject: Environment Science and

Waste Management

L T P C

Applicable to all the courses 3 0 0 3

Subject Pre-requisite : Nil Total hours =45 Code

UCY-144/ UCY-194/ Objectives UCY-244 /

UCY-294

Page 105: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

105

To familiarize students with basics of environmental sciences , disaster & waste Management

SubjectOutcome 1 Understudies will be able to identify different dimensions of environmental

studies; problems related to the environmental degradation & will be able to take remedial steps.

2 Disciples will learn about different type of disaster that occur in nature consequently learning to develop the preparedness and remedial techniques

3 Upon learning the problems related to environmental waste students will be able to segregate the waste in different categories and will learn its effective management techniques

Unit-1 15hours

1. General: Definition, Scope & Importance, Need For Public Awareness- Environment

definition,Introduction to Ecosystem-definition ,components, Effects of human activities on

environment, agriculture, Housing, Industry, Mining and Transportation activities, Bio diversity &

its conservation

2. Renewable & Non renewable resources: Natural Resources and associated problem - Forest

resources,WaterResources,Mineralresources,Energyresources,Landresources.Energy–Hydro

Electric,Nuclear,Solar,HydrogenasanalternativefuturesourceofEnergy.BiomassandBio-gas

3.EnvironmentalPollutionandtheireffects:Waterpollution,Landpollution.Noisepollution,Air

Pollution.Current Environmental Issues of importance, population Growth, Climate Change and

Global warming- Effects, acidrain, Ozone Layer depletion, Salient features of Environmental

Protection Act , Water Prevention & Control Act , Air prevention & control of pollution Act , Salient

Features of Environmental Summit – Paris2015

Unit-2 15hours

4. Disaster Management: Introduction on Disaster, Different Types of Disaster : A) Natural

Disaster: such as Flood, Cyclone, Earthquakes, Landslides B) Man-made Disaster: such as Fire,

Industrial disaster, Nuclear Disaster, Biological Disasters, Accidents (Air, Sea, Rail & Road),

Structuralfailures(BuildingandBridge),War&Terrorism.causes,effectsandpracticalexamples for

alldisasters.

5. Disaster Preparedness, Response and Recovery: Disaster Preparedness: Concept and Nature,

Disaster Preparedness Plan, Prediction, Early Warnings and Safety Measures of Disaster, Role of

Government, International and NGO Bodies. Role of IT in Disaster Preparedness, Role of Engineers

on Disaster Management. Disaster Response: Introduction; Disaster Response Plan. Recovery:

Reconstruction and Rehabilitation as a Means ofDevelopment. Damage Assessment

Unit-3 15hours

6. Waste Management: Municipal Solid Waste Management, Waste Collection, Storage and

Transport. Waste Disposal - Key issues and features. Waste Processing Techniques.Source

Reduction, Product Recovery and Recycling. Recovery of Biological ConversionProducts:

Composts and Biogas. Composting and BiogasificationTechnology.

Hazardous Waste: Management and Treatment.Integrated Waste Management (IWM).

Page 106: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

106

7. Solid Waste Management Act : Municipal Solid waste ( Management & Handling ) Rules 2000,

Waste Management Rules 2016 ( Amendments )

TextBooks

1. Management: A Global Perspective, Weihrich, H. and Koontz, H., New York,

McGrawHill 2006

2. Disaster Management: A Disaster Managers Handbook, Carter, W.N., Manila,

ADB.2006

3. Disaster Management Handbook for Bangladesh, Parts I-IV. Dhaka, BDPC

andPACT, Rahman, M.S2005

4. Management, Stoner, J.A.F. and Freeman, R.E., Prentice-Hall, New Delhi2004

5. Environmental Engineering , Howard S.Peavy ,Donald R. rowe New York ,

MacgrawHill

6. Geographic Information: Economic applications, Martin. D., Routledge,London

7. Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science , 2nd

Edition ,G.M.Masters ,Prentice Hall ,New Jersy

8. Ecology & the Environment , Monson, Russel k ed.,springer

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

a B C D E f g h I J k l

Subject mapping

√ √

√ √

Unit

mapping

I,II,III

I,II,III

I,II,III

I,II,III

I,II,III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Open to All Streams and Departments UCY-294 Name of subject: Environment Science and Waste Management

Teaching-Learning Process

1. Lectures : Supported by power point presentations and relatedvideos

2. Assignments , related case studies, Minor projects & Mockexercise 3. Test: Knowledge of the students is tested through surprise test , online quiz &MST’s

Page 107: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

107

Paper Setting Instructions

Please go through the following instructions thoroughly and follow the pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks= 60 Time: 3

Hours

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all, three

questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub- parts and based on the whole

syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question number 1

and not more than two questions from each unit Weight age per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt

weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of tenquestions.

2. Section A of question paper will be compulsory, containing five parts each of

2marks covering the whole syllabus (short answer type – total 10marks)

3. Set three questions from each unit I, II and III. Students will attempt 5 questions

selecting at not more than two questions from sections B, C & D. Each question carries

10 marks.Questions of Section B will be from unit I, Questions of Section C from unit

II and Questions of section D from unitIII

UCY-296 Life Skills and Mentoring L T P S C CH

0 1 0 0 0 1.0

Pre-requisites/

Exposure

NA

Co-requisites

COURSE OBJECTIVE

Page 108: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

108

• Personal Self-Management Skills –Enabling Students to deal effectively with situations that

cause strong emotions. Develop skills to manage their own behavior effectively. Skills to manage

peer pressure effectively.

• General Social Skills – Students gain understanding of their multiple roles. To educate students

to status of woman and the impact on development of the nation • Value Inculcation – Demonstrate knowledge of personal beliefs and values and a commitment

to continuing personal reflection and reassessment.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students will be able to

• Acquisition and application of life skills can influence the way as individual feels about others

• Living life fully and productively requires acquiring and mastering life skills

• It helps students to know and understand themselves better, to live life more consciously and deliberately,

attain personal satisfaction, fulfillment and growth

• It will enhance productivity, efficiency, self esteem and self confidence

• It improve inter personal relations, helps solve problems, face challenges and tackle unforeseen

contingencies with equanimity and presence of mind

• It Helps maintain good physical and mental health and capacity for happy living and putting leisure time to

good use

• It lessens violent behavior, increase self control and sociability, improves classroom behavior, better

handling of interpersonal problems and coping with anxiety

• It equips adolescents with using head, hand and heart

• It promotes adaptability and adjustability among adolescents

COURSE DESCRIPTION

The course will build the capability to help Explore, understand, and lead, guided by the values of self-awareness, equity, social justice, inclusiveness, empowerment, collaboration, citizenship, and service

Text Books:

2. M

entoring Programme Handbook, Chandigarh University, 2019

Reference Books:

2. Daniel Goleman (2012). Working with Emotional Intelligence. Bloomsbury Publishing India Private

Limited

Web Resources:

4. http://www.skillsyouneed.com/ips/improving-communication. 5. https://www.mindtools.com/ 6. www.psychologytoday.com

COURSE CONTENT

UNIT-I 4 Contact Hours

Page 109: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

109

1. Emotional Intelligence:Understanding Emotional Intelligence; Key Skills in the Emotional

Intelligence Framework; Characteristics of

Emotional Intelligence; EQ Tools and Strategies to Improve EQ Competency

2. Prosperity-A happy life: Understanding Prosperity; Understanding Prosperity at different

levels-Individual Family Society Nature

3. Creativity:Understanding Creativity; Conditions for Creativity; Components of Creativity;

When does Creativity happen;Types of Creativity; Tips to boost Creativity; Overcome

negative attitudes that block creativity

UNIT-II 4 Contact Hours

4. Human Rights: Understanding stress and stressors; Its effect on brain; How to cope with it

5. Mind Mapping: A Powerful Approach to Note-Taking; Laws of Mind Mapping; How to Draw

Mind Map; Benefits and Uses

6. Harmony in the relations: Family is a natural laboratory, Values in human to human relationships,

Respect is right evaluation

7. Students at multiple roles: Understanding responsibilities of human being at multiple roles: self

family hostel institution city nation worldand in nature

UNIT-II 4 Contact Hours

8. Personal Development: Understanding Personal Development; Personal Development Plan;

Why Do You Need A Personal Development Plan; Personal Development Categories;

Importance Of Personal Development

9.Gender Sensitization:Understanding Gender Sensitization; Gender Stereotypes; Gender

Sensitive Education; Gender Sensitization in workplace

10. Equanimity:Understanding Equanimity; How to develop equanimity and be emotionally

strong; How to stay calm and composed under pressure or when you meet a difficult situation

Mode of Evaluation: The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory

Components Continuous Internal

Assessment (CAE)

Semester End

Examination (SEE)

Marks NA NA

Total Marks NA

Page 110: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

110

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping Between COs and Pos

SN Course Outcome (CO) Mapped Programme

Outcome (PO)

1 Understanding and managing emotions in an effective and positive

way. Understanding the human basic needs. Understanding

Creativity and overcome negative attitude that blocks Creativity.

1, 2,3,4

2 Understanding and handling stress effectively. Mind Mapping help

students brainstorm any topic and think creatively. Understanding

and handling Peer Pressure effectively. Knowing their

responsibilities at different levels.

1, 2,3,4

3 Helping students to be self-directed and independent. Understanding

and awareness of gender equality. Learning to be calm and

emotionally strong

1, 2, 3,4

2.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

UCY-296 Life Skills and Mentoring

1. =addressed to small extent

2. = addressed significantly

3. =major part of course

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version:

2018

Project L T P C

B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 0 0 2

MER-256 Prerequisite: Nil Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

To obtain a hands-on experience in converting a small novel idea / technique into a working

model / prototype involving multi-disciplinary skills and / or knowledge and working in at

team.

Page 111: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

111

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basics principles to identify the topic/idea from different domains of Mechanical Engineering

for project work.

2 Examine the literature survey to identify gaps and define the objectives & scope of the work.

3 Generate and implement innovative ideas into product design ethically, considering social, health,

safety, legal and environmental aspects.

4 Perform and analyze the data individually or in team using appropriate tools and techniques of

mechanical engineering and project management

5 Conclude the results and express the same effectively in oral and written manners through

report and presentation.

Detailed Evaluation process in mentioned in the table below

Phase Performance task Performance Quality level Time

Schedule

Weekly

Weightage

one Two Three Four Five

2 4 6 8 10

Project

Proposal

and data

Collection

Submission of Project Title

and Brief Description and

Formation of groups

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1st 5

A description of the product

Opportunity its social

Relevance, market need,

Data collection and

Literature Survey

2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2nd 5

Defining Objectives of the

projects, Sketches,

Techniques

3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3rd 5

Problem

Formulatio

n

Design Specifications /

Modules &

Techniques along

withProblem Formulation

4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4th 5

Final Concept, Detailed and

Assembly Drawings,

Financial Model / costing

Prototype / Coding leads to

Submission of Synopsis

5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5th 5

Page 112: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

112

Fabrication

of

Prototype

Progress report on Building

Prototypes, drawings and

purchase requisition of

material

6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6th 5

Evaluation based on

Progress of Fabrication of

Prototypes requirements,

Constraints and

specifications

7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7th, 8th 5

Evaluation based on

Completeness of fabrication

and comprehensive report

8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9th 5

Final

Presentatio

n and

Demonstrat

ion

/Internal

Viva

Presentatio

n

Complete Fabricated Project

including Technically

impressive report

9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 10th 15

Comprehension and

development of presentation

10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10th 5

Fluent speaking, correlation

with visual aids and query

handling

11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 10th 5

Selection and connectivity

of presentation material

12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 10th 5

External

Viva and

presentatio

n

Complete Fabricated Project

including Technically

impressive report

9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

25

Comprehension and

development of presentation

10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Fluent speaking, correlation

with visual aids and query

handling

11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Selection and connectivity

of presentation material

12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Level Assessment Rubrics

1.1-1.5 Viability / feasibility of the project Idea, its suitability, Novality of Idea, Innovation, Plagiarism

checking

2.1-2.5 Opportunities and social Relevance, market need, Data collection and Literature Survey

3.1-3.5 Definition of objectives, its attainment and validity, Completeness of Drawing

4.1-4.5 Detailed and assembly drawing, Techniques used, feasibility of Design and its completeness

5.1-5.5 Estimation and Cost calculation, availability of raw material and other accessories, formatting of

synopsis file, Plagiarism and Grammar check

6.1-6.5 Purchase requisition of material, accessories, order report and progress of order

7.1-7.5 Fabrication Plan of prototype, resources availability and role of individual in fabrication and daily

diary report, Problem faced and optimal solution

8.1-8.5 Critical Review on the Execution of fabrication plan, its completeness and final demonstration of

Page 113: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

113

Evaluation: Grade should be awarded in final evaluation as per performance

(Note 1: - Problem has to be selected from given basket. Two dimensional Rubric based

design project process is provided below along with the time frame, weightage, assessment

levels and associated marks for the rubric based execution of project. )

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering Departments

Subject

Code-

MER-

256

Prototype, Checking of design feasibility, actual performance, achievement of objective, benefit to

society

9.1 Lack of sufficient technical content and sophistication is evident in several components of the project

9.2 Project analyzes an insufficient amount of technical information in the development of a few feasible

solutions to meet the project objective.

9.3 Project analyzes a sufficient amount of pertinent technical information in the development of a few

feasible solutions to meet the project objective

9.4 Project analyzes a significant amount of pertinent technical information in the development of

several feasible solutions to meet the project objective.

9.5 Project analyzes a diverse and significant amount of pertinent technical information in the

development of several feasible solutions to meet the project objective. Project also incorporates and

analyzes possible solutions that seem counter-intuitive, surprising, or contrary to conventional

approaches

10.1 A few ideas in every section are logically connected, but they are not linked to the main point of the

section. Sections lack focus, organization, and transitions.

10.2 Some ideas in every section are logically connected and linked to the main point of the section.

Transitions are present but are inconsistent.

10.3 Most ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the

section. Most ideas in every section are connected by transitions

10.4 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the

section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by transitions.

10.5 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the

section; furthermore, the presentation identifies non-obvious, surprising, and/or counter-intuitive

aspects of the project in an appropriate section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by

transitions.

Page 114: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

114

Teaching Learning Process

1. Two dimensional rubrics will be used to conduct and assessment of the project work.

2. One period will be allocated to impart learning and practice on Design thinking and

assessment of weekly work done by each group.

Internal assessment will carry 60 marks and final assessment will be 40 marks

Page 115: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

115

5th Semester

Syllabus

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version 2018

Heat Transfer L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 1 0 4

Subject Code Prerequisite: Applied Thermodynamics Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MET-301

To Understand the basic principles of heat transfer by using conduction, convection and

radiation

To Provide knowledge on heat transfer parameter while designing mechanical systems

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basic concepts of heat transfer modes i.e conduction, convection andradiation.

2 Solve the problems of heat transer in conduction, convection and radiation

3 Analyze the practical aspects of theories of heat transfer for heat exchangers.

4 Evaluate the thermal performance of various systems with different modes of heat transfer.

5 Select the approprite parameters for heat transfer modes to enhance the heat transfer.

Page 116: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

116

Contents of the Syllabus UNIT- I

1. Heat Conduction: Introduction to Conduction, Fourier law, Thermal resistance, thermal diffusivity,

thermal conductivity and diffusivity comparison, measurement of thermal conductivity, general heat

conduction equation in rectangular, polar and spherical co-ordinates, one dimensional heat conduction,

variable thermal conductivity, composite walls, overall heat transfer coefficient, conduction through

cylindrical wall (single layer and composite layer), and critical insulation thickness.

(8)

2. Theory of Extended surfaces: Introduction to fins, type of fins, uniform and varying cross-sectional area,

infinite long fin, fin with and without heat transfer at open end, optimum design of straight fin having

different cross-section profile, fin effectiveness and fin efficiency of rectangular and circular fins.

(7)

UNIT- II

3. Heat Convection: Introduction to natural and forced convection, momentum and energy equation,

dimensional analysis, dimensional less parameter and their significance, free and force convection over a

flat plate, pipes and spheres in various orientations and their empirical equations, boiling and condensation,

heat transfer thermal boundary layer. (8)

4. Radiation: Introduction, laws of radiation, intensity of radiation, radiating surfaces ,diffuse surface and

specular surface, absorbity, emissive power, reflectivity, transmissivity, monochromatic and total

emissivity, heat transfer between surfaces, shape factor, Lambert cosine law, Kirchhoff's law electrical

network method and radiation shields.:(7)

UNIT – III

5. Heat Exchangers: Introduction and classification, overall heat transfer coefficient, fouling factors,

temperature distribution in parallel and counter flow heat exchanger, LMTD method, correction factor,

NTU method, effectiveness, capacity ratio, compact heat exchanger (8) 6. Air conditioning systems

Cooling load calculation, working principles of centralized air conditioning systems, split, duct

able split, packaged air conditioning, indoor air quality concepts, location of air conditioning

components in a car – Schematic layout, demonstration and exposure of HVAC (7)

Text Books:

1. Holman, J.P., Heat Transfer, McGraw-Hill Book Company, Singapore (2008).

2. Cengel, Y., Heat Transfer- A practical approach, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi (2007).

Reference Books:

1. Incropera, F.P. and DeWitt, D.P., Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, John Wiley and Sons,

Singapore (2006).

2. Krieth, F and Bohn, M., Principles of Heat Transfer, Thomson Learning, Australia (2002).

3. Long, C., Essential Heat Transfer, Pearson Education Asia, New Delhi (1999).

4. Adrian Bejan, Allan D. Kraus, Heat Transfer Handbook, John Wiley & Sons (2003)

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Page 117: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

117

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MET-301

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics Machines L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 1 0 4

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Basics of Fluid Mechanics Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MET-302

To understand the underlying principles of fluid mechanics and working forces

exerted by hydraulic devices mainly the pumps and turbine

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Understand the basic concept of fluid mechanics, hydraulics machines and device

2 Apply the concepts of Fluid dynamics , fluid machinery and Hydraulic devices

3 Examine the different working parameters for hydraulics machines/devices along with their

design aspects

4 Evaluate the problems related to fluid flow, hydraulics machines and Dimensionless Analysis

and Similitude

5 Recommend the fluid machines and devices for various applications

Page 118: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

118

Contents of the Syllabus UNIT-I

1.Fluid Dynamics: Concept of system and control volume, Euler’s equation Bernoulli’s equation

Derivation of Bernoulii’s equation(Using principle of conservation of energy and equation of motion),

kinetic and momentum correction factors, Impulse momentum relationship and its applications. Free and

Forced vortex motions. (5Hours)

2. Dimensionless Analysis and Similitude :Introduction to Dimensionless Analysis, Dimensions,

Dimensionless numbers (Reynolds, Froudes, Euler, Mach, and Weber) and their significance Physical

quantities in Fluid Flow, Dimensionally Homogenous Equations, Buckingham’s π Theorem, Method of

calculation of Dimensionless parameters, Similitude, Physical Significance of Dimensionless parameters,

Model Scales.(5Hours)

3.Viscous flows: Laminar and Turbulent flows, Flow regimes and Reynolds’s number Flow Through

Pipes: Major and minor losses in pipes, Hagen-Poiseuilli law, Darcy equation, hydraulic gradient and

total energy lines, series and parallel connection of pipes, equivalent pipe, power transmission through

pipes, Head loss in pipe and pipe fittings, Problems. (5Hours)

UNIT-II

4. Hydraulic Turbines (8 Hrs.) Classification of Hydraulic turbines, velocity triangles for different runners, work output; Effective head,

available power and efficiency; speed ratio, Jet ratio, design aspects for impulse and reaction turbines,

Degree of reaction; Draft tubes - its function and types, surge tank, governing of Turbines,

5. Centrifugal Pump (8 Hrs.) Various types and classification, monomeric head; vane shape; pump output and efficiency; minimum

starting speed and impeller diameters at the inner and outer periphery; Priming, Operation in series and

parallel, submersible pumps,Centrifugal fan or Blower, Construction and operation; Axial and mixed flow

pumps, H-Q Characteristics, typical flow system characteristic, Efficiency and losses through volute

chamber, slip factor, velocity triangle, variation of pump diameter

UNIT-III

6. Similarity Relations (5 Hrs.)

Unit quantities, specific speed, model relationships, scale effect; cavitation and Thoma's cavitation

Cavitation, Concept of Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH)its application in determining turbine /

pump setting, Pump problems and its remedies

7. Reciprocating Pump (5Hrs.)

Components parts and working; pressure variations due to piston acceleration, Indicator diagram, work,

efficiency, acceleration and friction effect, air vessel.

8. Other Hydraulic Devices (5Hrs.)

Construction and operation of Hydraulic ram, airlift pump, jet pump, accumulator, fluid coupling

and torque converter, vane pump, Pitot tubes, various hydraulic coefficients Orifice meters, Venturi

meters, Bordamouthpieces, Notches (rectangular, V and Trapezoidal) and weirs, Rotameters, Hydraulic

ram, Hydraulic Intensifier

Text Books:

1 White, F.M., Viscous fluid flow, McGraw Hill, New York(2006).

2Wright, T., Fluid Machinery, CRC Press, USA(2009).

Reference Books:

1 Douglas J. F., Gasiorek, J. M. and J.A. Swaffield, Fluid Mechanics, Addison-Wesley

Longman Inc., Edinburgh, U.K (1995).

2. Rattan, S.S, Fluid Mahines and Hydraulic Machines, Khanna Publishers,New Delhi(2004)

Page 119: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

119

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO

7

PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICA

L

TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject Code MET-302

Page 120: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

120

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Design of Machine Elements-I L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 1 2 0 3

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: None Total hours = 36

Course Objectives

MET-303

To study the basics concepts of design considerations of different machine elements by using

the concept of forces and stresses.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the basic concept of design for fasteners, joints, keys, couplings, levers and shafts.

2 Calculate the various stresses induced in fasteners, coupling, levers and joints

3 Compare diiferent types of keys, coupling, levers and shafts required for given conditions

4 Select the suitable types of keys, coupling, shafts and joints for particular application

5 Recommend the particular types of keys, coupling, shafts and joints for particular application under

different loading conditions

Page 121: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

121

Contents of the Syllabus Unit-1 (12)

1 General Design Considerations: Definition and understanding of various types of design, Design in

ergonomics, Aesthetics, Concept of tearing, bearing, shearing, crushing, and bending, Selection of

materials, Basic criteria of selection of material, their designation, and mechanical properties of those

materials in brief, Study of Stress concentration, factor of safety under different load conditions, S-N

diagram (3 Hrs.)

2. Design of fasteners: RIVETS: Design of rivets for boiler joints, lozenge joints (uniform strength joint),

eccentrically loaded riveted joints (3 Hrs.)

3. BOLTS: Understanding the various stresses/ failure in bolted joints, design of cylindrical covers, basic and

eccentrically loads (3 Hrs.)

4. Weld Joints: Design for various loading conditions in torsion, shear or direct load, eccentrically loaded

welded joints (3 Hrs.)

Unit-II (12) 5. Design of spigot and socket cotter joint, Gib Cotter joint and knuckle joint(3 Hrs.)

6. Design of Transmission Shaft: Design of both solid and hollow shafts for transmission of

torque, bending moments and axial forces, Design of shaft for critically speed, Design of shaft for rigidity

and Design of stepped shafts for assembly. (5Hrs.)

7. Design of Keys: Design of sunk keys under crushing and shearing, design of splines (4Hrs.)

Unit-III (12) 8. Design of Coupling : design of sleeve and solid muff coupling, clamp or compression coupling,

rigid and flexible flange coupling, design of universal joint (4Hrs.)

9. Lever design: Basic lever design, design of foot and hand lever, cranked lever, bell lever, safety valve

lever and shoe brake lever (4Hrs.)

10. Design of Pipe Joints: Stresses in pipe joints, design of circular flange pipe joint, oval flanged pipe joints,

square flange pipe joint. (4Hrs.)

Text Books: Aggarwal.D.K, Machine Design

Khurmi R.S, Machine Design Reference Books:

1.Shigley, Tata McGraw hill, Machine Design

2. Juvinal, John-Wiley Publishers, Machine Design

3. Machine Design Data Book by V.K.Jadon (IK International Publications)

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Page 122: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

122

Program Outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit mapping 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJEC

T

BW PRACTIC

AL

TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject Code MET-303

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Machining Processes L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Manufacturing Technologies Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MET-304

To impart the knowledge about different types of Single and Multipoint cutting

tools, Machining processes, Mechanics of machining and Jigs and fixture.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Illustrate the concepts of machining, tools, jigs and fixtures.

2 Choose the appropriate machining process and techniques for the fabrication of product.

3 Distinguish the various types of machining operations performed by different machines

Page 123: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

123

and the functions of Jigs & Fixtures.

4 Compare the performance of various machining operations/ tools used in manufacturing.

5 Select the suitable machining operation for fabrication of component as per required

standards of quality.

Contents of the Syllabus Unit –I

1. Basic of Machine Tools: Classification of cutting tools as single point cutting tool & multi point

cutting tool, Tool signature (4hrs)

2. Tool Materials: Various cutting tool materials such as High carbon steels, High speed steels, Alloy

steels, cemented carbides, ceramics, CBN, Diamond, Concept of speed, feed & depth of cut (3hrs)

3. Lubrication and Cooling: need and advantages, Different type of lubrication and Cooling systems

(3hrs)

4. Mechanics of Machining: Orthogonal Vs oblique cutting, Types of chips formation and

conditions, its effects, Introduction to Force in machining, Concept of shear plane angle (4hrs) Unit -II

5. Lathe: Parts of lathe machine, Accessories of lathe machine, various operations carried out on lathe.

Kinematics of lathe, Turret & Capstan Lathe, Multispindle lathe (3hrs)

6. Milling: Various Milling operations: Classification of milling machines, Vertical & Horizontal milling,

up milling &down milling. Indexing: Need of indexing, simple, compound & differential indexing

(3 hrs)

7. Drilling and Boring: Difference between drilling, boring & reaming, Geometry of drill, Type of

drilling machines. Boring operations & boring machines (3hrs)

7. Grinding and honing: Grinding operation, Classification of grinding processes as cylindrical, surface

& Centre less grinding, Nomenclature of grinding wheels, honing (3 hrs)

8. Broaching: Broaching operation, Type of broaching machine & Parts of broach, Gear manufacturing(3

hrs)

Unit -III 9. Jigs and Fixtures (7 Hrs)

Importance and use of jigs and fixtures, Principle of location, locating devices, clamping devices, types of

jigs- drilling jigs, bushes, template jigs, plate jig, channel jig, leaf jig. Fixture for milling, Advantages of

jigs and fixtures.

10. Basics of CNC Machines (8 Hrs)

Need, Basic Elements and Applications of CNC Machines, Comparison of SPM V/s CNC machines.

Types and Classification of control systems, Tool positioning systems, Motion control systems, Feedback

Devices, Types of control loops, Fundamental problems in Feedback Control , Tool Holders, Tool

Holder devices for CNC, Work Holding Devices ( Grid pattern on base plates & pallets) Automatic Tool

Changer (ATC), Types of Tool Magazines.

Note for Paper setter:The syllabus has been divided into three units. Paper setter will set three questions

from each unit and one compulsory question spread over the whole syllabus & consisting of short answer

questions. The compulsory question will be set as first question. The students will be required to attempt

six questions in all including the compulsory question. The student can attempt maximum two questions

from each unit. All questions carry equal marks.

Text Books:

1. P.N.Rao, Manufacturing Technology ( Tata McGraw Hill )

Page 124: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

124

2. P.C.Sharma, A text book of Production Technology ( S Chand Publication )

3. MikellP.Groover , Manufacturing Technology Wiley.

4. W.Chapman , Manufacturing Technology,Edward Arnold.

Reference Books:

1. Amitabha Ghosh &Asok Kumar Malik, Manufacturing Science (Affiliated East West Press Pvt.

Ltd.)

2. J.S. Campbell, Principles of Manufaturing Materials & Processes (Tata McGraw Hill)

3. S. Kalpakjian& Steven R. Schmid, Manufacturing Engineering & Technology ( Pearson)

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MET-304

Page 125: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

125

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Heat Transfer Lab L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Applied Thermodynamics Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

MEP-305

To develop a concrete understanding of heat transfer with the help of practical aspects of

different modes of heat transfer and to formulate the heat transfer analysis for a given

engineering problems by applying the appropriate equations and/or correlations. Also to

develop practical problem solving skills including conceptual analytical solutions

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

CO1 Apply the basic concepts of heat transfer mode under different situations.

CO2 Analyze the engineering problems related to conductive, convective and radiation heat

transfer.

CO3 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically, considering social, health, safety, legal

Page 126: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

126

and environmental aspects.

CO4 Interpret the data and apply appropriate technique or tool for the solution of heat transfer

related engineering problem.

CO5 Conclude the experimental results and express the same effectively in oral and written

manners through report and practical presentation.

List of experiments:

UNIT-I

1. To determine the thermal conductivity of metal bar

2. To determine the thermal conductivity of insulating powder

3. To analyse conduction heat transfer in composite wall.

4. To demonstrate experimentally convection heat transfer in natural convection

UNIT-II

5. To examine the convection heat transfer in forced convection

6. To analyse radiation heat transfer by black body

7. To analyse conduction heat transfer from pin fin

UNIT-III

8. To demonstrate experimentally heat transfer through lagged pipe

9. To examine the heat transfer phenomenon in parallel/ counter arrangement

10. To find out Stefan Boltzmen constant experimentally

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEP-305

Teaching –Learning Process

Page 127: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

127

1. Experimentation

2. Technical Report Writing

3. Critical Analysis of Experimental Data and evaluation of results

Assessment System: Internal Marks: 60

External Marks: 40

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics Machine Lab L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: NONE Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

MEP-306

To enable the students to acquire knowledge of fluid mechanics concepts by measuring

Pressure, velocity and discharge of fluid.

To prepare the students for analyzing the characteristics performance of different hydraulic

systems like turbine, pump, centrifugal blower, Hydraulic ram etc. with the help of

practical approach.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basic concepts of fluid mechanics and machinery to summarize experimental

observations under different situations.

2 Analyze the engineering problems related to fluid kinematics, dynamics and machinery

Page 128: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

128

experimentally

3 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically, considering social, health, safety, legal

and environmental aspects.

4 Interpret the data and apply appropriate technique or tool for the solution of fluid

mechanics and machinery related engineering problem.

5 Conclude the experimental results and express the same effectively in oral and written

manners through report and practical presentation.

List of experiments:

UNIT-I

1. To determine the Metacentric height of a floating vessel.

2. To verify the Bernoulli’s Theorem.

3. To determine the coefficient of discharge of venturimeter and Orifice meter.

4. To show the velocity and pressure variation with radius in a forced vertex flow

UNIT-II 5. To determine the Coefficient of velocity through a pipe flow using Pitot- Tube.

6. To determine the coefficient of discharge of Notch (V and Rectangular types)

7. To find critical Reynolds number for a pipe flow

8. To determine the minor losses due to sudden enlargement, sudden contraction and bends

UNIT-III

9. Performance study of Pelton wheel.

10. Performance study of Francis turbine and axial flow turbines.

11. To study the characteristics of centrifugal pump and reciprocating pump.

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEP-306

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Experimentation

Page 129: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

129

2. Technical Report Writing

3. Critical Analysis of Experimental Data and evaluation of results

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version

2018

Machining Processes Lab L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Manufacturing Practice Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

MEP-307

To expose hands-on training to the students on various machines like lathe, Shaper,

Slotter, Milling, grinding machines.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the fundamentals of machining processes to perform various machining operations

on Lathe, Shaper, milling, drilling and grinding machines.

2 Plan and organize the series of machining operation for completion of assigned job as per standard

codes and procedure.

Page 130: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

130

3 Inspect the problems occured during various metal cutting operations and their remedial action.

4 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically, considering social, health, safety, legal

and environmental aspects.

5 Conclude the experimental results and express the same effectively in oral and written

manners through report and practical presentation.

List of experiments:

UNIT-I

1. To make a job on lathe machine which includes facing, turning, taper-turning, knurling &

drilling.

2. Exercise of internal turning and threading operation on Lathe machine.

3. Study of constructional features and working on Radial drilling machine by performing

various operation on it like drilling, reaming, counter boring, counter sinking and tapping

operations

4. Exercise on drilling, reaming, counter boring, counter sinking and tapping on radial

drilling machine.

UNIT-II

5. To make V threads& square threads on lathe machine

6. To make a job on Capstan lathe machine which includes facing, turning, taper-turning &

drilling.

7. Grinding of single point cutting tool & study various cutting tool materials

8. To make a slot cutting & making V block on shaper machine.

UNIT-III

9. To make spur gear on milling machine

10. To make a job on grinding using surface grinder.

11. To make a small project.

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEP-307

Teaching –Learning Process

Page 131: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

131

1. Experimentation

2. Technical Report Writing

3. Critical Analysis of Experimental Data and evaluation of results

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version:

2018

Project L T P C

B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 0 0 2

MER-308 Prerequisite: Nil Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

To obtain a hands-on experience in converting a small novel idea / technique into a working

model / prototype involving multi-disciplinary skills and / or knowledge and working in at

team.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basics principles to identify the topic/idea from different domains of Mechanical Engineering

for project work.

2 Examine the literature survey to identify gaps and define the objectives & scope of the work.

Page 132: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

132

3 Generate and implement innovative ideas into product design ethically, considering social, health,

safety, legal and environmental aspects.

4 Perform and analyze the data individually or in team using appropriate tools and techniques of

mechanical engineering and project management

5 Conclude the results and express the same effectively in oral and written manners through

report and presentation.

Detailed Evaluation process in mentioned in the table below

Phase Performance task Performance Quality level Time

Schedule

Weekly

Weightage

one Two Three Four Five

2 4 6 8 10

Project

Proposal

and data

Collection

Submission of Project Title

and Brief Description and

Formation of groups

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1st 5

A description of the product

Opportunity its social

Relevance, market need,

Data collection and

Literature Survey

2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2nd 5

Defining Objectives of the

projects, Sketches,

Techniques

3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3rd 5

Problem

Formulatio

n

Design Specifications /

Modules &

Techniques along

withProblem Formulation

4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4th 5

Final Concept, Detailed and

Assembly Drawings,

Financial Model / costing

Prototype / Coding leads to

Submission of Synopsis

5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5th 5

Fabrication

of

Prototype

Progress report on Building

Prototypes, drawings and

purchase requisition of

material

6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6th 5

Evaluation based on

Progress of Fabrication of

Prototypes requirements,

Constraints and

specifications

7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7th, 8th 5

Page 133: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

133

Evaluation based on

Completeness of fabrication

and comprehensive report

8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9th 5

Final

Presentatio

n and

Demonstrat

ion

/Internal

Viva

Presentatio

n

Complete Fabricated Project

including Technically

impressive report

9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 10th 15

Comprehension and

development of presentation

10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10th 5

Fluent speaking, correlation

with visual aids and query

handling

11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 10th 5

Selection and connectivity

of presentation material

12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 10th 5

External

Viva and

presentatio

n

Complete Fabricated Project

including Technically

impressive report

9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

25

Comprehension and

development of presentation

10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Fluent speaking, correlation

with visual aids and query

handling

11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Selection and connectivity

of presentation material

12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Level Assessment Rubrics

1.1-1.5 Viability / feasibility of the project Idea, its suitability, Novality of Idea, Innovation, Plagiarism

checking

2.1-2.5 Opportunities and social Relevance, market need, Data collection and Literature Survey

3.1-3.5 Definition of objectives, its attainment and validity, Completeness of Drawing

4.1-4.5 Detailed and assembly drawing, Techniques used, feasibility of Design and its completeness

5.1-5.5 Estimation and Cost calculation, availability of raw material and other accessories, formatting of

synopsis file, Plagiarism and Grammar check

6.1-6.5 Purchase requisition of material, accessories, order report and progress of order

7.1-7.5 Fabrication Plan of prototype, resources availability and role of individual in fabrication and daily

diary report, Problem faced and optimal solution

8.1-8.5 Critical Review on the Execution of fabrication plan, its completeness and final demonstration of

Prototype, Checking of design feasibility, actual performance, achievement of objective, benefit to

society

9.1 Lack of sufficient technical content and sophistication is evident in several components of the project

9.2 Project analyzes an insufficient amount of technical information in the development of a few feasible

solutions to meet the project objective.

9.3 Project analyzes a sufficient amount of pertinent technical information in the development of a few

feasible solutions to meet the project objective

9.4 Project analyzes a significant amount of pertinent technical information in the development of

several feasible solutions to meet the project objective.

Page 134: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

134

Evaluation: Grade should be awarded in final evaluation as per performance

(Note 1: - Problem has to be selected from given basket. Two dimensional Rubric based

design project process is provided below along with the time frame, weightage, assessment

levels and associated marks for the rubric based execution of project. )

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering Departments

Subject

Code-

MER-

308

Teaching Learning Process

1. Two dimensional rubrics will be used to conduct and assessment of the project work.

2. One period will be allocated to impart learning and practice on Design thinking and

assessment of weekly work done by each group.

Internal assessment will carry 60 marks and final assessment will be 40 marks

9.5 Project analyzes a diverse and significant amount of pertinent technical information in the

development of several feasible solutions to meet the project objective. Project also incorporates and

analyzes possible solutions that seem counter-intuitive, surprising, or contrary to conventional

approaches

10.1 A few ideas in every section are logically connected, but they are not linked to the main point of the

section. Sections lack focus, organization, and transitions.

10.2 Some ideas in every section are logically connected and linked to the main point of the section.

Transitions are present but are inconsistent.

10.3 Most ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the

section. Most ideas in every section are connected by transitions

10.4 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the

section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by transitions.

10.5 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the

section; furthermore, the presentation identifies non-obvious, surprising, and/or counter-intuitive

aspects of the project in an appropriate section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by

transitions.

Page 135: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

135

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Engineering Economics L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEY-301

To impart knowledge about economics and types of economics, Demand &

Supply of goods, various types of costs and economical appraisal system.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Illustrate the fundamental of Engineering Economics in different problems

2 Apply the concept of mini & macro economics, demand and supply, economic appraisal

techniques and monetary system

3 Identify the impact of demand, supply, cost and monetary system

4 Categorize the different types of cost, product pricing, economics techniques and monetary

system

5 Classify the costing, demand & supply, economic appraisal techniques and monetary system.

Page 136: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

136

Contents of the Syllabus

Unit-I

1. Introduction: Definition of Economics – various definitions. Basic economic concepts: Stock

and Flow, Static and Dynamic economics, Micro economics and Macro economics, National

Income concepts. Relation between Science, Engineering, Technology and Economics (8hrs)

2. Demand, meaning and types, Law of demand, exceptions to the law of demand, Elasticity of

Demand, factors effecting elasticity of demand, Methods of measuring elasticity of demand,

Marginal utility Analysis. (7hrs)

Unit-II

3. Supply: Law of supply, elasticity of supply Role of Demand & Supply in Price Determination

and effect of changes in demand and supply on prices, Production functions, law of returns, least

cost combination, cost and cost curves, choice of plant size in the long run.(7hrs)

4. Various concepts of cost – Fixed cost, variable cost, average cost, marginal cost, money cost,

real cost opportunity cost, Cost elements, Difference between cost estimation and cost

accounting and Revenues, Standard Cost, Actual Cost, Over head Cost, Cost control,

Break‐Even‐Analysis. (8hrs)

Unit-III

5. Economic appraisal techniques: Long and Short range Budgeting, Criteria for

ProjectAppraisal, Depreciation: Types of depreciation and their Methods (5hrs)

6. Monetary System: Money and its functions, Functions of monetary PolicyIntroduction,

Nature and characteristics of Indian economy Privatization – meaning, advantages and

disadvantages, Globalisation of Indian economy – advantages and disadvantages, Introduction to

VAT, WTO, GATT & TRIPS agreement (10hrs)

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Principles of Economics: P.N. Chopra (Kalyani Publishers).

2. A Text Book of Economic Theory: Stonier andHauge.

3. Monetary Economics :SurajB.Gupta

4. Cost Accounting :JawaharLal

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEY-301

Page 137: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

137

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Thermodynamics Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEY-302

To understand the underlying principles of operation in different Refrigeration

& Air conditioning systems and components

To provide knowledge on design aspects of Refrigeration & Air conditioning

Systems.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basic concepts of refrigeration and air conditioning systems.

2 Solve the problems related to performance characteristics of refrigeration systems and cooling

load calculation for winter or summer air conditioning systems.

3 Compare the various refrigerants, refrigerating equipment and system.

4 Examine the performance of various refrigeration and air conditioning system and their

applications.

5 Select the appropriate refrigeration and air conditioning equipment for a particular application

Page 138: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

138

Contents of the Syllabus UNIT-I

1. Vapour Compression and Air Cycle Refrigeration (8 Hrs.)

Review of thermodynamic principles of refrigeration, reversed Carnot cycle, air refrigeration

cycle, aircraft refrigeration cycle, vapour compression refrigeration cycle, actual vapour

compression cycle, advanced vapour compression refrigeration systems, compound compression

and multi load systems.

2. Vapour Absorption and Unconventional Refrigeration Cycles (7 Hrs.)

Water vapor refrigeration systems, steam jet refrigeration, thermo electric refrigeration, vapor

absorption refrigeration system, cryogenics refrigeration, cascade system.

UNIT-II

3. Refrigerants (8 Hrs.)

Desirable properties of common refrigerants, alternative refrigerants, selection of refrigerants,

refrigerator retrofitting procedure, impact on environment by traditional refrigerants, concept of

ozone depletion and global warming.

4. Refrigeration System Components and applications (7 Hrs.)

Compressors, expansion devices, condensers, evaporators, Applications - ice plants, food storage,

milk chilling plants.

UNIT-III

5. Psychometry (7 Hrs.)

Psychometric processes use of psychometric charts - grand and room sensible heat factors -

bypass factor - air washers, requirements of comfort air conditioning, summer and winter Air

conditioning.

6. Air conditioning systems (8Hrs.)

Cooling load calculation, working principles of centralized air conditioning systems, split,

ductable split, packaged air conditioning, indoor air quality concepts, location of air conditioning

components in a car – Schematic layout, demonstration and exposure of HVAC softwares related

to psychometric processes & HVAC systems.

Text Books:

1. Manohar Prasad, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1983

2. Arora C.P., Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1988.

Reference Books:

1. Stoecker N.F and Jones, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, TMH, New Delhi, 1982.

2. Roy. J. Dossat, Principles of Refrigeration, Pearson Education 1997

3. Jordon and Priester, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Prentice Hall of India, New

Delhi, 1985.

4. Dossat, R. J., Principles of Refrigeration, Pearson Education, Singapore (2004).

5. Ameen, A., Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi (2004).

Teaching –Learning Proces

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Paper setting instructions

Page 139: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

139

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEY-302

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING

LAB

L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 2*

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Thermodynamics Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

MEY-303

To analyze the different aspects of mechanical refrigerator systems with the

help of practical approach.

Calculations and estimation of different technical terms like COP and

efficiency of cooling system would be imparted to the students.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basic concepts of refrigeration and air conditions to determine the COP of different

refrigeration systems

2 Analyze the performance of Electrolux refrigeration system and Ice Plant

experimentally

3 Inspect the functioning of various elements of a mechanical refrigerator, air

Page 140: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

140

conditioner and heat pump

4 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically, considering social, health, safety,

legal and environmental aspects.

5 Conclude the experimental results and express the same effectively in oral and written

manners through report and practical presentation.

List of experiments:

Unit-I

1. To study the various elements of a mechanical refrigerator system through cut sections

models / actual apparatus.

2. To study refrigeration cycle, and evaluation the coefficient of performance (COP) of a

cycle & tonnage capacity of refrigeration unit or domestic Refrigeration.

3. To evaluate the performance of domestic air conditioner.

Unit-II

4. To evaluate the performance of an Electrolux refrigerator.

5. To calculate the COP of an Ice Plant Tutor.

6. To find copy of year round in condition.

Unit-III

7. Visit to a HVAC plant for studying the various processes for winter and summer air

conditioning.

8. To calculate COP of water cooper unit.

9. To calculate COP of water to water Heat Pump.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit mapping 1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICA

L

TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject Code MEY-303

Page 141: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

141

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Experimentation

2. Technical Report Writing

3. Critical Analysis of Experimental Data and evaluation of results

Assessment System: Internal Marks: 60

External Marks: 40

Scheme Name of the subject- SOFT SKILLS L T P C

Version(1.6) Apply to Programs- All engineering Branches 0 0 2 MNG

(Sem 5)

Subject Code- Prerequisite- Soft Skills 2nd Year Total hours = 25 hrs

TDY 301

Objectives

Prepare students exceptionally well in communication skills and verbal ability for the

placement process while polishing their overall personality.

Subject Outcome

Unit – I To enhance students’ awareness about their career and their surroundings in order to ensure

Page 142: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

142

active participation in GDs through various idea generation techniques and application of

creative thinking.

Unit – II To enable the students to deliver flawless presentations and communicate professionly while

managing time effectively and exhibiting a strong hold over grammar.

Unit – III To enhance the employability of the students by facilitating the aggrandization of current

affairs knowledge, making effective resumes and gaining insights about Interview skills.

UNIT I (My Invigoration)

1. Soft Skills Recast

2. Contriving Lateral Thinking-1

3. Grammar Recap

4. Abstract Topic Based Gd

5. Prepositions, Conjunctions and Presentation Skills

UNIT II (Enhancing Skill Set)

• Mastering Writex

• Presentation Skills Know How -1

• Presentation Skills Know How -2

• Resume Writing

• Interview Sneak Peek

UNIT III (Embracing Corporate World)

• Current Topic Based Gd

Page 143: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

143

• Reading Comprehension And Parajumbles

• Enhancing Political And Social Knowledge

• Pitching RightBuilding A Positive Perspective

Text books

Chandigarh University Text Book- Comprehending Verbal Ability for Success

Reference

1 .Serious Creativity by Edward de Bono

2. A Technique For Producing Ideas, by James Webb Young

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program a B c d E f G h i j K L

Outcome

Subject

Mapping

Unit mapping

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

Category

HONS

PROJEC

T BW

PRACTIC

AL

TRAININ

G

SEMINA

R

Department

Department of Career Planning and

Development

Subject Code Name of the Subject

Page 144: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

144

TDY301

SOFT

SKILLS

Scheme Name of the subject- APTITUDE L T P C

Version(1.7) Apply to Programs- BE 5th semester all 0 2 0 2*

engineering Branches

Subject Code- Prerequisite- Aptitude 2nd

year Total = 30 Lectures

TDY – 302

Objectives

To generate problem solving skills, counting techniques, ability to analyze the

situation, demonstrate various principles involved in solving mathematical

problems and thereby reducing the time taken for performing job functions with

logical thinking and applying decision making in all national and international

projects.

Page 145: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

145

Subject Outcome

Unit – I To enhance the calculation speed with the help of short cut tricks & detailed

knowledge of numbers, factors, multiples.

Unit – II Detailed knowledge of percentage & profit/loss and their applications. To build the

approach for logical reasoning.

Unit – III To improve data interpretation skill of the student, Demonstrate a basic

understanding of displays of data such as bar graphs, histograms, dot plots. Able to

read between the lines and understand various language structures.

Content of the Syllabus

Unit-I 10 lectures

1. Vedic Maths :

Mental Calculations

How to find square root, cube root, squares, cubes

Approximations

How to solve tough calculations in less time

2. Classification of Numbers:

Number Chart: Real numbers, Imaginary numbers, Rational numbers, Irrational numbers, Integers, Whole numbers & Natural numbers

Odd and Even numbers

Prime and composite numbers

Concept of co-prime pairs

3. LCM & HCF and Factors:

Concept of factor & multiple

Concept of LCM and HCF (GCD)

Word problems based on HCF & LCM.

To find the number of factors of a given number.

To find the sum and product of factors of a given number.

4. Division and BODMAS:

Concept of quotient, remainder, divisor and dividend

Rule of BODMAS.

Basic problems on above

Page 146: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

146

5. Remainders & Factorials:

Concept of finding remainder of complicated index based quotients

Concepts of factorials

Highest power of prime number and composite number in a given factorial 6. Unit’s digit and Ten’s digit of higher powers:

To find unit digit of higher powers of natural numbers To find tens digit of higher powers of natural numbers

To calculate last two digits of higher powers of natural numbers

Unit-II8 lectures

• Percentages:

Concept of percentages

Concept of percentage increasing and percentage decreasing

Concept of successive percentage

• Profit & Loss:

Concepts of cost price, selling price and marked price

Fundamentals of profit, loss and discounts

Fundamental problems based on above concepts.

Complex problems based on above concepts.

• Letter and Symbol Series:

How to find the missing term in the jumbled series How to find the next term in the jumbled series.

• Blood relations:

Concept of symbol representation of blood relations

Family tree based concepts

Basic problems on above mentioned concepts.

Unit-III 12 lectures

• Seating Arrangements:

Problems on Linear arrangements Problems on Circular arrangements

• Analytical Reasoning:

To analyze the given figure

Find the mirror images and water images

Finding missing term after analyzing the given data.

• Non Verbal Reasoning: Finding the pattern for next figure

Finding missing figure

Finding the missing images

Problems on cutting and folding paper.

• Input Output:

Understanding the logic of given steps of input to get required output.

Page 147: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

147

• Data Interpretation:

Tabular representation

2-D graphs

3-D graphs

Venn diagram based DI questions

Miscellaneous

Symboperations:

Concept of inequalities Concept of using either the real symbols or substituted symbols.

Eligibility Test:

To decide among the given alternatives after assessing the given data for eligibility of candidate.

Average and Weighted Average:

Concept of Mean. Different type of mean – Arithmetic, Geometric and Harmonic Application of means while taking averages in different types of questions

Ratio, Proportion and Variation

Concept of ratio Concept of proportion

Combining ratios

Word problems on ratios

Concept of Direct & Indirect variation between two variable

Equating the constant of variation

Partnership

Dividing profit into ratio of investments Partial time related problems

Mixture and Alligation

Concept of Alligation Concept of mixing two or more things

Continuous replacement probleme

Simple and Compound Interest

Concept of simple & compound interest

Fundamental problems on it.

Set Theory

Introduction to Venn diagrams

Application of Venn diagrams in different problems

Properties of sets and different operators.

Problem on Ages

Application of concept of ratio on problems of ages related to past and future Understanding of linear equations

Application of shortcut tricks

Page 148: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

148

Text Books – Chandigarh University Aptitude Book for 5th Semester Engineering students (DCPD)

Reference Material –

Guha Abhijit Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Examinations 2011 Tata McGraw Hill

Publication 7 West Patel Nagar, New Delhi 110008.

Aggarwal R.S A Modern Approach to Verbal and Non Verbal Reasoning 2012 S.Chand

Publishing Kuttab Road, New Delhi. 011-23672080

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program a b c d e f g h i j K l

outcome

Subject

mapping

Unit mapping

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

Category

HONS

PROJEC

T BW

PRACTICA

L

TRAININ

G SEMINAR

Department Department of Career Planning and Development

Subject Code Name of the Subject

TDY- 302

APTITUD

E

a) To speed up mathematical calculations.

b) Enhancing number system in details with application.

c) Concept build up of arithmetic with percentages.

Page 149: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

149

d) Analytical and logical thinking and the habit of drawing conclusions based on quantitative information.

e) Understand the basic rules of logic, including critical thinking

f) Data analyzing techniques

g) Apply mathematical methodologies to open-ended real-world problems

h) mathematical analysis, and formulate mathematical models of such problems

Page 150: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

150

6th Semester

Syllabus

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Design of Machine Elements-II L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 1 2 0 3

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Design of Machine Elements-I Total hours = 36

Course Objectives

MET-351

To enhance the design knowledge and design skills of students so that they

become capable to convert their ideas into reality of technical world.

Course Outcome

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the fundamentals of design lower pair, higher pair, spring and power transmission

system.

2 Classify the belt, rope, chain drives and springs for different industrial applications

3 Estimate the safe condition of design in different types of machine elements under various

Page 151: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

151

loading conditions.

4 Design different types of belt, rope, chain drives, springs for particular application

5 Select the different types of machine elements, flywheel and pulleys for different power

transmission systems on the basis of design.

Contents of the Syllabus UNIT-I (12)

1. Springs: Types of springs, Design for helical springs against tension and their uses.

Compression and fluctuating loads, Design of leaf springs, Surging phenomenon in springs.

Design problem, buckling of spring(6hrs)

2. Belt, rope and chain drives: Design of belt drives, Flat & V-belt drives, Conditions for

Transmission of max. Power, Selection of belt, design of rope drives Design of chain drive.

(6hrs)

UNIT-II (12)

3. Bearings: Design of pivot and collar bearing, Selection of ball and roller bearing based on

static and dynamic load carrying capacity using load life relationship, Selection of bearings from

manufacturer’s catalogue, types of lubrication – Boundary, mixed and hydrodynamic lubrication,

Design of journal bearings. (6 hrs)

4. Clutches & Brakes: Various types of clutches in use, Design of friction clutches, Disc,

Multidisc and Cone type. Various types of brakes, Self-energizing condition of brakes, Design of

shoe brakes – Internal & external expanding, band brakes.(6 hrs)

UNIT-III (12)

5. Flywheel: Turning Moment diagram, Coefficient of fluctuation of energy and speed, design of

flywheel – solid disk and rimmed flywheels. (6 hrs)

6. Gears: Classification, Selection of gears, Terminology of gears, Force analysis, Selection of

material for gears, Beam and wear strength of gear tooth, form or Lewis factor for gear tooth,

Dynamic load on gear and Buckingham equation and Design of spur, helical, bevel &worm gear

including the consideration for maximum power transmitting capacity, Gear Lubrication, Design

Problems. (6 hrs)

Text Books:

1. Aggarwal.D.K, Machine Design

2. Khurmi R.S, Machine Design

Reference Books:

1.Shigley, Tata McGraw hill, Machine Design

2. Juvinal, John-Wiley Publishers, Machine Design

3. Machine Design Data Book by V.K. Jadon (IK International Publications) \

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Page 152: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

152

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MET-351

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Industrial Automation and Robotics L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 2 0 0 2

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

MET-352

To learn the Applications of Industrial Automation and Fluid power control

using valves

To understand the Importance of fluidic, Transfer devices, feeder and Control

system using PLC

To learn the working of Robotics and its application; and Machining using CNC

system and Part Programming

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

Page 153: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

153

1 Recall the basic concept of Hydraulics,CAD, CIM and FMS.

2 Identify the different elements of fluid power control, single and double acting cylinder

as well as different valves

3 Categorize various hydraulic and pneumatic control systems.

4 Evaluate the functioning of automation systems such as transfer devices, feeder,

electrical and electronic controls.

5 Construct the pneumatic, hydraulics circuits and robots programming

UNIT - I

1. Introduction to Industrial Automation:Industrial Automation, types of automation, basic

functions of automation, reasons for automating, CAD, CAM, CIM; Rigid automation: Part

handling, Machine tools. Flexible automation: Computer control of Machine Tools and

Machining Centers, NC and NC part programming, CNC-Adaptive Control, Automated Material

handling. Assembly, Flexible, levels of automation, low cost automation (5Hrs):

2. Fluid Power Control and Hydraulic, Pneumatic Circuits: Fluid power control elements,

Standard graphical symbols, Fluid power generators, Hydraulic and pneumatic Cylinders -

construction, design and mounting; Hydraulic and pneumatic Valves for pressure, flow and

direction control. (5Hrs):

UNIT – II

3. Control of Hydraulic and Pneumatic System: Direct and Indirect Control of Single/Double Acting

Cylinders, Designing of logic circuits for a given time displacement diagram & sequence of operations,

Hydraulic & Pneumatic Circuits using Time Delay Valve & Quick Exhaust Valve, Memory Circuit &

Speed Control of a cylinder (6Hrs)

4. Transfer Devices and Feeders: Classification: Construction details and application of

transfer devices and feeders (vibratory bowl feeder, reciprocating tube and centrifugal hopper

feeder. (4Hrs)

UNIT – III

5. Electrical and Electronic Controls :Introduction to electrical and electronic controls such as

electromagnetic controllers - transducers and sensors, microprocessors, programmable logic

controllers (PLC).Architecture & Components of PLC, Ladder Logic Diagrams (4Hrs)

6. Robotics and Industrial Applications: Introduction, classification based on geometry,

devices, control and path movement, End effectors - types and applications: Sensors - types and

applications. Robot programming, Concept of Robotic/Machine vision, Teach pendent,

introduction to material transfer, machine loading /unloading, welding, assembly and spray

painting operations. (6Hrs)

Text Books:

1. Automation Production System & Computer Integrated Manufacturing. Mikell P. Grover

2. Anthony Esposito, Fluid Power with applications, Pearson

Page 154: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

154

3. S. R Majumdar, Pneumatic Control, McGraw Hill

4. S. R Deb, Robotic Technology and Flexible Automation, Tata Mc Hill

5. Saeed B. Niku Introduction to Robotics, Wiley India

6. AshitavaGhosal, Robotics, Oxford

7. Industrial automation and robotics : A.K Gupta Laxmi Publications

Reference Books

1. Radhakrishnan.P, Subramanyan.S and Raju.V, “CAD/CAM/CIM”, New Age In

ternational Publishers, 2000.

2. Anthony Esposito, Fluid Power Control with application, Publisher : Pearson Education

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written

examination

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

Page 155: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

155

Category

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MET-352

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Design of Machine Elements Lab L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Design of Machine Elements Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

MEP-353

To inculcate the fundamentals of Design and Simulation using modeling softwares.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Understand and apply the basic of design and simulation of machine components

2 Design and Simulate the various machine components such as bearing, clutch, gear box

and flywheel

Page 156: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

156

3 Conduct the experiment individual/team ethically, considering social, health, safety, legal

and environmental aspects.

4 Analyzed the heat transfer and fluid mechanics problems through simulations

5 Conclude the experimental results and express the same effectively in oral and written

manners through report and practical presentation.

List of Experiments

Unit-I 1. Design and Simulation of Journal Bearing

2. Design and Simulation of Disc Clutch

3. Design and Simulation of Gear Box assembly

Unit-II

4. Design and Simulation of Flywheel

5. Development of the velocity profile for laminar flow started from rest by an applied

pressure gradient in a pipe.

6. Modeling the heat transfer equation as a function of thickness and thermal condition.

Unit-III

7. Design a program to compute the velocity profile of viscous fluid across the radius of

pipe.

8. Develop a program to examine transient heat conduction time and temperature

distributions in a semi-infinite solid.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEP-353

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Analysis on Software

2. Technical Report Writing

3. Critical Analysis of Experimental Data and evaluation of results

Assessment System: Internal Marks: 60

Page 157: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

157

External Marks: 40

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Industrial Automation and Robotics Lab L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 0 0 2 1

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: CAD Modeling Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

MEP-354

To prepare the students for Latest development in the field of Automation using FMS,

robotics arm, CNC Programming &simulation, hydraulic and pneumatic circuit and

microprocessor based PLC

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basic concepts of automation and its components

2 Design hydraulic & pneumatic circuit integrated with PLC

3 Classify the FMS, develop and execute the CNC program for machining the component on

Page 158: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

158

lathe and milling machines

4 Inspect the the various features of industrial Robot and its applications considering social,

health, safety, legal and environmental aspects.

5 Conclude the experimental results and express the same effectively in oral and written

manners through report and practical presentation.

List of Experiments

Unit-I 1. Design and assembly of Pneumatic Logic Circuits circuit utilizing single and double

acting cylinder.

2. Design and assembly of Hydraulic Logic Circuits circuit utilizing single and double

acting cylinder

3. Implementation of various basics logic gates like, OR, AND, NOT and NAND

4. To familiarize with microprocessor based PLC and its industrial applications

Unit-II

5. Demonstration of robotics arm and its applications

6. To Exhibit the working of Flexible Manufacturing system

7. To perform tool and work offset in case of CNC Lathe and Milling.

Unit-III

8. To develop and execute a program for CNC turning & perform simulation on software.

9. To develop and execute a program for CNC Mill& perform simulation on software.

10. To execute a program on vertical CNC Mill in Machine on Lathe Machine.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome PO1 PO2 P

O3

PO4 PO5 P

O

6

PO

7

PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO

12

Subject mapping

Unit mapping 1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJEC

T

BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Page 159: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

159

Subject Code MEP-354

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Total Quality Management L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Introduction to Management and

leadership

Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEY-356

1. To provide the knowledge of total quality management

2. To provide knowledge of the various tools to Design of Experiments and Taguchi

Methods

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of the course the student will be able to

1 Apply the concepts of quality, total quality management, JIT, planning, process

management, bench marking and quality systems.

Page 160: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

160

2 Classify the quality, total quality management, JIT, planning, process

management, bench marking and quality systems.

3 Compare the functions of different types of quality, total quality management,

JIT, planning, process management, bench marking and quality systems

4 Explain the process of total quality management, JIT, planning, process

management, bench marking and quality systems

5 Evaluate the performance of various quality systems, planning processes,

problem solving, bench marking and advanced techniques of TQM

Contents of the Syllabus

Detailed Contents:

UNIT- I (15 Hrs)

1. Concept and definition of quality Total quality control (TQC) and Total Quality Management

(TQM), salient features of TQC and TQM. Total Quality Management Models, benefits of TQM.

Quality and Total Quality Management: Excellence in manufacturing/service, factors of

excellence, relevance of TQM.

2. Just-in-time (JIT): Definition: Elements, benefits, equipment layout for JIT system, Kanban

system MRP (Material Requirement planning) vs JIT system, Waste elimination, workers

involvement through JIT: JIT cause and effect chain, JIT implementation.

3. Customer Satisfaction, data collection and complaint, redressal mechanism.

UNIT – II (15 HRS)

4. Planning Process: Policy development and implementation; plan formulation and

implementation.

Process Management: Factors affecting process management, Quality function development

(QFD), and quality assurance system.

5. Total Employees Involvement (TEI): Empowering employees: team building; quality circles;

reward and Recognition; education and training, Suggestion schemes.

UNIT – III (15 HRS)

6. Problems solving: Defining problem, Problem identification and solving process, QC tools.

Bench Marking : Definition, concept, process and types of benchmarking.

7. Quality Systems: Concept of quality system standards: relevance and origin of ISO 9000;

Benefits; Elements of ISO 9001, ISO 9002, ISO 9003.

Advanced techniques of TQM: Design of experiments: failure mode effect analysis: Taguchi

methods.

Note for Paper setter:

The syllabus has been divided into three units. Paper setter will set three questions from each unit and one

compulsory question spread over the whole syllabus & consisting of short answer questions. The

compulsory question will be set as first question. The students will be required to attempt six questions in

all including the compulsory question. The student can attempt maximum two questions from each unit.

All questions carry equal marks.

Text Books:

Page 161: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

161

1. Sunder Raju, Total Quality Management , Tata McGraw Hill.

2. M.Zairi, TQM for engineers, Aditya Books.

3. J.L. Hradeskym, Total Quality Management Handbook, McGraw Hill

4. Dalela and Saurabh, ISO 9000 quality System, Standard Publishers.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEY-356

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version:

2018

Project L T P C

B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 0 0 3

MER-355 Prerequisite: Nil Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

To obtain a hands-on experience in converting a small novel idea / technique into a working

model / prototype involving multi-disciplinary skills and / or knowledge and working in at

team.

Page 162: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

162

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basics principles to identify the topic/idea from different domains of Mechanical Engineering

for project work.

2 Examine the literature survey to identify gaps and define the objectives & scope of the work.

3 Generate and implement innovative ideas into product design ethically, considering social, health,

safety, legal and environmental aspects.

4 Perform and analyze the data individually or in team using appropriate tools and techniques of

mechanical engineering and project management

5 Conclude the results and express the same effectively in oral and written manners through

report and presentation.

Detailed Evaluation process in mentioned in the table below

Phase Performance task Performance Quality level Time

Schedule

Weekly

Weightage

One Two Three Four Five

2 4 6 8 10

Project

Proposal

and data

Collection

Submission of Project Title

and Brief Description and

Formation of groups

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1st 5

A description of the product

Opportunity its social

Relevance, market need,

Data collection and

Literature Survey

2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2nd 5

Defining Objectives of the

projects, Sketches,

Techniques

3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3rd 5

Problem

Formulatio

n

Design Specifications /

Modules &

Techniques along

withProblem Formulation

4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4th 5

Final Concept, Detailed and

Assembly Drawings,

Financial Model / costing

Prototype / Coding leads to

Submission of Synopsis

5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5th 5

Page 163: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

163

Fabrication

of

Prototype

Progress report on Building

Prototypes, drawings and

purchase requisition of

material

6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6th 5

Evaluation based on

Progress of Fabrication of

Prototypes requirements,

Constraints and

specifications

7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7th, 8th 5

Evaluation based on

Completeness of fabrication

and comprehensive report

8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9th 5

Final

Presentatio

n and

Demonstrat

ion

/Internal

Viva

Presentatio

n

Complete Fabricated Project

including Technically

impressive report

9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 10th 15

Comprehension and

development of presentation

10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10th 5

Fluent speaking, correlation

with visual aids and query

handling

11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 10th 5

Selection and connectivity

of presentation material

12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 10th 5

External

Viva and

presentatio

n

Complete Fabricated Project

including Technically

impressive report

9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

25

Comprehension and

development of presentation

10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Fluent speaking, correlation

with visual aids and query

handling

11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Selection and connectivity

of presentation material

12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Level Assessment Rubrics

1.1-1.5 Viability / feasibility of the project Idea, its suitability, Novality of Idea, Innovation, Plagiarism

checking

2.1-2.5 Opportunities and social Relevance, market need, Data collection and Literature Survey

3.1-3.5 Definition of objectives, its attainment and validity, Completeness of Drawing

4.1-4.5 Detailed and assembly drawing, Techniques used, feasibility of Design and its completeness

5.1-5.5 Estimation and Cost calculation, availability of raw material and other accessories, formatting of

synopsis file, Plagiarism and Grammar check

6.1-6.5 Purchase requisition of material, accessories, order report and progress of order

7.1-7.5 Fabrication Plan of prototype, resources availability and role of individual in fabrication and daily

diary report, Problem faced and optimal solution

8.1-8.5 Critical Review on the Execution of fabrication plan, its completeness and final demonstration of

Page 164: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

164

Evaluation: Grade should be awarded in final evaluation as per performance

(Note 1: - Problem has to be selected from given basket. Two dimensional Rubric based

design project process is provided below along with the time frame, weightage, assessment

levels and associated marks for the rubric based execution of project. )

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

√ √ √ √

Unit

mapping

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering Departments

Subject

Code-

MER-

355

Project

Prototype, Checking of design feasibility, actual performance, achievement of objective, benefit to

society

9.1 Lack of sufficient technical content and sophistication is evident in several components of the project

9.2 Project analyzes an insufficient amount of technical information in the development of a few feasible

solutions to meet the project objective.

9.3 Project analyzes a sufficient amount of pertinent technical information in the development of a few

feasible solutions to meet the project objective

9.4 Project analyzes a significant amount of pertinent technical information in the development of

several feasible solutions to meet the project objective.

9.5 Project analyzes a diverse and significant amount of pertinent technical information in the

development of several feasible solutions to meet the project objective. Project also incorporates and

analyzes possible solutions that seem counter-intuitive, surprising, or contrary to conventional

approaches

10.1 A few ideas in every section are logically connected, but they are not linked to the main point of the

section. Sections lack focus, organization, and transitions.

10.2 Some ideas in every section are logically connected and linked to the main point of the section.

Transitions are present but are inconsistent.

10.3 Most ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the

section. Most ideas in every section are connected by transitions

10.4 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the

section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by transitions.

10.5 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the

section; furthermore, the presentation identifies non-obvious, surprising, and/or counter-intuitive

aspects of the project in an appropriate section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by

transitions.

Page 165: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

165

Teaching Learning Process

1. Two dimensional rubrics will be used to conduct and assessment of the project work.

2. One period will be allocated to impart learning and practice on Design thinking and

assessment of weekly work done by each group.

3. Internal assessment will carry 60 marks and final assessment will be 40 marks.

MEX-304 Massive Open Online Courses

Credit 04 MNG

Co-requisite: Nil Mode: Self Study

Prerequisite: Nil

Course Category PC

Professional Core Engineering

Department

University Institute of Engineering:

Mechanical Engineering

To offer students the opportunity to study with the world’s best universities by integrating select MOOCs

Page 166: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

166

Purpose

in a regular degree programme and providing students full credit transfer, as per UGC and university regulations, if they earn a “Verified/Completion Certificate” and take a proctored examination through a secure physical testing centre.

Instructional Objectives Student Outcomes

At the end of the course, student will be able to

1

.

Apply the concepts, theories, laws, technologies learnt herein to provide

f h i

j

Engineering solutions.

Course nature Online - 100% Internal Continuous Assessment.

Assessment Method (Weightage 100%)

Approx. 15 hour of course will lead to 01 credit.

Registration process, Assessment and Credit Transfer:

1. Students can register for courses offered by approved global MOOCs platforms like edX, Coursera, Swayam or Universities with which Chandigarh University partners specifically for MOOCs e.g. Indian Institute of Technology Bombay-FOSS

2. Annually, each department must officially announce, to the students as well as to the Controller of Examinations (CoE), the list of courses that will be recognized and accepted for credit transfer. The list will be duly recommended by BOS and approved by Academic Council.

3. The department must also officially announce / appoint one or more faculty coordinator(s) for advising the students attached to them, monitoring their progress and assist the department in proctoring the tests, uploading the certificate on UIMS, collecting and submitting the graded certificate(s) to the CoE, within the stipulated timeframe.

4. Student who desires to pursue a course, from the above department-approved list, through MOOCs must register for that course during the course registration process of MOOC through the UIMS.

5. The maximum credit limits of MOOCs course(s) in a semester will be four (04), and for

course mapping purpose approx. 15 hour of online course will lead to 01 credit if otherwise

not specified on the platform.

Page 167: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

167

6. The student must periodically submit the marks / grades obtained in various quizzes, assignments, tests etc. immediately to the MOOC Faculty Advisor or the Course Coordinator for uploading in the university’s academic module.

7. The student must take the final test as a Proctored / Supervised test in the university campus.

8. The student can submit the details about the registered MOOC course(s) along with

uploading of course completion certificate on UIMS portal for Jan-April Semester till 30th

April and for July-Nov semester till 30th Nov. every year. 9. The student must submit the “Certificate of Completion” as well as the final overall

Marks and / or Grade within the stipulated time for effective grade conversion and credit transfer, as per the regulations. It is solely the responsibility of the individual student to fulfil the above conditions to earn the credits.

10. The attendance for this course, for the purpose of awarding attendance grade, will be considered 100%, if the credits are transferred, after satisfying the above (1) to (7) norms; else if the credits are not transferred or transferable, the attendance will be considered as ZERO.

11. Only those students who submit the MOOC course completion certificate will be awarded Pass grade.

MEX-357 Massive Open Online Courses

Credit 04 MNG

Co-requisite: Nil Mode: Self Study

Prerequisite: Nil

Course Category PC

Professional Core Engineering

Department

University Institute of Engineering:

Mechanical Engineering

To offer students the opportunity to study with the world’s best universities by integrating select MOOCs

Page 168: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

168

Purpose

in a regular degree programme and providing students full credit transfer, as per UGC and university regulations, if they earn a “Verified/Completion Certificate” and take a proctored examination through a secure physical testing centre.

Instructional Objectives Student Outcomes

At the end of the course, student will be able to

1

.

Apply the concepts, theories, laws, technologies learnt herein to provide

f h i

j

Engineering solutions.

Course nature Online - 100% Internal Continuous Assessment.

Assessment Method (Weightage 100%)

Approx. 15 hour of course will lead to 01 credit.

Registration process, Assessment and Credit Transfer:

1. Students can register for courses offered by approved global MOOCs platforms like edX, Coursera, Swayam or Universities with which Chandigarh University partners specifically for MOOCs e.g. Indian Institute of Technology Bombay-FOSS

2. Annually, each department must officially announce, to the students as well as to the Controller of Examinations (CoE), the list of courses that will be recognized and accepted for credit transfer. The list will be duly recommended by BOS and approved by Academic Council.

3. The department must also officially announce / appoint one or more faculty coordinator(s) for advising the students attached to them, monitoring their progress and assist the department in proctoring the tests, uploading the certificate on UIMS, collecting and submitting the graded certificate(s) to the CoE, within the stipulated timeframe.

4. Student who desires to pursue a course, from the above department-approved list, through MOOCs must register for that course during the course registration process of MOOC through the UIMS.

5. The maximum credit limits of MOOCs course(s) in a semester will be four (04), and for

course mapping purpose approx. 15 hour of online course will lead to 01 credit if otherwise

not specified on the platform.

Page 169: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

169

6. The student must periodically submit the marks / grades obtained in various quizzes, assignments, tests etc. immediately to the MOOC Faculty Advisor or the Course Coordinator for uploading in the university’s academic module.

7. The student must take the final test as a Proctored / Supervised test in the university campus.

8. The student can submit the details about the registered MOOC course(s) along with

uploading of course completion certificate on UIMS portal for Jan-April Semester till 30th

April and for July-Nov semester till 30th Nov. every year. 9. The student must submit the “Certificate of Completion” as well as the final overall

Marks and / or Grade within the stipulated time for effective grade conversion and credit transfer, as per the regulations. It is solely the responsibility of the individual student to fulfil the above conditions to earn the credits.

10. The attendance for this course, for the purpose of awarding attendance grade, will be considered 100%, if the credits are transferred, after satisfying the above (1) to (7) norms; else if the credits are not transferred or transferable, the attendance will be considered as ZERO.

11. Only those students who submit the MOOC course completion certificate will be awarded Pass grade.

MEX-452 Massive Open Online Courses

Credit 4 MNG

Co-requisite: Nil Mode: Self Study

Prerequisite: Nil

Course Category PC

Professional Core Engineering

Department

University Institute of Engineering:

Mechanical Engineering

To offer students the opportunity to study with the world’s best universities by integrating select MOOCs

Purpose

in a regular degree programme and providing students full credit transfer, as per UGC and university regulations, if they earn a “Verified/Completion Certificate” and take a proctored examination through a secure physical testing centre.

Page 170: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

170

Instructional Objectives Student Outcomes

At the end of the course, student will be able to

1

.

Apply the concepts, theories, laws, technologies learnt herein to provide

f h i

j

Engineering solutions.

Course nature Online - 100% Internal Continuous Assessment.

Assessment Method (Weightage 100%)

Approx. 15 hour of course will lead to 01 credit.

Registration process, Assessment and Credit Transfer:

1. Students can register for courses offered by approved global MOOCs platforms like edX, Coursera, Swayam or Universities with which Chandigarh University partners specifically for MOOCs e.g. Indian Institute of Technology Bombay-FOSS

2. Annually, each department must officially announce, to the students as well as to the Controller of Examinations (CoE), the list of courses that will be recognized and accepted for credit transfer. The list will be duly recommended by BOS and approved by Academic Council.

3. The department must also officially announce / appoint one or more faculty coordinator(s) for advising the students attached to them, monitoring their progress and assist the department in proctoring the tests, uploading the certificate on UIMS, collecting and submitting the graded certificate(s) to the CoE, within the stipulated timeframe.

4. Student who desires to pursue a course, from the above department-approved list, through MOOCs must register for that course during the course registration process of MOOC through the UIMS.

5. The maximum credit limits of MOOCs course(s) in a semester will be four (04), and for

course mapping purpose approx. 15 hour of online course will lead to 01 credit if otherwise not specified on the platform.

6. The student must periodically submit the marks / grades obtained in various quizzes, assignments, tests etc. immediately to the MOOC Faculty Advisor or the Course Coordinator for uploading in the university’s academic module.

Page 171: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

171

7. The student must take the final test as a Proctored / Supervised test in the university campus.

8. The student can submit the details about the registered MOOC course(s) along with

uploading of course completion certificate on UIMS portal for Jan-April Semester till 30th April and for July-Nov semester till 30th Nov. every year.

9. The student must submit the “Certificate of Completion” as well as the final overall Marks and / or Grade within the stipulated time for effective grade conversion and credit transfer, as per the regulations. It is solely the responsibility of the individual student to fulfil the above conditions to earn the credits.

10. The attendance for this course, for the purpose of awarding attendance grade, will be considered 100%, if the credits are transferred, after satisfying the above (1) to (7) norms; else if the credits are not transferred or transferable, the attendance will be considered as ZERO.

11. Only those students who submit the MOOC course completion certificate will be awarded Pass grade.

Scheme Name of the subject- SOFT SKILLS L T P C

Version(1.5)

Apply to Programs- All engineering

Branches 0 0 2 MNG

(Sem 6)

Subject Code- Prerequisite- Soft Skills Sem 5 Total hours = 25

hrs

TDY 351

Objectives

To boost student confidence and knowledge for performing phenomenally well in Group

discussions and interviews.

Subject Outcome

Page 172: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

172

Unit – I To enhance the lateral thinking skills, effective Presentation Skills of the students and make

them active participants in discussions

Unit – II To build a holistic learning attitude among students and enhance their general awareness about

various categories to become globally smart and be proficient in performing in group

Discussions

Unit – III To build students’ confidence and to ensure a higher standard of competitiveness by

equipping them with interview specific training and make them employable.

UNIT I

UNIT I (Idea Contouring)

1. A Session Exordium

2. Business Case Studies

3. Self Adumbration

4. Grammar Reinforcement

5. Current Topic Based GD's

UNIT II (Lexical Opulence)

• Guesstimates

• Descriptive Writing

• Interview Mirror

Page 173: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

173

• Abstract Topic Based GD's

• ED Talk 1

UNIT III (Employability Resonance)

• ED Talk 2

• Divergent Thinking

• PaneL Discussions

• Divergent Thinking

• Assertive Behaviour

Text books

Chandigarh University Text Book-Comprehending Verbal Ability for Success

Reference

3. Serious Creativity by Edward de Bono

4. E-book: Soft Skills by Manmohan Joshi

5. The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People: Powerful Lessons in Personal Change by Stephen R.

Covey

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program a b C d E f G h i j K l

Outcome

Subject

Mapping

Unit mapping

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

Page 174: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

174

Category

HONS

PROJEC

T BW

PRACTIC

AL

TRAININ

G

SEMINA

R

Department

Department of Career Planning and

Development

Subject Code Name of the Subject

TDY351

SOFT

SKILLS

Scheme Name of the subject- APTITUDE L T P C

Version(1.7) Apply to Programs- BE 6th semester all 0 2 0 2

engineering branches

Subject Code- Prerequisite- Aptitude 5th semester Total = 30 lectures

TDY – 352

Objectives

To generate problem solving skills, counting techniques, ability to analyze the

situation, demonstrate various principles involved in solving mathematical

problems and thereby reducing the time taken for performing job functions with

logical thinking and applying decision making in all national and international

Page 175: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

175

projects.

Subject Outcome

Unit – I To improve arithmetic concepts of work, time and efficiency , speed and distance &

use of proportionality in work problems enhance algebra skills, manipulations with

algebraic formulas

Unit – II To build the approach for logical reasoning, critical thinking , improve data

interpretation skill of the student, Demonstrate a basic understanding of displays of

data such as bar graphs, histograms, dot plots. able to read between the lines and

understand various language structures

Unit – III To improve concept of analytical and verbal reasoning, understanding of discount in

real life scenarios and geometry applications in 2D as well as 3D.

Content of the Syllabus

Unit-I 10 lectures

1. Time & Work:

Basic problems based on above using LCM method.

Basic work problems based on efficiency of manpower.

2. Chain Rule:

Solving problems by using concept of direct and indirect proportion.

3. Pipes and Cistern:

Application of Time and work on Pipes and Cistern

Concept of negative work

Basic and complex problems on above.

3. Time, Speed & Distance:

Questions based on average speed, relative speed.

Page 176: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

176

• Linear & Circular Races:

Concept of races

Concept of meeting points

Concept of meeting at starting point & dead heat ends

Basic problems on above.

• Problem on Trains:

Problems on trains running in opposite or same direction

Basic problems on trains crossing a pole, platform etc.

• Boats & Rivers:

Concept of downstream & upstream.

Basic questions based on speed of boat w.r.t. speed of river.

Unit-II 8 lectures

• Algebra:

Polynomials & algebraic equations

Linear equations & quadratic equations.

• Pie and Tabular Charts:

Concept of Percentage, average, approximation and ratio

Percentage to degree and vice versa conversion in Pie charts

Detailed analysis of tabular data

• Coding- Decoding:

Concept of EJOTY to learn alphabet.

How to solve abstract problems.

• Direction Sense:

Concept of left & right turn (direction).

Clock & anticlockwise movement with East, West, North and South direction.

Basic problems based on above concepts.

Complex problems based on above concepts.

• Clocks & Calendars:

Page 177: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

177

Concept of angles traversed by hour and minute hand

Fundamental problems on above concept.

To find day of week on a given date.

Unit-III 12 lectures

6. Syllogism:

Concept of venn diagram

Basic problems of syllogism using venn diagram

7. Data Sufficiency:

To check whether the given data is sufficient to uniquely answer the question.

19. Cubes & Dice:

Solving problems related to cube cutting painting

Basic problems related to dice faces in different shapes and sizes.

20. Puzzle:

Solving the puzzles.

Arrangement problems of matrix.

21. Permutation and Combination

Fundamental concept of counting: AND and OR

Relation and difference between Permutation and Combination

Different properties of P and C

Applications of the same on different problems

22. Probability

Introduction to different types of events

Concept of sample space and experiment

Application of these concepts on different problems related to coins, dice, cards and balls.

Addition theorem

23. Logarithm

Page 178: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

178

Properties of logs

Application of these properties in different problems

24. Sequence and Series

Introduction to AP, GP and HP

Relationship between mean of AP, GP and HP

Sum and nth term of each

Applications of above mentioned concepts.

25. Geometry and Area

Area and perimeter of different 2-D figures

Different properties of 2-D figures

Problems based to above mentioned concepts

26. Surface Area and Volume

Concept of curved and total surface area of different 3-D problems

Concept of volume of 3-D figures

Different properties of 3-D figures.

Problems based on above mentioned concepts

27. True Discount and Banker's Discount

Text Books – Chandigarh University Aptitude Book for 6th semester Engineering students (DCPD)

Reference Material –

Guha Abhijit Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Examinations 2011 Tata McGraw Hill

Publication 7 West Patel Nagar, New Delhi 110008.

Aggarwal R.S A Modern Approach to Verbal and Non Verbal Reasoning 2012 S.Chand

Publishing Kuttab Road, New Delhi. 011-23672080

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program A B C d E F G H i j k l

Page 179: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

179

Outcome

Subject

Mapping

Unit mapping

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

Category

HONS

PROJEC

T BW

PRACTICA

L

TRAININ

G

SEMINA

R

Department

Department of Career Planning and

Development

Subject Code Name of the Subject

TDY – 352

APTITUD

E

i) Time, work and efficiency relation with applications

j) Application of proportionality in time and work

k) Applications of speed time and distance in word problems using trains.

l) Relative speed using boats and stream

m) Algebraic manipulations with one and two degree equations.

n) Understand the basic rules of logic, including critical thinking

o) Data analyzing techniques

p) Counting techniques and its real life based problems.

Page 180: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

180

q) Finding the chances of event of occurrence in various different situations.

r) Properties of logarithms and their applications.

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version:

2018

Institutional Training/Summer Training L T P C

B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 0 0 MNG

2*

MES-209 Prerequisite: Nil Total hours =4 weeks

Objectives

1. To provide Hands on experience, work experience in the Company/ Organisation Industry and

to have real time exposure of industrial environment

2. To Built the quality of team work and leadership through actual experience in a professional

envelope

Course Outcome

1 Develop technical skills and knowledge by undergoing actual industrial environment.

2 Develop hands on experience on layout of industry, type of production system, inspection and latest

tools and technologies.

3 Integrate and apply the academic theory and knowledge acquired in the classroom to the actual practice

of Mechanical Engineering for life long learning.

4 Develop competencies expected in a professional environment related to field of Mechanical

Engineering

5 Demonstrate the technical skills with effective communication and develop leadership qualities by

Page 181: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

181

working in a team.

Guidelines for Institutional Training/ Summer Training

Sr No. Description Remarks

1 It is mandatory for every student to undergo this course.

2 Every student is expected to spend a minimum of 4-weeks in an Industry/ Company/

Organization, during the summer vacation.

3 The type of industry must be NOT below the Medium Scale category in his / her

domain of the degree programme.

4 The student must submit the “Training Completion Certificate” issued by the industry

/ company / Organisation as well as a technical report not exceeding 15 pages, within

the stipulated time to be eligible for making a presentation

before the committee constituted by the department.

5 The committee will then assess the student based on the report submitted and the

presentation made

6 Marks will be awarded out of maximum 100

7 Appropriate grades will be assigned as per the regulations

8 Only if a student gets a minimum of pass grade, appropriate credit will be transferred

towards the degree requirements,

as per the regulations

9 It is solely the responsibility of the individual student to fulfill the above conditions

to earn the credits.

10 The attendance for this course, for the purpose of awarding attendance grade, will be

considered 100%, if the credits are transferred, after satisfying the above (1) to (8)

norms; else if the credits are not transferred or transferable, the

Attendance will be considered as ZERO.

11 The committee must recommend redoing the course, if it collectively concludes,

based on the assessment made from the report and presentations submitted by the

student, that either the level of training received or the skill and / or knowledge

gained is NOT satisfactory.

Grade Distribution

Successful completion of the training period it will carry 2 (MNG) credit hours for the Degree program.

The following table shows the grade distribution in terms of percentage points earned for each report and

form that will be graded.

Sr.

No.

Stages of Progression Marks

Distribution

1. Registration, Confirmation of Training / Identification

of Problem and Definition of Problem statement 5

Page 182: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

182

2.

Progress Report on Experiential Learning / Review of

Professional skills Development/ Bi-weekly

Evaluation-1

10

3. Progress Report/Evaluation of Report/ Bi-weekly

Evaluation-2 20

4. Final Presentation and Demonstration /Internal Viva

and Presentation 25

5. External Viva and presentation 40

Total Score 100

Phase Performance task Performance Quality level Time

Schedule

Weekly

Weightage

One Two Three Four Five

2 4 6 8 10

Registration,

Confirmation

of Training/

Identification

of Problem

and Definition

of Problem

statement

Registration through

UIMS or via Training

Letter

- - - - - 1st NA

Need and Importance of

Study Required in

Industry/ Problem

Statement and execution

Plan

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1st 2

Daily Activity schedule

of Plan/ Formulation of

Objectives and Outcomes of

Project or case study

2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 1st 3

Progress Report

on Experiential

Learning /

Review of

Professional skills

Development

during Training

Literature Survey/ of

Project/ Problem

Formulation

3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 2nd 3

Collection of data/ In-

depth survey

4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 2nd 2

Experimentation/ Daily

Activity of Problem or case

study under investigation

5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 2nd 2

Analysis of data/ Progress on

Project undertaken 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 2nd 3

Mid Term

Progress

Daily Observation report

and Trends of data

7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 3rd 5

Page 183: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

183

Report Reflection on results/

Conclusions and discussion 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 3rd 5

Fluency of language and

writing skills/ Self reflection

on Training

9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 3rd 5

Report Writing 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 4th 5

Final

Presentation

and

Demonstratio

n /Internal

Viva

Presentation

Final Project Report as per

Guidelines 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

10

Oral presentation and

defense 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Training Completion

Certificate/ Properly

Filled and duly Signed

Training Evaluation

Performa

13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Daily Diary/ Duly Signed

Attendance Record from

supervisor

14.1 14.2 14.3 14.4 14.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

External Viva

and

presentation

Final project Report/ Defense

of the report 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

25

Oral presentation and

defense 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Reflection of Training skill 15.1 15.2 15.3 15.4 15.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Selection and

connectivity of

presentation material

16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4 16.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

A B C d E F G H I J K L

Subject mapping x X X x

Unit mapping

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

X

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

X

Department Mechanical Engineering Departments

Page 184: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

184

Subject Code-

MES- 209

Institutional Training

Teaching Learning Process

1. Internal assessment will carry 60 marks and final assessment will be 40 marks.

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version:

2018

Summer Training/Institutional Training L T P C

B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 0 0 MNG

2*

MEY-309 Prerequisite: Manufacturing Practice, Introduction to

management and leadership

Total hours =4 weeks

Objectives

To provide Hands on experience, work experience in the Company/ Organisation Industry and

to have real time exposure of industrial environment

Subject Outcome

1 Develop technical skills and knowledge by undergoing actual industrial environment.

2 Develop hands on experience on layout of industry, type of production system, inspection and latest

tools and technologies.

3 Integrate and apply the academic theory and knowledge acquired in the classroom to the actual practice

of Mechanical Engineering for life long learning.

4 Develop competencies expected in a professional environment related to field of Mechanical

Engineering

5 Demonstrate the technical skills with effective communication and develop leadership qualities by

working in a team.

Page 185: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

185

Guidelines for Institutional Training/ Summer Training

Sr No. Description Remarks

1 It is mandatory for every student to undergo this course.

2 Every student is expected to spend a minimum of 4-weeks in

an Industry/ Company/ Organization, during the summer

vacation.

3 The type of industry must be NOT below the Medium Scale

category in his / her domain of the degree programme.

4 The student must submit the “Training Completion

Certificate” issued by the industry / company / Organisation as

well as a technical report not exceeding 15 pages, within

the stipulated time to be eligible for making a presentation

before the committee constituted by the department.

5 The committee will then assess the student based on the report

submitted and the presentation made

6 Marks will be awarded out of maximum 100

7 Appropriate grades will be assigned as per the regulations

8 Only if a student gets a minimum of pass grade, appropriate

credit will be transferred towards the degree requirements,

as per the regulations

9 It is solely the responsibility of the individual student to fulfill

the above conditions to earn the credits.

10 The attendance for this course, for the purpose of awarding

attendance grade, will be considered 100%, if the credits are

transferred, after satisfying the above (1) to (8) norms; else if

the credits are not transferred or transferable, the

Attendance will be considered as ZERO.

11 The committee must recommend redoing the course, if it

collectively concludes, based on the assessment made from the

report and presentations submitted by the student, that either

the level of training received or the skill and / or knowledge

gained is NOT satisfactory.

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

A B C D E F G H i J K L

Subject mapping x X x x

Unit mapping

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

X

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

X

Department Mechanical Engineering Departments

Subject Code-

MEY-309

Summer Training

Page 186: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

186

Teaching Learning Process

1. Internal assessment will carry 60 marks and final assessment will be 40 marks.

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version:

2018

Summer Training L T P C

B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 0 0 MNG

2*

MEY-402 Prerequisite: Manufacturing Practice, Introduction to

management and leadership, CAD Modeling and

Machining Process

Total hours =4 weeks

Objectives

To provide Hands on experience, work experience in the Company/ Organisation Industry and

to have real time exposure of industrial environment

Subject Outcome

1 Develop technical skills and knowledge by undergoing actual industrial environment.

2 Develop hands on experience on layout of industry, type of production system, inspection and latest

tools and technologies.

3 Integrate and apply the academic theory and knowledge acquired in the classroom to the actual practice

of Mechanical Engineering for life long learning.

4 Develop competencies expected in a professional environment related to field of Mechanical

Engineering

Page 187: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

187

5 Demonstrate the technical skills with effective communication and develop leadership qualities by

working in a team.

Guidelines for Institutional Training/ Summer Training

Sr No. Description Remarks

1 It is mandatory for every student to undergo this course.

2 Every student is expected to spend a minimum of 4-weeks in an Industry/

Company/ Organization, during the summer vacation.

3 The type of industry must be NOT below the Medium Scale category in his / her

domain of the degree programme.

4 The student must submit the “Training Completion Certificate” issued by the

industry / company / Organisation as well as a technical report not exceeding 15

pages, within

the stipulated time to be eligible for making a presentation

before the committee constituted by the department.

5 The committee will then assess the student based on the report submitted and the

presentation made

6 Marks will be awarded out of maximum 100

7 Appropriate grades will be assigned as per the regulations

8 Only if a student gets a minimum of pass grade, appropriate credit will be

transferred towards the degree requirements,

as per the regulations

9 It is solely the responsibility of the individual student to fulfill the above

conditions to earn the credits.

10 The attendance for this course, for the purpose of awarding attendance grade, will

be considered 100%, if the credits are transferred, after satisfying the above (1) to

(8) norms; else if the credits are not transferred or transferable, the

Attendance will be considered as ZERO.

11 The committee must recommend redoing the course, if it collectively concludes,

based on the assessment made from the report and presentations submitted by the

student, that either the level of training received or the skill and / or knowledge

gained is NOT satisfactory.

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

A B c d E F G H i J K L

Subject mapping x X x x

Unit mapping

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

X

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

X

Department Mechanical Engineering Departments

Subject Code-

MEY-402

Summer Training

Page 188: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

188

Teaching Learning Process

1. Internal assessment will carry 60 marks and final assessment will be 40 marks.

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version:

2019

Project L T P C

B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 0 0 4

MER-401 Prerequisite: Nil Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

To obtain a hands-on experience in converting a small novel idea / technique into a working

model / prototype involving multi-disciplinary skills and / or knowledge and working in at

team.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basics principles to identify the topic/idea from different domains of Mechanical Engineering

for project work.

2 Examine the literature survey to identify gaps and define the objectives & scope of the work.

3 Generate and implement innovative ideas into product design ethically, considering social, health,

safety, legal and environmental aspects.

4 Perform and analyze the data individually or in team using appropriate tools and techniques of

mechanical engineering and project management

5 Conclude the results and express the same effectively in oral and written manners through

report and presentation.

Page 189: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

189

Detailed Evaluation process in mentioned in the table below

Phase Performance task Performance Quality level Time

Schedule

Weekly

Weightage

one Two Three Four Five

2 4 6 8 10

Project

Proposal

and data

Collection

Submission of Project Title

and Brief Description and

Formation of groups

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1st 5

A description of the product

Opportunity its social

Relevance, market need,

Data collection and

Literature Survey

2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2nd 5

Defining Objectives of the

projects, Sketches,

Techniques

3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3rd 5

Problem

Formulatio

n

Design Specifications /

Modules &

Techniques along

withProblem Formulation

4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4th 5

Final Concept, Detailed and

Assembly Drawings,

Financial Model / costing

Prototype / Coding leads to

Submission of Synopsis

5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5th 5

Fabrication

of

Prototype

Progress report on Building

Prototypes, drawings and

purchase requisition of

material

6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6th 5

Evaluation based on

Progress of Fabrication of

Prototypes requirements,

Constraints and

specifications

7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7th, 8th 5

Evaluation based on

Completeness of fabrication

and comprehensive report

8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9th 5

Final

Presentatio

n and

Demonstrat

ion

/Internal

Viva

Complete Fabricated Project

including Technically

impressive report

9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 10th 15

Comprehension and

development of presentation

10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10th 5

Fluent speaking, correlation

with visual aids and query

11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 10th 5

Page 190: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

190

Presentatio

n

handling

Selection and connectivity

of presentation material

12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 10th 5

External

Viva and

presentatio

n

Complete Fabricated Project

including Technically

impressive report

9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

25

Comprehension and

development of presentation

10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Fluent speaking, correlation

with visual aids and query

handling

11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Selection and connectivity

of presentation material

12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Level Assessment Rubrics

1.1-1.5 Viability / feasibility of the project Idea, its suitability, Novality of Idea, Innovation, Plagiarism

checking

2.1-2.5 Opportunities and social Relevance, market need, Data collection and Literature Survey

3.1-3.5 Definition of objectives, its attainment and validity, Completeness of Drawing

4.1-4.5 Detailed and assembly drawing, Techniques used, feasibility of Design and its completeness

5.1-5.5 Estimation and Cost calculation, availability of raw material and other accessories, formatting of

synopsis file, Plagiarism and Grammar check

6.1-6.5 Purchase requisition of material, accessories, order report and progress of order

7.1-7.5 Fabrication Plan of prototype, resources availability and role of individual in fabrication and daily

diary report, Problem faced and optimal solution

8.1-8.5 Critical Review on the Execution of fabrication plan, its completeness and final demonstration of

Prototype, Checking of design feasibility, actual performance, achievement of objective, benefit to

society

9.1 Lack of sufficient technical content and sophistication is evident in several components of the project

9.2 Project analyzes an insufficient amount of technical information in the development of a few feasible

solutions to meet the project objective.

9.3 Project analyzes a sufficient amount of pertinent technical information in the development of a few

feasible solutions to meet the project objective

9.4 Project analyzes a significant amount of pertinent technical information in the development of

several feasible solutions to meet the project objective.

9.5 Project analyzes a diverse and significant amount of pertinent technical information in the

development of several feasible solutions to meet the project objective. Project also incorporates and

analyzes possible solutions that seem counter-intuitive, surprising, or contrary to conventional

approaches

10.1 A few ideas in every section are logically connected, but they are not linked to the main point of the

section. Sections lack focus, organization, and transitions.

10.2 Some ideas in every section are logically connected and linked to the main point of the section.

Transitions are present but are inconsistent.

10.3 Most ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the

section. Most ideas in every section are connected by transitions

Page 191: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

191

Evaluation: Grade should be awarded in final evaluation as per performance

(Note 1: - Problem has to be selected from given basket. Two dimensional Rubric based

design project process is provided below along with the time frame, weightage, assessment

levels and associated marks for the rubric based execution of project. )

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

√ √ √ √

Unit

mapping

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering Departments

Subject

Code-

MER-

401

Project

Teaching Learning Process

1. Two dimensional rubrics will be used to conduct and assessment of the project work.

2. One period will be allocated to impart learning and practice on Design thinking and

assessment of weekly work done by each group.

3. Internal assessment will carry 60 marks and final assessment will be 40 marks.

10.4 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the

section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by transitions.

10.5 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the

section; furthermore, the presentation identifies non-obvious, surprising, and/or counter-intuitive

aspects of the project in an appropriate section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by

transitions.

Page 192: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

192

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version:

2018

Project L T P C

B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 0 0 4

MER-451 Prerequisite: MER-401 Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

To obtain a hands-on experience in converting a small novel idea / technique into a working

model / prototype involving multi-disciplinary skills and / or knowledge and working in at

team.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basics principles to identify the topic/idea from different domains of Mechanical Engineering

for project work.

2 Examine the literature survey to identify gaps and define the objectives & scope of the work.

3 Generate and implement innovative ideas into product design ethically, considering social, health,

safety, legal and environmental aspects.

4 Perform and analyze the data individually or in team using appropriate tools and techniques of

mechanical engineering and project management

5 Conclude the results and express the same effectively in oral and written manners through

report and presentation.

Detailed Evaluation process in mentioned in the table below

Page 193: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

193

Phase Performance task Performance Quality level Time

Schedule

Weekly

Weightage

one Two Three Four Five

2 4 6 8 10

Project

Proposal

and data

Collection

Submission of Project Title

and Brief Description and

Formation of groups

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1st 5

A description of the product

Opportunity its social

Relevance, market need,

Data collection and

Literature Survey

2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2nd 5

Defining Objectives of the

projects, Sketches,

Techniques

3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3rd 5

Problem

Formulatio

n

Design Specifications /

Modules &

Techniques along

withProblem Formulation

4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4th 5

Final Concept, Detailed and

Assembly Drawings,

Financial Model / costing

Prototype / Coding leads to

Submission of Synopsis

5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5th 5

Fabrication

of

Prototype

Progress report on Building

Prototypes, drawings and

purchase requisition of

material

6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6th 5

Evaluation based on

Progress of Fabrication of

Prototypes requirements,

Constraints and

specifications

7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7th, 8th 5

Evaluation based on

Completeness of fabrication

and comprehensive report

8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 9th 5

Final

Presentatio

n and

Demonstrat

ion

/Internal

Viva

Presentatio

n

Complete Fabricated Project

including Technically

impressive report

9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 10th 15

Comprehension and

development of presentation

10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10th 5

Fluent speaking, correlation

with visual aids and query

handling

11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 10th 5

Selection and connectivity

of presentation material

12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 10th 5

Page 194: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

194

External

Viva and

presentatio

n

Complete Fabricated Project

including Technically

impressive report

9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

25

Comprehension and

development of presentation

10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Fluent speaking, correlation

with visual aids and query

handling

11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Selection and connectivity

of presentation material

12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 As per

Academic

Calendar

schedule

5

Level Assessment Rubrics

1.1-1.5 Viability / feasibility of the project Idea, its suitability, Novality of Idea, Innovation, Plagiarism

checking

2.1-2.5 Opportunities and social Relevance, market need, Data collection and Literature Survey

3.1-3.5 Definition of objectives, its attainment and validity, Completeness of Drawing

4.1-4.5 Detailed and assembly drawing, Techniques used, feasibility of Design and its completeness

5.1-5.5 Estimation and Cost calculation, availability of raw material and other accessories, formatting of

synopsis file, Plagiarism and Grammar check

6.1-6.5 Purchase requisition of material, accessories, order report and progress of order

7.1-7.5 Fabrication Plan of prototype, resources availability and role of individual in fabrication and daily

diary report, Problem faced and optimal solution

8.1-8.5 Critical Review on the Execution of fabrication plan, its completeness and final demonstration of

Prototype, Checking of design feasibility, actual performance, achievement of objective, benefit to

society

9.1 Lack of sufficient technical content and sophistication is evident in several components of the project

9.2 Project analyzes an insufficient amount of technical information in the development of a few feasible

solutions to meet the project objective.

9.3 Project analyzes a sufficient amount of pertinent technical information in the development of a few

feasible solutions to meet the project objective

9.4 Project analyzes a significant amount of pertinent technical information in the development of

several feasible solutions to meet the project objective.

9.5 Project analyzes a diverse and significant amount of pertinent technical information in the

development of several feasible solutions to meet the project objective. Project also incorporates and

analyzes possible solutions that seem counter-intuitive, surprising, or contrary to conventional

approaches

10.1 A few ideas in every section are logically connected, but they are not linked to the main point of the

section. Sections lack focus, organization, and transitions.

10.2 Some ideas in every section are logically connected and linked to the main point of the section.

Transitions are present but are inconsistent.

10.3 Most ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the

section. Most ideas in every section are connected by transitions

10.4 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the

section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by transitions.

Page 195: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

195

Evaluation: Grade should be awarded in final evaluation as per performance

(Note 1: - Problem has to be selected from given basket. Two dimensional Rubric based

design project process is provided below along with the time frame, weightage, assessment

levels and associated marks for the rubric based execution of project. )

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

√ √ √ √

Unit

mapping

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering Departments

Subject

Code-

MER-

451

Project

10.5 Almost all ideas in every section are logically developed and directly linked to the main point of the

section; furthermore, the presentation identifies non-obvious, surprising, and/or counter-intuitive

aspects of the project in an appropriate section. Almost all ideas in every section are connected by

transitions.

Page 196: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

196

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version:

2018

Technical Training L T P C

B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 2 0 MNG

MEY-358 Recapitulation of technical courses studied in 2nd year Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

To Enhance and boost the analytical, technical and problem solving ability of core courses in

order to improve competitive exam capability.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the concepts of Engineering Mechanics for solving the problems of statics and dynamics

2 Solve the problem related to Mechanics of Solids

3 Identify the the appropriate techniques for the solution of mechanical engineering problems

4 Utilize the the concepts of Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery

5 Organize the principle and operation of different Manufacturing techniques

Unit-1

1. Engineering Mechanics: Free-body diagrams and equilibrium; virtual work; kinematics and

dynamics of particles and of rigid bodies in plane motion; impulse and momentum collisions.

2. Mechanics of Materials: Stress and strain, elastic constants, Poisson's ratio; Mohr’s circle for

plane stress and plane strain; thin cylinders; shear force and bending moment diagrams; bending

and shear stresses; deflection of beams; torsion of circular shafts; Euler’s theory of columns;

energy methods; thermal stresses; strain gauges and rosettes; testing of materials with universal

testing machine; testing of hardness and impact strength.

Page 197: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

197

Unit-II

4. Theory of Machines: Displacement, velocity and acceleration analysis of plane mechanisms; dynamic

analysis of linkages; cams; gears and gear trains; flywheels and governors; balancing of reciprocating and

rotating masses; gyroscope.

5. Different types of castings, design of patterns, moulds and cores; solidification and cooling; riser and gating

design. Plastic deformation and yield criteria; fundamentals of hot and cold working processes; metal

forming processes; principles of powder metallurgy. Principles of welding, brazing, soldering and adhesive

bonding.

Unit-III

6. Machining and Machine Tool Operations: Mechanics of machining; basic machine tools;

single and multi-point cutting tools, tool geometry and materials, tool life and wear;

economics of machining; principles of non-traditional machining processes; principles of

work holding, design of jigs and fixtures

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping √ √ √ √ √ √

Unit

mapping

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering Departments

Subject

Code-

MEY-358

Technical Training

Page 198: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

198

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version:

2018

Technical Training L T P C

B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 2 0 MNG

MEY-404 Recapitulation of technical courses studied in 2nd and 3nd

year

Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

To Enhance and boost the analytical, technical and problem solving ability of core courses in

order to improve competitive exam capability.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Understand and apply the concepts of Engineering and applied thermodynamics

2 Solve the problem related to heat transfer utilizing conduction, convection and radiation

principles

3 Identify the the appropriate techniques for the solution of mechanical engineering problems

4 Utilize the the concepts of fluid mechanics for developing the solution of fluid statics and

dynamics problems

5 Organize the working principle and operation characteristics of fluid machinery

Unit-1

1. Thermodynamics: Thermodynamic systems and processes; properties of pure substances, behaviour of

ideal and real gases; zeroth and first laws of thermodynamics, calculation of work and heat in various

processes; second law of thermodynamics; thermodynamic property charts and tables, availability and

irreversibility; thermodynamic relations. Power Engineering: Air and gas compressors; vapour and gas

power cycles, concepts of regeneration and reheat. I.C. Engines: Air-standard Otto, Diesel and dual cycles

Unit-II

Page 199: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

199

2. Heat-Transfer: Modes of heat transfer; one dimensional heat conduction, resistance concept and electrical

analogy, heat transfer through fins; unsteady heat conduction, lumped parameter system, layer,

dimensionless parameters in free and forced convective heat transfer, heat transfer correlations for flow

over flat plates and through pipes, effect of turbulence; heat exchanger performance, LMTD and NTU

methods; radiative heat transfer, StefanBoltzmann law, Wien's displacement law, black and grey surfaces,

Unit-III

3. Fluid Mechanics: Fluid properties; fluid statics, manometry, buoyancy, forces on submerged bodies,

stability of floating bodies; control-volume analysis of mass, momentum and energy; fluid acceleration;

differential equations of continuity and momentum; Bernoulli’s equation; dimensional analysis; viscous

flow of incompressible fluids, boundary layer, elementary turbulent flow, flow through pipes, head losses

in pipes, bends and fittings.

4. Turbomachinery: Impulse and reaction principles, velocity diagrams, Pelton-wheel, Francis and Kaplan

turbines.

.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

√ √ √ √ √ √

Unit

mapping

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering Departments

Subject

Code-MEY-

404

Technical Training

Page 200: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

200

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version:

2018

Technical Training L T P C

B.E Mechanical Engineering 0 2 0 MNG

MEY-453 Recapitulation of technical courses studied in and 3nd year Total hours = 30

Course Objectives

To Enhance and boost the analytical, technical and problem solving ability of core courses in

order to improve competitive exam capability. Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to

1 Solve the problem on Design of Machine Elements like belt, rope, chain, gear, bearing, clutch

and brakes

2 Develope the solution of problem related to Refrigeration and Air conditioning

3 Apply the fundamentals of operation research for the optimization of engineering problems

4 Describe the principle of production planning and control

5 Utilize the the concepts of inventory control

Unit-1

1. Design for static and dynamic loading; failure theories; fatigue strength and the S-N diagram; principles of

the design of machine elements such as bolted, riveted and welded joints; shafts, gears, rolling and sliding

contact bearings, brakes and clutches, springs.

2. Limits, fits and tolerances; linear and angular measurements; comparators; gauge design; interferometry;

form and finish measurement; alignment and testing methods; tolerance analysis in manufacturing and

assembly

Unit-II

3. Refrigeration and air-conditioning: Vapour and gas refrigeration and heat pump cycles; properties of

moist air, psychrometric chart, basic psychrometric processes.

4. Computer Integrated Manufacturing: Basic concepts of CAD/CAM and their integration tools.

Unit-III

5. Production Planning and Control: Forecasting models, aggregate production planning, scheduling,

materials requirement planning.

Page 201: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

201

6. Inventory Control: Deterministic models; safety stock inventory control systems. Operations Research:

Linear programming, simplex method, transportation, assignment, network flow models, simple queuing

models, PERT and CPM.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

√ √ √ √ √ √

Unit

mapping

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering Departments

Subject

Code-MEY-

453

Technical Training

Page 202: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

202

INSTITUTIONAL

OPEN ELECTIVE

COURSES

Page 203: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

203

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

version

2017-18

Smart Materials and MEMS L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Basic Knowledge of Material Science Total hours =45

Course Objectives

MEN-351

• To provide overview of smart materials, their classification and properties of bio

materials used for implants

• To inculcate the fundamentals characteristics of MEMS & shape memory alloy

• To understand and apply the working principles of piezoelectric sensing and actuation

Course Outcomes On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Illustrate the basics concepts, behaviour and manufacturing technologies of various

Smart matrials.

2 Identify the various types of smart materials, their properties, actuation and

manufacturing techniques.

3 Classify the smart materials on the basis of different criteria and applications

4 Explain the the properties, processing and characteristics of MEMs, shape memory alloy in

different environments

5 Compare the charactristics, fabrication system, working principle and applications of different

smart materials.

Contents of the Syllabus UNIT- I

1. Smart Materials

Introduction of Smart Materials, Structures and Products Technologies Smart Materials (Physical

Properties) Piezoelectric Materials, Electro-strictive Materials, Magneto-strictive Materials, Magneto-

electric Materials ,Magneto-rheological Fluids, Electro-rheological Fluids (8 hours)

2. Modern Engineering Materials: Chromic materials (Thermo, Photo and Electro), Metallic glasses, Engineering Plastics, Bio- materials, classifications, properties of bio-materials, metallic and non-metallic implant materials for tissues, skin and bone replacement, bio sensors (7Hours)

Page 204: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

204

UNIT-II

3. Micro-electromechanical System: Introduction to miniaturization, overview of micro-

electromechanical systems, scaling analysis; Sand to wafer, wafer level processing: RCA clean, Oxidation,

Ion implantation, Physical vapor deposition, chemical vapor deposition, Epitaxy, sol-gel method, spin

coating (8 hours)

4. Shape Memory Materials and Alloy: Basic ofShape Memory, Materials and its Alloy, their

properties, Fiber-Optic, Conductors, Semi-conductors and Insulators, Organic and Inorganic materials,

Selection of materials for engineering applications (7 hours)

UNIT-III

5. Micro-fabrication: Photolithography, Thermal oxidation, Thin film deposition, etching types, Doping,

Dicing, Bonding; Microelectronics fabrication process flow, Silicon based, Process selection and design;

Polymers in MEMS (Polyimide, SU-8, LCP, PDMS,PMMA, Parylene etc) (8Hrs)

6. Piezoelectric Sensing and Actuation: Introduction, Cantilever Piezoelectric actuator model,

Properties of Piezoelectric materials, Applications. Magnetic Actuation: Concepts and Principles,

Magnetization and Nomenclatures, Fabrication and case studies, Comparison of major sensing and

actuation method (7Hrs)

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Smart Materials and Structures”, M.V.Gandhi and B.S.Thompson Chapmen & Hall, London, 1992

(ISBN:0412370107)

2. Smart Structures –Analysis and Design”, A.V.Srinivasan, Cambridge University Press, New York,

2001, (ISBN:0521650267

3. Foundation of MEMS, by Chang Liu. Pearson Education. (ISBN:9788131764756)

Reference Books:

1. M. Madou, Fundamentals of Microfabrication, CRC Press, 2nd Edition, 2002.

2. S.D. Senturia, Microsystem Design, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2001

3. N. Maluf, An Introduction to Microelectromechanical Systems Engineering, Artech House, 2nd

Edition, 2004.

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Page 205: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

205

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit mapping 1-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO/IOE MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject Code MEN-351

1. THERMAL AND

ENERGY GROUP

Page 206: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

206

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Heating Ventilations and Air Conditioning L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEA-351

To understand the underlying principles of HVAC, human comfort and

Psychometry

To understand the working of AC and design of ventilation system

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basic concepts of air conditioning, human comfort and ventilation in various

applications

2 Execute the concept of Psychrometry in air conditioning.

3 Examine the air conditioning systems on the basis of heating and cooling load.

4 Interpret the concepts of air conditioning and ventilation with real life applications.

5 Design the summer and winter air conditioning and ventilation system.

Contents of the Syllabus UNIT-I

1. Introduction: Purpose, application, explanation of air conditioning, need and methods of

ventilation. (3Hrs.)

2. Human Comfort: Comfort, thermal interchange with environment, physiological body

regulatory process against heat and cold, high and low temperature hazards, extreme

environment conditions, heat stress index, ASHRAE comfort standard, eco-friendly refrigerants

(6 Hrs.)

3. Psychometry: Evolution of air properties and Psychometry chart, basic processes like sensible

heating, sensible cooling, humidification/ dehumidification and their combination, steam and

adiabatic humidification, adiabatic mixing, bypass factor, sensible heat factor(6Hrs.)

UNIT-II

4. Basics of Refrigeration and AC working: Principle of air conditioning, vapour pressure,

different refrigeration and air conditioning cycle, components of air conditioning, description of

electrical circuit used in refrigerator, air conditioner and water cooler. (8 Hrs.)

Page 207: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

207

5. Summer and winter AC: Simple summer AC process, Room sensible heat factor, coil

sensible heat factor, ADP and winter AC. (7 Hrs.)

UNIT-III

6. Ventilation: Fundamental of good indoor air quality, need for building ventilation, effect of

R.H in building ventilation, types of ventilation system, supply system, exhaust system, (5 Hrs.)

7. Industrial Ventilation: case studies, Cinema hall, Auditorium, vehicle parking, plant room,

mines, need and threshold limit of contaminants(5Hrs.)

8. Ventilation system design: Exhaust duct, filter, blower, hood and chimney(5Hrs.)

Text Books:

3. Manohar Prasad, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1983

4. Arora C.P., Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1988.

Reference Books:

6. Stoecker N.F and Jones, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, TMH, New Delhi, 1982.

7. Roy. J. Dossat, Principles of Refrigeration, Pearson Education 1997

8. Jordon and Priester, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Prentice Hall of India, New

Delhi, 1985.

9. Dossat, R. J., Principles of Refrigeration, Pearson Education, Singapore (2004).

10. Ameen, A., Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi (2004).

Teaching –Learning Proces

3. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

4. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Page 208: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

208

Subject

Code MEA-351

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version 2018

GAS TURBINES L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: Thermodynamics Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEA-352

The course will prepare to understand the concepts of Gas Turbine to solve

practical engineering problems. It will enhance ability to address new

problems in the rapidly changing technological scenario.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the concepts of turbo-machinery for the solution of engineering problems

2 Classify the various types of Compressors, turbines and jet propulsion devices

3 Compare the performance of different types of Compressors, turbines and jet

propulsion devices

4 Determine the output parametrers of Compressors, turbines and jet propulsion

devices

5 Select the suitable compressor, turbines and jet propulsion devices for particular

applications

Contents of the Syllabus

UNIT – I

1. Centrifugal Compressor: (7 hours)

Construction and working of centrifugal air compressor, Complete representation of compression process

on T-S diagram, pre guide vanes, pre whirl phenomena, Consideration of Slip Factor & power input

factor, Geometrical representation of Backward, Forward & Radial vanes, Various efficiencies

associated-Isentropic, Polytrophic, Isothermal.

2. Axial Flow Compressor (8hours)

Geometry & Working principle, Stage Velocity Triangles, Degree of reaction, Theory of aero foil

blading, Vortex theory, angle of attack, coefficient of lift and drag, Work done factor, Compressor stage

Efficiency, Losses in axial flow compressor, Surging, Choking and Stalling phenomena, performance

coefficients, Compressor efficiency, Comparison of axial flow compressor with centrifugal compressor, Performance characteristics.

UNIT – II

3. Gas Turbine: (7 hours)

Page 209: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

209

Introduction, Classifications, Comparison between Open cycle and Closed cycle arrangement, Brayton

Cycle, Ideal cycle v/s actual cycle, Calculation of work output, work ratio and efficiencies, Effect of

parameters on thermal efficiency, Combustion systems, Thermal Refinement- Regeneration, inter-cooling,

reheating, Multistage compression & expansion, Closed and semi-closed gas turbine,; Gas turbine fuels. 4. Design considerations of Gas Turbine (8 hours)

Aerodynamic and thermodynamic design considerations, Combustion systems, Flame stabilization, Plant

performance and matching, Blade materials and requirements of blade materials.

UNIT – III

4. Jet Propulsion: (8 hours)

Principle of Jet propulsion, Different types of Jet propulsion devices - Ram Jet, Pulse Jet, Turbo-Jet, and

Turbo-Prop. Development of thrust and methods of thrust augmentation, Thrust work, Thrust power,

propulsion energy, Specific fuel consumption and efficiencies associated.

5. Rocket propulsion: (7 hours)

Rocket propulsion, Solid and Liquid propellant systems, fuels used in rockets, Thrust, thrust power,

propulsion and overall efficiency. Comparison of Jet Propulsion with Rocket propulsion system

Text Books:

1.R.S.Khurmi, A textbook of Thermal Engineering, S.Chand& Company Ltd.

2. R.K.Rajput, Thermal Engineering, Luxmi Publications (P) Ltd.

Recommended Books:

1. DrVasandani and DrD.S.Kumar, Heat Engineering, Metropolitan Book Co. Pvt. Ltd., Delhi

2. Cohan H. and Rogers, Gas Turbine , Tata McGraw Hill.

3. V Ganesha, Gas Turbines, Tata MacGraw Hill.

4. R. Yadav, Sanjay and Rajay, Applied Thermodynamics, Central Publishing House.

5. K. Soman, Thermal Engineering, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.

6. Gordon, C. D., Aero-thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsion AIAA Education Series.

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

Page 210: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

210

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEA-352

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version 2018 FINITE ELEMENTS METHODS L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEA-353

To make Students to understand the Concept of Finite Element Methods and their

Applications

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Understand the basic concepts of Finite Element Method (FEM)

2 Solve problems related to stiffness matrix and prismitic bar under axial loading

3 Model the bending of bar and plane truss structure

4 Examine the stress and strain in Plane Trusses, beams and CST elements

5 Evaluate heat transfer rate in steady state conditions and one dimensional pin fin

system

Contents of the Syllabus

UNIT I (15 Hrs)

1. INTRODUCTION

What is Finite Element Method (FEM), Examples Areas of Application; General Steps in Finite Element

Analysis; Examples of Finite Element Modeling (5 Hrs)

2. DIRECT STIFFNESS METHOD – SPRING ELEMENT

Derivation of the stiffness matrix; Example of a spring assemblage; Assembly of global stiffness matrix;

Types of boundary conditions; The Potential energy approach; Examples (5 Hrs)

3. PRISMATIC BAR UNDER AXIAL LOADING

Introduction; Finite Element Modeling – Element Division; Numbering Scheme; Coordinate and Shape

Functions; 3-4 The Potential Energy Approach; Assembly of Global Stiffness Matrix and Load Vector;

Treatment of Boundary Conditions; Temperature Effects; Examples. (5 Hrs)

UNIT II (15 Hrs)

4. BENDING OF BEAMS

Page 211: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

211

Introduction; The Potential energy approach; Finite Element Formulation; Element Stiffness Matrix; The

Element Force Vector; Boundary conditions; Shear Force and Bending Moment; Examples.(5 Hrs)

5. PLANE TRUSS STRUCTURE

Introduction; Plane Trusses; Coordinate Transformation – Local & Global Coordinate, The Element

Stiffness Matrix; Stress Calculations; Temperature Effects; Examples. (5 Hrs)

6. PLANE STRESS & STRAIN – CST ELEMENT

Introduction; Finite Element Modeling; Constant Strain Triangle (CST); Isoperimetric Representation;,

Potential Energy Approach - Element Stiffness; Force Terms; 6-6 Stress Calculations; Temperature

Effects; Examples (5 Hrs)

UNIT III (15 Hrs)

7. FINITE ELEMENT MODELING

Rectangular Plate; Plane Stress & Plane Strain Condition; Pipe Under Internal Pressure; Axisymmetric

Condition; Symmetry Consideration (5 Hrs)

8. ONE-DIMENSIONAL STEADY-STATE HEAT TRANSFER

Introduction; One-Dimensional Heat Conduction; The Governing Equation; Boundary Conditions; The

One-Dimensional Element; Functional Approach – The Element Conductivity Matrix and Heat Rate

Vector; Heat Flux Boundary Conditions; Examples. (5 Hrs)

9. ONE-DIMENSIONAL HEAT TRANSFER IN THIN FINS

Introduction; The Governing Equation; The Boundary Conditions; The Convection Matrix and Heat Rate

Vector; Global System of Linear Equations; Example 5 Hrs)

References:

1. T. R. Chandrupatla and A. D. Belegundu, “Introduction to Finite Elements inEngineering”, 2nd Edition,

Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1997

2. Daryl L. Logan, “A First Course in the Finite Element Method”, 2nd Edition, PWSPublishing

Company, Boston, 1993

3. K. C. Rockey, H. R. Evan, D. W. Griffiths, and D. A. Nethercot, “The Finite ElementMethod: A Basic

Introduction”, 2nd Edition, William Collins Sons & Co. Ltd., 1983.

4. K. H. Huebner, D. L. Dewhirst, D. E. Smith and T. G. Byron, “The Finite Element Methodfor

Engineers”, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 2001

5. J. N. Reddy, “An Introduction to the Finite Element Method”, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill,Inc., New

York, 1993.

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

Page 212: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

212

Category HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEA-353

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)

3. Set three questions from each unit I, II and III. Students will attempt 5 questions selecting

atleast one question from sections B, C & D. Each question carries 10 marks. Questions of

Section B will be from unit I, Questions of Section C from unit II and Questions of section D

from unit III.

Page 213: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

213

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Numerical Methods in Engineering L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Engineering Mathematics Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEA-354

To understand and apply the basics tools of numerical analysis that can be used to

address analytically intractable problems of engineering.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basics concepts of numerical analysis on solution of linear equations and ordinary

differential equations.

2 Solve the problems numerically using different iterative and direct methods.

3 Examine the procedure to solve the different numerical problems

4 Analyze the problems numerically using techniques of integration differentiation.

5 Evaluate the problems using different numerical methods.

Contents of the Syllabus Unit-1

1. Error Analysis: Types of errors, Propagation of errors, Correct and Significant digits (5 Hrs)

2. Solution of System of Linear Equations: Exact methods: LU-decomposition, Gauss-elimination

methods without and with partial pivoting. Iterative methods: Gauss-Jacobi and Gauss-Seidal methods,

Matrix norm, Condition number. (5Hrs)

3. Eigen values and Eigen vectors: Largest and Smallest eigen values and eigen vectors by power

method

(5Hrs)

Unit-II

4. Roots of Non-linear Equations: Bisection, RegulaFalsi, Newton–Raphson methods, Direct Iterative

method with convergence criterion, Extension of Newton-Raphson and Iterative methods for two

Page 214: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

214

variables. (5Hrs)

5. Finite Differences and Divided Differences: Operators, Difference table, Divided differences with

properties. (5Hrs

6. Interpolation: Interpolation Formulae: Newton’s forward, backward, Stirling’s and Bessel’s

formulae Newton’s divided difference and Lagrange’s formulae

(5Hrs)

Unit-III

7. Numerical Differentiation and Integration:Newtons formulae for first and second derivative with

errors. Newton-Cotes formulae, General quadrature formula for equidistant ordinates, Trapezoidal,

Simpson’s 1/3 and 3/8 rules with their geometrical interpretations & errors (9Hrs)

8. Numerical solution of Ordinary differential Equation : Picard, Taylor series, Modified-Euler,

Fourth order Runge-Kutta methods (6Hrs)

Text Books:

1 S.S. Sastry, Introductory Methods Of Numerical Analysis, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. (2007),

ISBN-13: 978-8120327610.

2. B.S. Grewal, Numerical Methods In Engineering & Science With Programs In Fortran 77, C & C++,

KhannaPublishers (2008), ISBN-13: 978-8174091468.

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC BS DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Page 215: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

215

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEA-354

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version 2018

Power plant Engineering L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: Thermal engineering Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEA-401

To impart the knowledge about various types of power plants and their

components and It will enhance ability to address new problems in the

rapidly changing technological scenario.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Explain the the concepts of power generation utilizing conventional and non-conventional

sources of energy.

2 Apply the principles and methodology of electricity generation in thermal power plants.

3 Classify the various conventional and non conventional power generation methods based

upon technical aspects

4 Distinguish the working and operational features of various components used in different

types power plants

5 Determine the performance of various elements used in different methods of power

generation

Contents of the Syllabus

UNIT – I

1. Introduction: Energy sources for generation of electric power, Principles of various types of

power plants-their special features and applications, current status and future scope. (4 hours)

2. Hydro-Electric Power Plants: Classifications, Components and their general layout,

hydroelectric survey, rainfall run-off, hydrograph, flow duration curve, mass curve, storage

capacity, Site selection. (6 hours)

3. Steam Power Plant: Introduction, Developing trends, Essential features, Site Selection, Coal-

its storage, preparation, handling, feeding and burning, Ash handling, dust collection, High

pressure boilers. (6 hours)

Page 216: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

216

UNIT – II

4. Diesel and Gas Turbine Power Plants: Field of use, components, Plant layout, Comparison

with stream power plants, Operation of combined steam and gas power plants. (5 hours)

5. Nuclear Power Plant: Nuclear fuels, nuclear energy, Main components of nuclear power

plant, Nuclear reactors-types and applications, Radiation shielding, radioactive waste disposal,

Safety aspects. (5 hours)

6. Non-Conventional Power Generation: Geothermal power plants, Tidal power plants, Wind

power plants, solar power plants, Electricity from city refuge. (5 hours)

UNIT – III

7. Direct Energy Conversion Systems: Thermoelectric conversion system, Thermionic

conversion system, Photo voltaic power system, Fuel Cells, Magneto-hydrodynamic system.

(6 hours)

8. Power Plant Economics: Load curves, Effect of load on power plant design, methods to meet

variable load, prediction of load, cost of electric energy, Selection of types of generation and

generating equipment, Performance and operating characteristics of power plants, Load division

among generators and prime movers. (8hours)

Text Books

1. P.K.Nag, Plant Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi

2. Nagpal, Power Plant Engineering,Khanna Publishers, New Delhi

3. Arora, Domkundwar, Power Plant Engineering, DhanpatRai * Sons, New Delhi

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject MEA-401

Page 217: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

217

Code

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version 2018

HEAT EXCHANGER DESIGN L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEA-402

The course is intended to build up necessary background for the design of

the various types of heat exchangers. To learn the thermal and stress

analysis on various parts of the heat exchangers

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the concepts of heat exchanger for the solution of engineering problems

2 Classify the various types of heat exchangers for different applications

3 Compare the performance of different types of heat exchangers on the basis of

various factors.

4 Determine the output parametrers of heat exchangers as per different situations

5 Select the suitable type of heat exchanger for particular applications

Contents of the Syllabus

UNIT – I

1. FUNDAMENTALS OF HEAT EXCHANGER : (7hours) Introduction, Types and application of heat exchanger, Temperature distribution and its implications types

– shell and tube heat exchangers – regenerators and recuperators – analysis of heat exchangers – LMTD

and effectiveness method

2. FLOW AND STRESS ANALYSIS: (8hours) Concept of rating and sizing, Effect of turbulence – friction factor – pressure loss – stress in tubes –

header sheets and pressure vessels – thermal stresses, shear stresses - types of failures.

UNIT – II

3. DESIGN ASPECTS: (8hours) Heat transfer and pressure loss – flow configuration – effect of baffles – effect of deviations from ideality,

design of double pipe, finned tube - shell and tube heat exchangers, simulation of heat exchangers.

4. COMPACT AND PLATE HEAT EXCHANGERS: (7hours)

Page 218: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

218

Types – merits and demerits – design of compact heat exchangers, performance influencing parameters -

limitations. Double pipe heat exchanger, NTU method

UNIT – III

5. PLATE HEAT EXCHANGERS:- (8 hours) Plate configurations, types of flow in plate heat exchanger, steps to plate heat exchanger, design of plate

heat exchangers – performance influencing parameters - limitations.

6. CONDENSERS AND COOLING TOWERS: (7 hours) Heat recovery process in condenser and cooling towers, Applications of condenser and cooling tower in

industry, Design of surface and evaporative condensers – cooling tower – performance characteristics

TEXT BOOK:

1. SadikKakac and Hongtan Liu, Heat Exchangers Selection, Rating and Thermal Design, CRC Press,

2002 REFERENCES 1. Arthur. P Frass, Heat Exchanger Design, John Wiley & Sons, 1988.

2. Taborek.T, Hewitt.G.F and Afgan.N, Heat Exchangers, Theory and Practice, McGraw-Hill Book Co.

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Paper setting instructions

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEA-402

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks

Page 219: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

219

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version 2018

SOLAR ENERGY L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: Thermal engineering Total hours = 41

Course Objectives

MEA-403

To understand characteristics of solar radiation, its global distribution, and

conversion methods of solar energy to heat and power.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Illustrate the terminology and measurement techniques in context of solar radiation

2 Apply the methods of calculation of solar radiation availability at a given location.

3 Analyze the performance of solar energy and its application for heating and cooling

purposes. 4 Evaluate Solar Performance and effect of Solar radiation upon different solar applications

5 Develop the Solar Electric Conversion Systems and their effects on environment.

Contents of the Syllabus

Unit-1 1. Solar Radiation: Introduction, solar system – sun, earth and earth-sun angles, time, derived

solar angles, estimation of solar radiation (direct and diffuse) (4 Hr)

2. Effect of Solar radiation upon structures: Steady state heat transmission, solar radiation

properties of surfaces, shading of surfaces, periodic heat transfer through walls and roofs.

Extraterrestrial radiation characteristics, Terrestrial radiation, solar insolation, spectral energy

distribution of solar radiation,l Depletion of solar radiation - Absorption, scattering. Beam

radiation, diffuse and Global radiation. Measurement of solar radiation – Pyrometer,

pyrheliometer, Sunshine recorder (6Hr)

Page 220: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

220

3. Solar Collectors: Flat plate and concentrating – comparative study, design and materials,

efficiency, selective coatings, heliostats. (5 Hr)

Unit-2

4.Solar Performance evaluation: Solar time - Local apparent time (LAT), equation of time (E).

Solar radiation geometry -Earth- Sun angles, Solar angles, Calculation of angle of incidence -

Surface facing due south,horizontal, inclined surface and vertical surface, Solar day length, Sun

path diagram – Shadow determination. Estimation of Sunshine hours at different places in India,

Calculationof total solar radiation on horizontal and tilted surfaces, Prediction of solar

radiationavailability (9 Hr)

5. Heating and cooling Applications of Solar Energy: Air and Water heating systems, thermal

storages, solar bonds, solar pumps, solar lighting systems, solar cookers, solar dryingof grains.

Continuous and intermittent vapor absorption systems for cooling applications, absorbent –

refrigerant combination, passive cooling systems (6Hr

Unit-3

6. Solar Electric Conversion Systems: Photo voltaic, solar cells, satellite solar powersystems.

Design of solar PV systems and cost estimation, Socio-economic and environmental, merits of

photovoltaic systems (6Hr)

7. Effects on Environment, economic scenario, ozone layer depletion, green house effect, global

warming, Remedial measures by international bodies. (5 Hr)

Text Books:

1. Solar Energy – S P Sukhatme, Tata McGraw Hill

2. Solar Energy Process – Duffie and Bechman, John Wiley

References:

1. Foster R., Ghassemi M., Cota A., “Solar Energy”, CRC Press, 2010.

2. Duffie J.A., Beckman W.A. “Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes”, 3rd ed., Wiley, 2006.

3. De Vos, A., “Thermodynamics of Solar Energy Conversion”, Wiley-VCH, 2008.

4. Garg H.P., Prakash J., “Solar Energy Fundamentals and Applications”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2005

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit I-III I-III I-III

Page 221: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

221

mapping

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEA-403

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks

Page 222: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

222

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version

2018

COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C

Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Fluid mechanics and Numerical

Methods

Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEA-404

To Develop an understanding of introductory concepts in computational fluid

mechanics with emphasis on the numerical solution of ordinary and partial differential

equations; solution of ODEs by numerical integration; finite difference and finite

volume methods for parabolic, elliptic, and hyperbolic PDEs

Course Outcome

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basics concepts of computational fluid dynamics for the solution of engineering

problems

2 Classify the various CFD methods on ther basis of different aspects

3 Compare the performance of various methods like numericals methods, finite volume methods

and numerical grid generation.

4 Determine the output parameters using different methods of CFD.

5 Select the suitable method for solution for Complex engineering problem

Contents of the Syllabus Unit-1

1. Basics of computational fluid dynamics (5 Hrs.)

Governing equations of fluid dynamics –Continuity, Momentum and Energy equations – Chemical

species transport – Physical boundary conditions – Time-averaged equations for Turbulent Flow –

Turbulent–Kinetic Energy Equations – Mathematical behavior of PDEs on CFD - Elliptic, Parabolic and

Hyperbolic equations.

2. Classification and Overview of Numerical Methods: (5 Hrs.)

Classification into various types of equation; parabolic elliptic and hyperbolic; boundary and initial

conditions; over view of numerical methods

Page 223: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

223

3. Finite difference Method: (5Hrs.)

Derivation of finite difference equations – Simple Methods – General Methods for first and second order

accuracy – solution methods for finite difference equations, Elliptic equations – Iterative solution

Methods, Parabolic equations – Explicit and Implicit schemes, Example problems on elliptic and

parabolic equations.

UNIT -2

4. Finite Volume Method for Diffusion: (7Hrs)

Finite volume formulation for steady state One, Two and Three -dimensional diffusion problems, One

dimensional unsteady heat conduction through Explicit, Crank –Nicolson and fully implicit schemes

5. Finite Volume Method for Convection Diffusion: (8 Hrs.)

Steady one-dimensional convection and diffusion – Central, upwind differencing schemes-properties of

discretization schemes – Conservativeness, Boundedness, Trasnportiveness, Hybrid, Power-law, QUICK

Schemes.

UNIT -3

6. Finite Element Methods: (8Hrs.)

Finite element methods; Rayleigh-Ritz, Galerkin and Least square methods; interpolation functions; one

and two dimensional elements; applications

7. Numerical Grid Generation: (7 Hrs.)

Numerical grid generation; basic ideas; transformation and mapping SIMPLE type methods; fractional

step methods

Text Books: 1. Computational Fluid Dynamics by J. Anderson

2. Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow by Suhas V. Patankar, Taylor & Francis.

Reference books:

1. Ferziger, J. H. and Peric, M. (2003). Computational Methods for Fluid Dynamics. Third Edition,

Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

2. Versteeg, H. K. and Malalasekara, W. (2008). Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics:

The Finite Volume Method. Second Edition (Indian Reprint) Pearson Education.

3. Anderson, D.A., Tannehill, J.C. and Pletcher, R.H. (1997). Computational Fluid Mechanics and

Heat Transfer. Taylor & Francis.

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Page 224: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

224

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO

5

PO

6

PO7 PO8 PO9 PO1

0

PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit mapping I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICA

L

TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject Code MEA-404

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version 2018

Operation Research L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEA-405

To identify and develop operational research models from the verbal description of the

real system.

To apply the mathematical tools which are needed to solve optimization problems

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basic concepts of operation research in engineering applications.

2 Develop the mathematical model from the real world situation.

3 Analyze the different operation research techniques/tools required to solve the engineering problems.

4 Evaluate the mathematical model to attain the optimum solution of the problem

5 Propose the Operation research technique to make effective management/business decisions.

Contents of the Syllabus UNIT – I (15 hrs)

1. Introduction to the operational research & its applications: Introduction to the operational

research & its applications

2. Linear programming: Mathematical formulations of LP Models for product-mix problems;

graphical and simplex method of solving LP problems; sensitivity analysis; duality

3. Transportation problem: Various method of finding Initial basic feasible solution and

optimal cost

UNIT – II (15hrs)

4. Assignment model: Assignment model, Algorithm and its applications

5. Forecasting: Introduction to forecasting, need or advantage of forecasting, forecasting

methods: qualitative and quantitative methods.

Page 225: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

225

6. Sequencing Problem: Johnsons Algorithm for n Jobs and Two machines, n Jobs and Three

Machines, Two jobs and m Machines Problems

UNIT – III (15Hrs)

7. Queuing Theory: Characteristics of M/M/I Queue model; Application of Poisson and

Exponential distribution in estimating Arrival Rate and Service Rate; Applications of Queue

model for better service to the customers

8. Project Management: Rules for drawing the network diagram, Application of CPM and

PERT techniques in project planning and control; Crashing and resource leveling of operations

Simulation and its uses in Queuing theory & Materials Management

9. Inventory Control:Inventory Models, Deterministic demand Model, Probabilistic demand

model and Model with risk, Inventory Costs,

Text/Reference Books:

1) Vohra- Quantitative Techniques in Management (Tata McGraw-Hill, 2nd edition), 2003.

2)P.K. Gupta and D.S. Hira,Operations Research S. Chand & Co.

3) Kothari- Quantitative Techniques 1996,

4) Akhilesh K B and Balasubramanyam S- Quantitative Techniques

5) J K Sharma- Operations Research (Pearson)

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

3.

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Page 226: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

226

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEA-405

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version 2018

Internal Combustion Engines L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: Basics of Automobile Engineering Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEA-451

The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts & working of

Internal combustion Engines and to solve problems related to engines.

It will enhance ability to address new problems in the rapidly changing

technological scenario.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Illustrate the operating cycle, air-fuel ratio, combustion phenomenon,

supercharging and performance testing of IC engine 2 Distinguish the constructional features, working principle and performance

characteristics of S.I & C.I engines 3 List down the specification of thermodynamic cycles, different fuels, fuel supply

system and combustion characteristics in SI & C.I engines 4 Analyze the operating cycles, combustion phenomenon and performance testing

of engine 5 Select the engine for particular application under different conditions and

parameters

Contents of the Syllabus UNIT – I

1. Introduction to IC Engines: (5 hours)

Page 227: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

227

Definition of Engine, Heat Engine, Classification, Engine components, Application of IC Engines, Air

Standard Cycle, Carnot Cycle, Otto Cycle, Diesel cycle, Dual Cycle, Thermodynamics Analysis of these

cycles.

2. Actual Working of I.C. Engine: (5 hours) Working of 4 stroke petrol & diesel engines and their valve timing diagram, working of 2-stroke petrol &

diesel engines & their valve timing diagrams, comparison of two stroke & four stroke engines,

Construction and Working Principle of Wankel rotary engine

3. Fuel Air Cycles and their analysis: (5 hours) Introduction to fuel air cycles and their significance, composition of cylinder gases, variable specific heats,

Dissociation, effect of no. of moles, comparison of air standards & fuel air cycles, effect of operating

variable like compression ratio, fuel air ratio, actual cycles and their analysis; Difference between Actual

and Fuel-Air Cycle

UNIT – II

4. IC Engine Fuels: (5 hours) Introduction, types of fuels, solid, liquid and gaseous fuels, chemical structure of petroleum, petroleum

refining process, important qualities of S.I. &C.I.Engine fuels and their rating. Combustion of fuels;

Calorific valves of fuels, combustion equation for hydrocarbon fuels, determination of minimum air

required for combustion, conversions of volumetric analysis of mass analysis.

5. Fuel Supply System: (5 hours) Fuel Supply System and fuel pumps, properties of air fuel mixture, a sample carburetor an its working,

Actual air fuel ratio of single jet carburetor, Mechanical injection systems: classification of injection

systems, injection pump, injection pump governor, mechanical governor, Fuel Injector, Fuel Filters. CRDI system, MPFI system in SI and CI Engines,

6. Combustion in S.I. & C.I. Engines: (5 hours) Stages of Combination in S.I. & C.I. Engines, Flame propagation, factor influencing the flame speed,

ignition lag and factors affecting the lag, Abnormal combustion and knocking, control and measurement

of knock, rating of S.I. Engine fuels and anti-knock agents, combustion chambers of S.I. Engines. UNIT – III

7. Supercharging: (7 hours) Introduction, purpose of supercharging, type of superchargers, performance of superchargers,

Arrangement of Supercharger and its installation, Turbo charged engines, supercharging of S.I. & C.I.

Engines. Limitations of supercharging

8. Performance & Testing of I.C Engine: (8 hours) Measurement of brake horse power, indicated horse power, measurement of speed, air consumption, fuel

consumption, heat carried by cooling water, heat carried by the exhaust gases, heat balance sheet,

governing of I.C. Engines, performance characteristics of I.C. Engines: Performance parameters,

performance maps.

Books:

1. Internal Combustion Engines by V. Ganesan, Prentice Hall of India

2. A Course in Internal Combustion Engines by Damundwar by DhanpathRai&Sons

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Page 228: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

228

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEA-451

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

Paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks

Page 229: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

229

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version 2018

Energy Conservation and Management L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEA-452

The fundamental goal of energy management is to produce goods and to

provide services with the least cost and least environmental effect.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the principle of energy conservation, auditing, energy issues and economic

analysis

2 Classify the various energy conservation techniques, energy auditing systems, energy

issues and economic analysis methods

3 Compare the various types of energy conservation techniques, energy auditing systems,

energy issues, renewable energy resources and economic analysis methods

4 Inspect the problems of energy consumption, energy audit, energy management,

environmental issues and source of continuous power

5 Choose the suitable energy conservation technique considering energy consumption,

auditing and environmental concepts

Contents of the Syllabus

Unit-1

Page 230: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

230

1. Introduction to energy, Sources of energy, Forms of energy, Energy reserves, renewable Energy

sources, Units of energy and the laws of thermodynamics, Energy consumption Energy database, Energy

demand analysis, Costs of exploration and utilization of delectable resources, energy pricing, National

energy plan. (8hr)

2. Energy audit concepts, Energy audit based on 1st law and 2nd law of thermodynamics, Energy audit

Instruments, Evaluation of energy conserving Opportunities, Economic analysis and life cycle costing.

(7hr)

Unit-2

3. Energy conservation areas, Energy transmission and storage, Plant wide energy Optimization Models,

Data base for energy management, Energy conservation through Controls, Computer aided energy

management, Program organization and methodology. (7hr)

4. Electrical energy conservation in building lighting, heating, ventilating and air Conditioning, Energy

efficient motor, power factor improvement in power systems, Energy audit of Boilers, Turbines,

compressors, Pumps, Heat Exchangers, Use of industrial, wastes (8hr)

Unit-3

5. Energy environment interaction, Environmental issues, Global warning, Carbon dioxide Emissions,

Depletion of ozone layer, Government's regulations, Energy economy Interaction (7hr)

6. Sources of continuous power; wind and water; geothermal; tidal and solar power; MHD,fuel cells;

hydrogen as fuel. Cost analysis; capacity; production rate; system rate; system cost analysis; production

analysis and production using fuelinventories; input-output analysis; economics; tariffs.

(8hr)

Text Books:

1. Energy Management and condevtion, by Clive Beggs, Butterwoth- Heinemann Elsevier Science.

2. Optimizing Energy Efficiency in the Industry, By Rajan, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers.

References:

1.Krentz, J. H., Energy Conservation and Utilisation, Allyn and Bacur Inc., 1976.

2.Gramlay, G. M., Energy, Macmillan Publishing Co., New York, 1975.

3. Rused, C. K., Elements of Energy Conservation, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1985.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Page 231: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

231

Subject

Code MEA-452

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

Paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version 2018

NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY

RESOURCES

L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEA-453

To introduce the student about solar energy its radiation, collection, storage and

application.

It also introduces the Wind energy, Biomass energy, Geothermal energy and ocean

energy as alternative energy sources.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the concepts of various non conventional enery resources for the solution of

engineering problems

2 Categorize the various types of non conventional energy resources on the basis of

different factors

3 Distinguish the different types of solar cells, geothermal energy systems, MHD,

thermo-electric conversion, wind, tidal and bio mass energy systems

4 Inspect the performance characteristics of different types of non conventional

energy resources

5 Choose the suitable type of non conventional energy technique for particular

application

Contents of the Syllabus

Unit-1 1. Introduction: Various non-conventional energy resources- Introduction, availability, classification,

relative merits and demerits, energy consumption as a measure of Nation's development; strategy for

meeting the future energy requirements (4 Hr)

Page 232: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

232

2. Solar Cells: Theory of solar cells. Solar cell materials, solar cell power plant, limitations. Solar

radiation flat plate collectors and their materials, applications and performance, focusing of collectors and

their materials, applications and performance; solar thermal power plants, thermal energy storage for solar

heating and cooling, limitations. (7 Hr)

3. Geothermal Energy: Resources of geothermal energy, thermodynamics of geo-thermal energy

conversion-electrical conversion, non-electrical conversion, types, constructional features and associated

prime movers, environmental considerations. (4 Hr)

Unit-2

4. Magneto-hydrodynamics (MHD) and Fuel cells: Principle of working of MHD Power plant,

performance and limitations. Principle of working of various types of fuel cells and their working,

performance and limitations (7Hr)

5. Thermo-electrical and thermionic Conversions: Thermo-electric effects and materials; thermo-

electric devices and types of thermo-electric generators; thermo-electric refrigeration. Thermionic

generators: thermionic emission and materials; working principle of thermionic convertors

(8Hr)

Unit-3

6.Wind Energy: Principle of wind energy conversion; Basic components of wind energy conversion

systems; wind mill components, various types and their constructional features; design considerations of

horizontal and vertical axis wind machines: analysis of aerodynamic forces acting on wind mill blades

and estimation of power output; wind data and site selection considerations (7Hr)

7.Tidal and wave energy: Basic principles and components of tidal and wave energy plants; single basin

and double basin tidal power plants; conversion devices (3Hr)

8.Bio Mass-Bio-mass: Concept of bio-mass conversion, photo-synthesis and bio-gasification; Bio gas

generators and plants - their types constructional features and functioning, digesters and their design; Fuel

properties of bio gas and community bio gas plants (5 Hr)

Text Books:

1. Solar Energy: Fundamentals and Applications by H.P. Garg& Jai Prakash, TataMcGraw Hill

2. Soar Energy: Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage by SP Sukhatme, TataMcGraw Hill

Reference books:

1. Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes by Duffic and Beckman, John Wiley

2. Energy Conversion by Chang; Prentice Hall

3. Direct Energy Conversion by Soo; Prentice Hall

4. Fuel Cells by Bockris and Srinivasan; McGraw Hill

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I- III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Page 233: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

233

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEA-453

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version 2018

INDUSTRIAL SAFETY L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEA-454

The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts of safety at

work place & basics of work place requirements.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Illustrate the concept of plant and equipment design related with industrial safety

perspective at work place.

2 Identify the need of industrial safety in heating, ventilation, lightning, noise,

vibration and maintenance of environmatal standards

3 List the various safety measure for heating, ventilation, lightning, noise, vibration

and maintenance of environmatal standards

4 Inspect the problems and remedial action for the heating, ventilation, lightning,

noise, vibration and environmental hazards

5 Choose the appropriate technique for the control and maintenance of heating,

ventilation, lightning, noise, vibration and environmental hazards

Contents of the Syllabus

Unit-I

1. Meaning & need for safety: Relationship of safety with plant design, equipment design and work

environment, Industrial accidents, their nature, types and causes. Assessment of accident costs; prevention

of accidents, Industrial hazards, Hazard identification techniques, Accident investigation, reporting and

analysis (5 hours)

2. Planning for safety: Definition, purpose, nature, scope and procedure. Range of planning, variety of

plans, Policy formulation and implementation of safety policies (5 hours)

Page 234: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

234

3. Safety measures: Safety measure in a manufacturing organization, safety and economics, safety and

productivity. Employee’s participation in safety, Safety standards and legislation (5 hours)

Unit-II

4. Environmental Control: Meaning of environment and need for environmental control Environmental

factors in industry. Effect of temperature, Illumination, humidity noise and vibrations on human body and

mind, Measurement and mitigation of physical and mental "fatigue" Basics of environment design for

improved efficiency and accuracy at work (7 hours)

5. Ventilation and heat Control: Purpose of ventilation. Physiology of heat regulation, Thermal

environment and its measurement, Thermal comfort, Indices of heat stress. Thermal limits for comfort,

efficiency and freedom from health risk. Natural ventilation, Mechanical ventilation, Air conditioning

Process ventilation, Control of heat exposures: control at source, insulation, and local exhaust ventilation.

Control of radiant heat, dilution ventilation, Local relief (8hours)

Unit-III

6. Industrial Lighting: Purpose of lighting, benefits of good illumination. Phenomenon of lighting and

safety, Lighting and the work, Sources and types of artificial lighting, Principles of good illumination,

Recommended optimum standards of illumination, Design of lighting installation, Maintenance standards

relating to lighting and colour (7 hours)

7. Noise & Vibrations: Continuous and impulse noise. The effect of noise on man, Noise measurement

and evaluation of noise, Noise isolation Noise absorption techniques, Silencers vibrations: Effect,

measurement and control measures (6 hours)

8. Environment Standards: Introduction to ISO 14000; Environment standards for representative

industries. (2 hours)

BOOKS: 1. Ventilation by Joselin, Edward Arnold

2. Noise Reduction by Beranek, Mcgraw Hill

3. Modern Safety and health Technology by DC Reamer; R. Wiley

4. Industrial Accident Prevention by Heinrich, HW; McGraw Hill

5. The process of Hazard Control by Firenze, RJ; Kendale

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject MEA-454

Page 235: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

235

Code

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)

2. DESIGN

Page 236: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

236

GROUP

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Vibrations, Noise and Harshness L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEB-351

To familiarize the students with the sources of vibration and concept of damping and to

make design modifications to reduce the vibration and noise and improve the life of the

components.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Explain the fundamentals of mechanical vibrations

2 Solve the problems related to various types of vibration system

3 Examine the concepts of Vibration control and its application

4 Determine the Mechanical Vibration in engineering designs

5 Compare the tools used for Vibration control for controlling noise and harshness.

Contents of the Syllabus UNIT – 1

1. Fundamentals of Vibrations (6hrs)

Importance and scope, Definition and terminology, Representation of harmonic motions: vector

and complex methods, Introduction to various types of vibrations and types of excitation,

Methods of vibration analysis, D’Alemberts Principle and applications

2. Single Degree of Freedom System (9 hrs)

Page 237: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

237

Energy method, Rayleigh method, simple applications of these methods, Equivalent spring

stiffness, Torsional vibrations, Damping models (viscous damping, structural damping, and

coulomb damping), Over-damped case, critically damped case, under-damped system,

Logarithmic decrement.

UNIT – 2

3. Single Degree of Freedom System-Forced Vibrations (4 hrs)

Solution for simple harmonic excitation, Steady state vibrations, Base excitation, Vibration

isolation and transmissibility, Vibration measuring instruments, Whirling of shaft without

friction.

4. Two Degree of Freedom Systems (5 hrs)

Undamped Vibrations and applications

Normal modes vibrations, natural frequencies, Mode shapes, forced harmonic vibrations,

Torsional vibrations of two rotor systems.Dynamic vibration absorber, Centrifugal pendulum

absorber, Torsional vibration absorber, Un-tuned vibration damper

5. Multi-Degree of Freedom Systems: (6 hrs)

Undamped free vibrations, Influence coefficients, Generalised coordinates, Orthogonality

principal, Matrix alteration methods, Rayleigh and Dunkerley, Holzer's , stodola method, Eigen

values &eigen vectors.

UNIT – 3

6. Continuous Systems: (8hrs)

Free vibration of the following for various end conditions: Vibration of a string, longitudinal

vibrations of bar, Transverse vibration of beam, Torsional vibrations of circular shaft.

7. Noise and Harshness (7 hrs)

Basics of noise, Introduction, Physiological effects, amplitude, frequency, wavelength, Pressure level,

noise dose level,Measurement and analysis of noise, Methods for control of noise - Mechanical noise -

Sound enclosures, Acoustic barriers, Noise and Loudness, Hearing Mechanism, Weighted Networks,

Noise standards, introduction to harshness.

Books

1. Mechanical Vibrations by GK Grover, Nem Chand and Bros., Roorkee.

2. Mechancial Vibrations by KK Pujara, DhanpatRai and Sons, Delhi.

3. Mechanical Vibrations by V.P.Singh, DhanpatRai and Co.(P) Ltd., Delhi.

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

Page 238: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

238

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEB-351

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version 2018

FRACTURE MECHANICS L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: Mechanics of Solids Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEB-352

To understand the theory of elasticity and plasticity, Fracture mechanism

and methods of energy intensity methods

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the Principles of theory of elasticity, plasticity, Griffith theory of

fracture and fracture evaluating methods 2 Solve problems related to Transient Vibrations, Griffith theory of fracture,

Torsional oscillations of a circular shaft, Numerical Methods, Finite Elements

(FE) and Finite Differences (FD) 3 Classify the various fracture mechanius techniques on different approaches

4 Examine the problems on the different theories of fracture mechanics

5 Select the suitable theory of fracture of the analysis of particular component

Contents of the Syllabus

UNIT- I 1. Theory of Elasticity and Plasticity

Notion of stress, Principal Stresses and Principal Coordinates, Maximum Shearing Stress,

Hydrostatic and Deviatoric Stress Tensors, Equilibrium Equations and BoundaryConditions(8 hrs)

2. Theory of Elasticity and Plasticity (Continued)

Page 239: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

239

Notion of Strain, Compatibility Equations, Generalized Hoke’s Law, General Formulation of Elastic

Problem, Principle of Superposition, Strain Energy, The Plane Problem of Elasticity, Tresca’s and

von-Mises’ Yield Criteria (7 hrs)

UNIT - II 3. Griffith’s Fracture Criterion – the Energy Balance Approach

Irwin’s Fracture Criterion – the Stress Approach, Methods for Evaluating Stress Intensity Factors,

Analytical Solutions, Exact Solutions, (7hrs)

4. Fracture Evaluating Methods:Energy Approach, Green’s Function, Schwartz Alternating

Method, Semi-Analytical Solutions, Collocations, Conformal Mapping (8hrs)

UNIT-III 5. Methods for Evaluating Stress Intensity Factors

Numerical Methods, Finite Elements (FE), Finite Differences (FD), Boundary Integral

Equations(BIE),

(8 hrs)

6. Experimental Methods: Compliance Method, Photo elasticity, Interferometry and Holography

(7hrs)

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEB-352

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

Page 240: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

240

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)

3. Set three questions from each unit I, II and III. Students will attempt 5 questions selecting

at least one question from sections B, C & D. Each question carries 10 marks. Questions of

Section B will be from unit I, Questions of Section C from unit II and Questions of section D

from unit III.

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version 2018 FINITE ELEMENTS METHODS L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: Thermal Engineering Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEB-353

To Prepare the students to understand the Concept of Finite Element Methods And

Their Applications in real life situations of mechanical engineering design.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Understand the basic concepts of Finite Element Method (FEM)

2 Solve problems related to stiffness matrix and prismitic bar under axial loading

3 Model the bending of bar and plane truss structure

4 Examine the stress and strain in Plane Trusses.

5 Evaluate heat transfer rate in steady state conditions and one dimensional pin fin

system

Contents of the Syllabus

UNIT I (15 Hrs)

1. INTRODUCTION

What is Finite Element Method (FEM), Examples Areas of Application; General Steps in Finite Element

Analysis; Examples of Finite Element Modeling (5 Hrs)

2. DIRECT STIFFNESS METHOD – SPRING ELEMENT

Derivation of the stiffness matrix; Example of a spring assemblage; Assembly of global stiffness matrix;

Types of boundary conditions; The Potential energy approach; Examples (5 Hrs)

Page 241: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

241

3. PRISMATIC BAR UNDER AXIAL LOADING

Introduction; Finite Element Modeling – Element Division; Numbering Scheme; Coordinate and Shape

Functions; 3-4 The Potential Energy Approach; Assembly of Global Stiffness Matrix and Load Vector;

Treatment of Boundary Conditions; Temperature Effects; Examples. (5 Hrs)

UNIT II (15 Hrs)

4. BENDING OF BEAMS

Introduction; The Potential energy approach; Finite Element Formulation; Element Stiffness Matrix; The

Element Force Vector; Boundary conditions; Shear Force and Bending Moment; Examples.(5 Hrs)

5. PLANE TRUSS STRUCTURE

Introduction; Plane Trusses; Coordinate Transformation – Local & Global Coordinate, The Element

Stiffness Matrix; Stress Calculations; Temperature Effects; Examples. (5 Hrs)

6. PLANE STRESS & STRAIN – CST ELEMENT

Introduction; Finite Element Modeling; Constant Strain Triangle (CST); Isoperimetric Representation;,

Potential Energy Approach - Element Stiffness; Force Terms; 6-6 Stress Calculations; Temperature

Effects; Examples (5 Hrs)

UNIT III (15 Hrs)

7. FINITE ELEMENT MODELING

Rectangular Plate; Plane Stress & Plane Strain Condition; Pipe Under Internal Pressure; Axisymmetric

Condition; Symmetry Consideration (5 Hrs)

8. ONE-DIMENSIONAL STEADY-STATE HEAT TRANSFER

Introduction; One-Dimensional Heat Conduction; The Governing Equation; Boundary Conditions; The

One-Dimensional Element; Functional Approach – The Element Conductivity Matrix and Heat Rate

Vector; Heat Flux Boundary Conditions; Examples. (5 Hrs)

9. ONE-DIMENSIONAL HEAT TRANSFER IN THIN FINS

Introduction; The Governing Equation; The Boundary Conditions; The Convection Matrix and Heat Rate

Vector; Global System of Linear Equations; Example 5 Hrs)

References:

1. T. R. Chandrupatla and A. D. Belegundu, “Introduction to Finite Elements inEngineering”, 2nd Edition,

Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1997

2. Daryl L. Logan, “A First Course in the Finite Element Method”, 2nd Edition, PWSPublishing

Company, Boston, 1993

3. K. C. Rockey, H. R. Evan, D. W. Griffiths, and D. A. Nethercot, “The Finite ElementMethod: A Basic

Introduction”, 2nd Edition, William Collins Sons & Co. Ltd., 1983.

4. K. H. Huebner, D. L. Dewhirst, D. E. Smith and T. G. Byron, “The Finite Element Methodfor

Engineers”, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 2001

5. J. N. Reddy, “An Introduction to the Finite Element Method”, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill,Inc., New

York, 1993.

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Page 242: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

242

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEB-353

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)

3. Set three questions from each unit I, II and III. Students will attempt 5 questions selecting

atleast one question from sections B, C & D. Each question carries 10 marks. Questions of

Section B will be from unit I, Questions of Section C from unit II and Questions of section D

from unit III

Page 243: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

243

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version

2018

Numerical Methods in Engineering L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Engineering Mathematics Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEB-354

To understand and apply the basics tools of numerical analysis that can be used to

address analytically intractable problems of engineering.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basics concepts of numerical analysis on solution of linear equations and ordinary

differential equations.

2 Solve the problems numerically using different iterative and direct methods.

3 Examine the procedure to solve the different numerical problems

4 Analyze the problems numerically using techniques of integration differentiation.

5 Evaluate the problems using different numerical methods.

Contents of the Syllabus Unit-1

Error Analysis: Types of errors, Propagation of errors, Correct and Significant digits (5 Hrs)

Solution of System of Linear Equations: Exact methods: LU-decomposition, Gauss-elimination

methods without and with partial pivoting. Iterative methods: Gauss-Jacobi and Gauss-Seidal methods,

Matrix norm, Condition number. (5Hrs)

Eigen values and Eigen vectors: Largest and Smallest eigen values and eigen vectors by power method

Page 244: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

244

(5Hrs)

Unit-II

Roots of Non-linear Equations: Bisection, RegulaFalsi, Newton–Raphson methods, Direct Iterative

method with convergence criterion, Extension of Newton-Raphson and Iterative methods for two

variables. (5Hrs)

Finite Differences and Divided Differences: Operators, Difference table, Divided differences with

properties. (5Hrs

Interpolation: Interpolation Formulae: Newton’s forward, backward, Stirling’s and Bessel’s formulae

Newton’s divided difference and Lagrange’s formulae (5Hrs)

Unit-III

Numerical Differentiation and Integration:Newtons formulae for first and second derivative with

errors. Newton-Cotes formulae, General quadrature formula for equidistant ordinates, Trapezoidal,

Simpson’s 1/3 and 3/8 rules with their geometrical interpretations & errors (9Hrs)

Numerical solution of Ordinary differential Equation : Picard, Taylor series, Modified-Euler, Fourth

order Runge-Kutta methods (6Hrs)

Text Books:

1 S.S. Sastry, Introductory Methods Of Numerical Analysis, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. (2007),

ISBN-13: 978-8120327610.

2. B.S. Grewal, Numerical Methods In Engineering & Science With Programs In Fortran 77, C & C++,

KhannaPublishers (2008), ISBN-13: 978-8174091468.

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3

UC BS DC DE UO MNG

Page 245: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

245

Category HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEB-354

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version 2018

TRIBOLOGY L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEB-401

1. To introduce tribology as an important design consideration that affects the

performance of engine and automotive elements.

2. To learn different types, modeling and performance considerations in

bearing.

3. To introduce concepts in friction and wear phenomena.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the concepts of tribology for analysis of engineering surfaces

2 List the various types of surface modification techniques, friction and wear

phenomenon, lubricant, its regimes and types of lubrication systms

3 Compare the various types of surface modification techniques, friction and wear

phenomenon, lubricant, its regimes and types of lubrication systms

4 Analyze the problems related to friction, wear and lubrication in different systems

5 Choose the suitable lubrication system for particular application under different

conditions

Contents of the Syllabus

Unit-I (15hrs)

Page 246: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

246

1. Engineering Surfaces: Topography of Engineering Surfaces – Surface parameters- Geometric –

Statistical parameters – Measurements - Surface contact - Types of contact – Hert’z theory of elastic

contact.

2. Surface modification - Transformation hardening - Thermo-chemical process - Laser - Electron

beams and Plasma treatment

Unit-II (15hrs)

3. Friction and wear: Friction – Laws of friction - Stick-slip phenomenon- Friction characteristics of

metals and non-metals - Adhesion and Ploughing theory of friction- Measurement of friction. Wear -

Wear mechanisms – Interfacial wear and Chemical wear-Wear measurements-Ferrograpghy and oil

analysis.

4. Lubricants and Lubrication regimes: Types of Lubricants - Physical Properties – Viscosity,

Viscosity Index - Testing principles - Lubricant additives. Lubrcation regimes- Lamda ratio –

Hydrodynamic – Elastohydrodynamic - Hydrostatic - Boundary and Solid lubrication

Unit-III (15hrs)

5. Hydrodynamic Lubrication: Fluid film in simple shear – Mechanism of pressure development in

a convergent film– Pressure induced and velocity induced flows- Reynolds equation for fluid film

lubrication – Long bearing and short bearing approximations- Load carrying capacity - Sommerfield

Number – Friction -Thermal equilibrium

6. Materials and Applications: Materials for rolling element bearings - Fluid film bearings - Dry

bearings. Technological Applications of tribology - Automotive Tribology

Text Book: 1. Prasanta Sahoo, (2009) Engineering Tribology, PHI Learning Private Limited.

Reference: 1. Bowden, F.P. & Tabor, D.,(2001) Friction and Lubrication of solids, Oxford University press.

2. Neale, M.J., Tribology ,(1999), Hand Book, Butterworth.

3. Fuller D.D., (1999),Theory and practice of Lubrication for engineers, John Wiley sons.

4. Bharat Bhushan, (2002), Introduction to tribology, John Wiley and Sons.

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Page 247: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

247

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC BS DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEB-401

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version 2018

PRESSURE VESSEL DESIGN L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEB-402

To impart knowledge about stresses in cylindrical, spherical vessels, Theory of

rectangular plates, Pressure vessel materials in different environment.

To Prepare the student to evaluate the Stress concentrations in a cylindrical vessel

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Identify the various materials, methods and design methodologies of pressure

vessels. 2 Classify the different types of preesure vessels, stresses induced, materials, working

environments and design features. 3 Examine the behavior of pressure vessel under different materials, theories and

design condiderations 4 Evaluate the impact of stresses induced in pressure vessels considering different

geometries, methodologies, loading conditions and design features. 5 Select the suitable type of pressure for particular applications

Contents of the Syllabus

UNIT – I

1. Introduction, Materials- shapes of Vessels –stresses in cylindrical spherical and arbitrary, shaped

shells. Cylindrical Vessels subjected to internal pressure, wind load bending and torque-ilation of pressure

vessels –conical and tetrahedral vessels. Theory of thick cylinders; Shrink fit stresses in built up cylinders,

auto freltage of thick cylinders Thermal stresses in Pressure Vessels. (8 hrs)

Page 248: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

248

2. Theory of rectangular plates: Pure bending – different edge conditions. Theory circular plates:

Simple support and clamped ends subjected to concentrated and uniformly distributed loads-stresses from

local loads. Design of dome bends, shell connections, flat heads and cone openings. (7hrs)

UNIT – II

3. Discontinuity stresses in pressure vessels: Introduction beam on an elastic foundation, infinitely long

beam semi infinite beam, cylindrical vessel under axially symmetrical loading, extent and significance of

load deformations on pressure vessels, discontinuity stresses in vessels, stresses in a bimetallic joints,

deformation and stresses in flanges. (7hrs)

4. Pressure vessel materials and their environment: Introduction ductile material tensile tests, structure

and strength of steel Leuder’s lines determination of stress patterns from plastic flow observations,

behavior of steel beyond the yield point, effect of cold work or strain hardening on the physical properties

of pressure vessel steels fracture types in tension. Toughness of materials, effect of neutron irradiation of

steels, fatigue of metals, fatigue erack growth fatigue life prediction cumulative fatigue damage stress

theory of failure of vessels subject to steady state and fatigue conditions. (8 hrs)

Unit-III

5. Stress concentrations: Influence of surface effects on fatigue, effect of the environment and other

factors on fatigue life thermal stress fatigue creep and rupture of metals at elevated temperatures,

hydrogen embitterment of pressure vessel steels brittle fracture effect of environment on fracture

toughness, fracture toughness relationships criteria for design with defects, significance of fracture

mechanics evaluations, effect of warm pre stressing on the ambient temperature toughness of pressure

vessel steels. (8 hrs)

6. Design features: Localized stresses and their significance, stress concentration at a variable thickness

transition section in a cylindrical vessel, stress concentration about a circular hole in a plate subject to

tension, elliptical openings, stress concentration, stress concentration factors for position , dynamic and

thermal transient conditions, theory of reinforced openings and reinforcement, placement and shape

fatigue and stress concentration. (7hrs)

Books

• J. Spence, "Pressure Vessel Design: Concepts and principles" Taylor & Francis

• Pressure Vessel Design Manual, Fourth Edition: Dennis R. Moss, Michael M.

• Pressure Vessel and Stacks Field Repair Manual, 1st Edition

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage) Question Paper will consist of ten

questions. Section A of question paper is compulsory; containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks) Set three questions from each unit I, II and III.

Students will attempt 5 questions selecting at least one question from sections B, C & D. Each question

carries 10 marks. Questions of Section B will be from unit I, Questions of Section C from unit II and

Questions of section D from unit III.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Page 249: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

249

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEB-402

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version 2018

Machine Tool Design L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: Machining Processes Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEB-403

To impart knowledge regarding various types of dies like blanking, punching, forming,

bending and also to have focus on fixture, molding and gauge design

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the basics concepts to design the different types of dies, fixtures, gauges

and advanced measurement systems 2 Classify the different types of dies, fixtures, gauges and CMM system

3 Examine the characteristics of various types of dies, fixtures, gauges and

coordinate measuring machine 4 Explain the construction, working principle and forces developed in types of dies

and fixtures along with applications of gauges and CMM 5 Select the suitable type of die, fixture, gauge and measurement system for

particular application

Contents of the Syllabus

UNIT- I 1. Design of Sheet Metal, Blanking and Piercing Dies

Introduction, Fundamentals of die cutting operations, General Press information

types,Cuttingaction in punch and die operations, types of die construction, die clearances, sheet

metal material handling and feeding devices. (8hrs)

Page 250: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

250

2. Fundamentals of die design

Introduction, Press work materials and selection criteria, Blanking and piercing dieconstruction,

pilots, strippers and pressure pads, short run tooling for piercing, strip layout and design,

calculations for sheet optimization. (7hrs)

UNIT- II 3. Bending, Forming and drawing die design

Introduction of bending, forming dies, Bending and forming die design, Calculation ofvarious

parameters as per ASTME, effect of various process parameters during drawing,Drawing force

and related parameter calculation as per ASTME, blank size calculations (7hrs)

4. Design of Fixtures for Fabrication, Assembly and Inspection

Introduction, significance of fixtures in fabrication, Assembly and inspection, Types

andclassification, Materials used for above applications, design considerations, calculation of

clamping force, various approaches used in design of fixtures for above applications (8hrs)

.

UNIT-III

5. Development of injection moulding: Introduction, types of dies, die design considerations,

calculation of importantparameters, material properties of injection moulding materials (5 hrs)

6. Gauge and Gauge Design: Introduction, requirement of a gauge, Types of gauges, Gauge

tolerances, Selection ofmaterial for gauges, indicating gauges and automatic gauges, design of

simple gauges like snap gauge, plug gauge and thread gauge (5 hrs)

7 CMM: Construction, working, features, software interface, elaboration of capabilities for

various measurement requirement, Use of CMM in reverse engineering, generation of drawing

details from the existing component. (5 hrs)

REFERENCE BOOKS :

1. Tool Design – Cyrill Donaldson, G.H LeCain, V.C. Goold, Tata McGraw Hill Publi.

2. Jigs & Fixtures- Kempster ,ELBS.

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Page 251: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

251

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEB-403

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)

3. Set three questions from each unit I, II and III. Students will attempt 5 questions selecting

atleast one question from sections B, C & D. Each question carries 10 marks. Questions of

Section B will be from unit I, Questions of Section C from unit II and Questions of section D

from unit III.

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version 2018

EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: Thermal Engineering Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEB-404

1. To Prepare the students to learn about the Principles of measurements.

2. To learn and apply the different experimental techniques such as Moire

techniques, brittle coating methods and holography, Photo elasticity etc.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the basic concepts of measurement using extensometer, strain gauge,

photoelasticity, NDT and visual inspection 2 Utilize the various measurement techniques such as extensometer, strain

gauge, photoelasticity, NDT and visual inspection 3 List the principle, operational features and applications of different

measurement systems 4 Explain the construction, working procedure and factor affecting the

performance of various measurement and inspection systems 5 Select the suitable measurement system for particular application

Contents of the Syllabus

Unit-1

1. MEASUREMENTS & EXTENSOMETER

Principles of measurements, Accuracy, Sensitivity and range of measurements, Mechanical,

Optical, Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses, Advantages and disadvantages (7hrs)

Page 252: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

252

2. ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES

Principle of operation and requirements, Types and their uses, Materials for strain gauge, Calibration and

temperature compensation, cross sensitivity, Rosette analysis, Wheatstone bridge and potentiometer

circuits for static and dynamic strain measurements, strain indicators (8hrs)

UNIT- 2

3. PHOTOELASTICITY

Two dimensional Photo elasticity, Concept of light – Photo elastic effects, stress optic law, Interpretation

of fringe pattern, Compensation and separation techniques, Photo elastic materials (9hrs)

4. BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODS

Introduction to Moire techniques, brittle coating methods and holography (6hrs)

UNIT -3

5. NON – DESTRUCTIVE TESTING

Motivation, Background, Limitations of NDT, difference between Destructive Testing and Non –

Destructive Testing (2hrs)

6. Surface Methods

Visual Inspection - Physical Principles, Methodology, Limitations, Applications, Liquid Penetrant

Testing - Physical Principles, Methodology, Limitations, Applications, Magnetic Particle Inspection -

Physical Principles, Methodology, Limitations, Applications (6 hrs)

7. Volumetric Methods

Electro-Magnetic Methods - Magnetic Flux Leakage, Eddy Current, Low Frequency Eddy Current,

Acoustical Methods - Ultrasonic NDT principles, Different types of wave modes, Radiographic Methods

- Principles of X-ray NDT, Equipment, Calibration, Image Collection. (7 hrs)

Text Books 1. Srinath, L.S., Raghava, M.R., Lingaiah, K., Garagesha, G., Pant B., and Ramachandra, K., “Experimental

Stress Analysis”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 1984.

References Books 1. Dally, J.W., and Riley, W.F., “Experimental Stress Analysis”, McGraw-Hill Inc., New York, 2005, IV

edition.

2. Hetyenyi, M., “Hand book of Experimental Stress Analysis”, John Wiley and Sons Inc., New York, 1972.

3. Pollock A.A., “Acoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progress”, Ed. Stephens R.W.B., Chapman

and Hall, 1993

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Page 253: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

253

Subject

Code MEB-404

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)

3. Set three questions from each unit I, II and III. Students will attempt 5 questions selecting

at least one question from sections B, C & D. Each question carries 10 marks. Questions of

Section B will be from unit I, Questions of Section C from unit II and Questions of section D

from unit III

Page 254: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

254

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version

2018

Operation Research L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEB-405

To identify and develop operational research models from the verbal

description of the real system.

To apply the mathematical tools which are needed to solve optimization

problems

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basic concepts of operation research in engineering applications.

2 Develop the mathematical model from the real world situation.

3 Analyze the different operation research techniques/tools required to solve the engineering

problems.

4 Evaluate the mathematical model to attain the optimum solution of the problem

5 Propose the Operation research technique to make effective management/business decisions.

Contents of the Syllabus UNIT – I (15 hrs)

1. Introduction to the operational research & its applications: Introduction to the operational

research & its applications

2. Linear programming: Mathematical formulations of LP Models for product-mix problems;

graphical and simplex method of solving LP problems; sensitivity analysis; duality

3. Transportation problem: Various method of finding Initial basic feasible solution and

optimal cost

Page 255: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

255

UNIT – II (15hrs)

4. Assignment model: Assignment model, Algorithm and its applications

5. Forecasting: Introduction to forecasting, need or advantage of forecasting, forecasting

methods: qualitative and quantitative methods.

6. Sequencing Problem: Johnsons Algorithm for n Jobs and Two machines, n Jobs and Three

Machines, Two jobs and m Machines Problems

UNIT – III (15Hrs)

7. Queuing Theory: Characteristics of M/M/I Queue model; Application of Poisson and

Exponential distribution in estimating Arrival Rate and Service Rate; Applications of Queue

model for better service to the customers

8. Project Management: Rules for drawing the network diagram, Application of CPM and

PERT techniques in project planning and control; Crashing and resource leveling of operations

Simulation and its uses in Queuing theory & Materials Management

9. Inventory Control:Inventory Models, Deterministic demand Model, Probabilistic demand

model and Model with risk, Inventory Costs,

Text/Reference Books:

1) Vohra- Quantitative Techniques in Management (Tata McGraw-Hill, 2nd edition), 2003.

2)P.K. Gupta and D.S. Hira,Operations Research S. Chand & Co.

3) Kothari- Quantitative Techniques 1996,

4) Akhilesh K B and Balasubramanyam S- Quantitative Techniques

5) J K Sharma- Operations Research (Pearson)

Teaching –Learning Process

4. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

5. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

6.

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III

Page 256: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

256

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEB-405

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme Version

2018

Product Design and development L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEB-451

To prepare the students to Understand and apply the Concept Of Product design and

development in real industrial environment

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Identify the various aspects of product design, manufacturing and it's development.

2 Solve problems related to product life cycle applying all principles.

3 Choose the appropriate methods of design, manufacturing and assembly of product

4 Analyse the product design and development processes in manufacturing industry.

5 Examine the different methodologies for product design, development and its value

management.

Contents of the Syllabus

UNIT I

1. INTRODUCTION

Importance of product design and development in industry, Principal requirements of good product design,

Factors and considerations affecting product design. Quality concept, Ergonomic factor in product design,

Page 257: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

257

Product design methodology and techniques, Basic elements and concepts of visual design, Product

Design process (7Hrs)

2. PRODUCT LIFE CYCLE

Product Data and Product Workflow, Company’s PLM vision, The PLM Strategy, Principles for PLM

strategy, Preparing for the PLM strategy, Developing a PLM strategy, Strategy identification and

selection, Change Management for PLM (8Hrs)

UNIT II

3. DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURING & ASSEMBLY

Methods of designing for Manufacturing & Assembly, Designs for Maintainability, Designs for

Environment, Product costing, Legal factors and social issues. Engineering ethics and issues of society

related to design of products development. (8Hrs)

4. MATERIALS, FORMS, FUNCTION AND COLOR RELATIONSHIPS. Product graphics,

product development and testing Packaging materials their characteristics and applications, Packaging

design considerations (7Hrs)

UNIT III

5. VALUE ENGINERING

Value Engineering / Value Analysis, Techniques Brain Storming concept, advantage and applications,

types of values, Design for value, Analysis of function, using and evaluating functions, Value

engineering techniques, Value control, Methodology, , Economic analysis, Case studies (8Hrs)

6. CONCURRENT ENGG:Concurrent Engg, Rapid prototyping , Tools for product design – Drafting /

Modelling software, CAM Interface, Patents -An Overview. (7Hrs)

References:

1 Industrial Design MayallMcGruw Hill

2 Product Design &Niebel &McGraw Hill

3 Process Engineering Draper

4. Introduction to Design Asimov Prentice Hall

5. Value Engineering MudgeMcGraw Hill

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Page 258: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

258

Subject

Code MEB-451

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)

3. Set three questions from each unit I, II and III. Students will attempt 5 questions selecting

atleast one question from sections B, C & D. Each question carries 10 marks. Questions of

Section B will be from unit I, Questions of Section C from unit II and Questions of section D

from unit III.

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version 2018

QUALITY CONTROL & ASSURANCE L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEB-452

The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts of quality and

its role in enhancing the productivity of an enterprise using different quality

tools. Course Outcome

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Illustrate the concept of quality control and quality costs.

2 Make use of sampling techniques & total quality management methods.

3 Examine the reliability improvement & ISO 9000 series implementation procedure.

4 Determine quality control and costs using basic statistical concepts

5 Discuss the total quality management techniques, reliability improvements and ISO

9000 series.

Contents of the Syllabus

UNIT-I

1. Basic Concept Quality Costs: Fitness for Use, Quality Characteristics, Parameters of Fitness for use,

Definition of quality and its meaning and importance in industry, Control and Quality control, Quality

Tasks, Quality functions, The system Concept, Quality systems, quality assurance and ISO 9000 quality

system standards, Quality costs concept, Quality cost categories, Examples of Quality cost studies,

Securing the Cost figures, Pareto Analysis, Cost reduction Programs and economics of quality (7 hours)

Page 259: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

259

2. Control charts: Statistical Tools in Quality control, The concept of variation, Tabular Summarization

of Data, Frequency distribution, Graphical Summarization of Data: The Histogram, Quantitative methods

of summarizing data: Numerical Indices, Probability distributions, General, The normal Probability

distribution, Normal curve and Histogram Analysis, The causes of variation, statistical aspect of Control

charting, specification and tolerances, natural tolerance limits, specification limits, process capability ratio

analysis and narrow limit gauging (8hours)

Unit-II

3. Basic Statistical Concepts: Descriptions of Binomial, Poisson and Normal distribution with practical

examples basics of sampling distribution. Acceptance Sampling: Principle of acceptance sampling,

Acceptance sampling by attributes: single multiple and sequential sampling plans, lot quality protection

and average outgoing quality protection, Acceptance sampling by variables sampling plans of process

parameters, (7 hours)

4. Total quality Management: Basic concepts of TQM, historical review, leadership, concepts, role of

senior management, quality statements, plans for process parameters, Modern Quality Management

Techniques: TQM tools: Benchmarking, QFD, Taguchi quality loss function TPM, FMEA (8 hours)

Unit-III

5. Lean Manufacturing: Introduction, continuous improvement techniques, cause and effect diagrams,

scatter diagram, run charts, affinity diagrams, inter-relationship diagram, process decision program

(6 hours) 6. Quality and Reliability

Reliability improvements – techniques- use of Pareto analysis – design for reliability – redundancy unit

and standby redundancy – Optimization in reliability – Product design – Product analysis – Product

development – Product life cycles. (6 hours)

7. Quality Certification: Quality Assurance, ISO 9000 Series Concepts and Procedure (3 hours)

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Quality planning and Analysis, Juran and Gryna, TMH, New Delhi

2. Quality Management, Kanishka Bed, Oxford University Press, New Delhi

3. Introduction to SQC, Montgomery DC, 3e, Wiley, New Delhi

4. Fundamentals of quality control and improvement, A Mitra, Mcmillan pub. Company, NY

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Fundamentals of Applied Statistics, Gupta and Kapoor, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi.

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Page 260: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

260

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEB-452

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Introduction to Biomechanical Engineering L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Material Technology and Basics of

Biology

Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEB-453

To understand the concept of Bio-Materials, their Structure and properties

To be able to understand the concept of Bio- Mechanics, its principle and application

To understand principle, construction and working of Bio- Instrumentation

Course Outcome

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Illustrate the concepts of bio-materials, bio mechanics, bio kinetics, bio

instrumentation and its applications

2 Identify the various bio materials, their structure, properties, mechanics and the

applications of bio instrumentations

3 Categorize the different types of bio-materials, bio mechanics, linear kinetics, bio-

instrumentation and its application

4 Explain the structure, properties,construction, working principle and application of bio

materials and its mechanics in different situations

5 Choose the suitable bio-material for particular application considering various aspects

Contents of the Syllabus

Unit-1

1. Bio Materials (7hrs)

Biomaterials - Metals/alloys, polymers, ceramics, shape-memory alloys, composites and functionally

graded materials. Introduction to the use of implants, Smart materials and basics of MEMS

Page 261: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

261

2. Structure and Properties of Materials: (8hrs)

Structure and properties of materials used as implants polymers, ceramics, metal, shape memory alloy,

and composites; biological response to implants, cellular response to foreign materials, criteria for

selecting implants both for soft tissue and hard tissue, polymers used as vascular prosthesis, contact lens

and reconstructive surgery materials, Polymeric materials for drug delivery systems, active and passive

targeting, applications of intelligent materials.

Unit-2

3. Bio-Mechanics (5hrs)

Basic Principles, Biomechanics of human movement, Mechanic, Basic Units - Force-Time,

fundamentals Principle ofBiomechanics and its application, Inertia, Range of Motion, Force-Motion,

Segmental Interaction, Balance, Coordination and continuum Principle, Projection & Spin, Basics of

mechanism of fracture

4. Linear Kinetics (5hrs)

Bio Mechanics of Bone, Passive Muscle, Ligaments, Stretch-Shortening Cycle, Angular Velocity,

Angular Acceleration, Laws of Kinetic, Newton's Laws of Motion, Contact Forces, Impulse–Momentum

Relationship, Torque, Force–Time Principle, Work–Energy Relationship, Equilibrium, Centre of mass,

Centroid, Center of Gravity and Moment of inertia of I,E,H,L,T sections, Principle of Balance

5. Applications of Biomechanics in Qualitative: (5hrs)

Force analysis of Joints at various kinetic states - Spine (running, climbing, stairs, running downhill etc),

Knee (squatting, jumping, climbing stairs, kickingsoccer), shoulder (abduction, adduction, bowling,

smashing - racquet sports), (tennis, golf) and Hip (during fall, running). Qualitative Analysis of Kicking

Technique, Batting, Exercise/Activity Prescription and Qualitative Analysis of Catching

Unit-3

6. Bio-fluid Mechanics: (5hrs)

Bio-fluid Mechanics: Types of Fluids, Properties of Fluids, Fluid Forces, Buoyancy, Drag, Lift, The

Magnus Effect, and Principle of Spin, pressure, flow and velocity measurement of fluids

7. Instrumentation: (7hrs)

Overview and significance of biomechanics to lead a better life, Measurements and instrumentation

principles, Fundamentals of transducers and sensors, their sensitivity, specificity, linearity and

transduction system analysis

8. Bio-Sensors: (8hrs)

Introduction, transduction principles used in biosensors viz. electrical, optical, microchip sensors and

Surface acoustic wave devices and transducers and related technology, Demonstrations - Characterization

fractures & ruptures non-invasive analysis (MRI, CT scan).

Page 262: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

262

TEXT BOOKS:

Fundamentals of Bio Mechanics, “Duane Knudeson, Springer

1. NihatÖzkaya , “Fundamentals of Biomechanics Equilibrium Motion and Deformation, “Springer, ISBN :

1461411491

2. Susan J. Hall, “Basic Biomechanics, McGraw-Hill Education

3. Steven Vogel, Comparative Biomechanics, Publisher Princeton University Press

REFERENCES BOOKS 1. Frank Baaijens and Marcel Brekelmans, Biomechanics: Concepts and Computation, Cambridge University

Press

2.

Teaching –Learning Process 1. Class Room Learning using Board, ppt, model and Videos.

2. Students learning through lecture, Assignment, Test, Presentation and project

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEB-453

Page 263: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

263

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version 2018

INDUSTRIAL SAFETY L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEB-454

The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts of safety at

work place & basics of work place requirements.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Illustrate the concept of plant and equipment design related with industrial safety

perspective at work place.

2 Identify the need of industrial safety in heating, ventilation, lightning, noise,

vibration and maintenance of environmatal standards

3 List the various safety measure for heating, ventilation, lightning, noise, vibration

and maintenance of environmatal standards

4 Inspect the problems and remedial action for the heating, ventilation, lightning,

noise, vibration and environmental hazards

5 Choose the appropriate technique for the control and maintenance of heating,

ventilation, lightning, noise, vibration and environmental hazards

Contents of the Syllabus

Unit-I

1. Meaning & need for safety: Relationship of safety with plant design, equipment design and work

environment, Industrial accidents, their nature, types and causes. Assessment of accident costs; prevention

of accidents, Industrial hazards, Hazard identification techniques, Accident investigation, reporting and

analysis (5 hours)

2. Planning for safety: Definition, purpose, nature, scope and procedure. Range of planning, variety of

plans, Policy formulation and implementation of safety policies (5 hours)

3. Safety measures:Safety measure in a manufacturing organization, safety and economics, safety and

productivity. Employee’s participation in safety, Safety standards and legislation (5 hours)

Unit-II

Page 264: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

264

4. Environmental Control: Meaning of environment and need for environmental control Environmental

factors in industry. Effect of temperature, Illumination, humidity noise and vibrations on human body and

mind, Measurement and mitigation of physical and mental "fatigue" Basics of environment design for

improved efficiency and accuracy at work (7 hours)

5. Ventilation and heat Control: Purpose of ventilation. Physiology of heat regulation, Thermal

environment and its measurement, Thermal comfort, Indices of heat stress. Thermal limits for comfort,

efficiency and freedom from health risk. Natural ventilation, Mechanical ventilation, Air conditioning

Process ventilation,Control of heat exposures: control at source, insulation, and local exhaust ventilation.

Control of radiant heat, dilution ventilation, Local relief (8hours)

Unit-III

6. Industrial Lighting: Purpose of lighting, benefits of good illumination. Phenomenon of lighting and

safety, Lighting and the work, Sources and types of artificial lighting, Principles of good illumination,

Recommended optimum standards of illumination, Design of lighting installation, Maintenance standards

relating to lighting and colour (7 hours)

7. Noise & Vibrations: Continuous and impulse noise. The effect of noise on man, Noise measurement

and evaluation of noise, Noise isolation Noise absorption techniques, Silencers vibrations: Effect,

measurement and control measures (6 hours)

8. Environment Standards: Introduction to ISO 14000; Environment standards for representative

industries. (2 hours)

BOOKS: 1. Ventilation by Joselin, Edward Arnold

2. Noise Reduction by Beranek, Mcgraw Hill

3. Modern Safety and health Technology by DC Reamer; R. Wiley

4. Industrial Accident Prevention by Heinrich, HW; McGraw Hill

5. The process of Hazard Control by Firenze, RJ; Kendale

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEB-454

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Page 265: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

265

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version 2018

Surface Engineering L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEB-455

1. To Prepare the students to learn the basic concepts of surface engineering and

its development

2. To provide knowledge of coatings and the formation of technological surface

layers

3. To enable the students understand the basic principles of Laser Technology

and Plasma Coating Technology

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Understand and apply the concepts of various surface modifications

technologies

2 Identify the critical parameters of various surface modification techniques

3 Classify the various types of surface enhancement methods on the basis of

various technical parameters

4 Explain the working principle, parameters and applications of various surface

modifications technologies

5 Select the suitable surface modification technique for particular application

Contents of the Syllabus

UNIT- I (15Hrs)

1. Introduction to surface Engineering: Differences between surface and bulk, Properties of surfaces-wear, corrosion, optical, roughness,

electrical and thermal properties, wetability

Page 266: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

266

2.Coatings- Concepts of coatings , Electroplating and electroplating -Metallic and non metallic

coatings- Galvanizing – Thermal Spray ,types of thermals spary and their advantages and

disadvantages - conventional verses nanocoatings

UNIT- II (15Hrs)

3.Plasma Coating Technology: Process parameters, thermal and kinetic history of inflight particle,

microstructural features of plasma sprayed coatings, single splat studies, process-structure property

relationship challenges in prepartion,

4. Plasma Spraying: plasma spraying of nanopowders - its microsturcutre – properties –Liquid

precurser plasma spray- applications

UNIT- III (15Hrs)

5.Characterization of coatings: Coatings –thickness-porosity-hardness, fracture toughness=elastic

modulus –adhesionbending strength-fracture strength- tensile strength- wear and corrosion

measurementphase analysis

6. Hard and Soft Coating: Caser cladding- laser alloying, Electron beam hardening-ion beam

implantation- sol –gel coatings –electrophoretic deposition –DLC and diamond coatings, antifriction

and antiscratch coatings

Text Books:

1. Surface Engineering of Metals, Principles, equipments and Technologies- Tadeusz Burakowski,

Padeusg and Weirzxhon,CRC press, 1998

2. Surface coatings for protection against wear edited by BG Miller, Woodhead publishing,-2006

Reference Books:

1. Surface coatings ASM handbook

2. Characterization Techniques ASM Handbook

3. P. Fauchais, A. Vardelle, and B. Dussoubs, "Quo Vadis Thermal Spraying? "Journal of Thermal

Spray Technology, Volume 10(1) March2001

4. H. Herman and S. Sampath "Thermal Spray Coatings" Published in 1996 by Chapman and Hall,

London. Edited by Kurt H Sien

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Page 267: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

267

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEB-455

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)

3.MANUFACTURING

ENGINEERING GROUP

Page 268: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

268

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version 2018

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEC-351

The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts of the basic

principles of industrial engineering, plant layout, material handling and inventory

control.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Illustrate the basic concept of industrial engineering and its application.

2 Apply the concepts of work study, ergonomics and productivity in product design

and development.

3 Classify the plant layout, product design and material handling systems.

4 Evaluate the problem related to inventory control by imparting knowledge of

financial aspects.

5 Choose the appropriate techniques of production planning & control,

manufacturing cost and Intellectual Property System.

Contents of the Syllabus

Unit –I

Page 269: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

269

1. Work analysis & ergonomic (6 Hrs.)

Definition, Objectives of work study, Method study, Principle of motion economy-SIMO

chart, Techniques of method study - Various charts, THERBLIGS, Work measurement -

various methods, Time Study - PMTS, Anthropometry, Ergonomics. 2. Productivity (2 Hrs.)

Introduction, definition, measurement, productivity index, ways to improve productivity, Types of Production

System.

3. Product Design and Development (4 Hrs.)

Principles of good product design, tolerance design; quality and cost considerations, product

life cycle; standardization, simplification, diversification, value engineering and analysis,

concurrent engineering.

4. Engineering Economy and Costing (3Hrs.)

Elementary cost accounting and methods of depreciation; break-even analysis, techniques for

evaluation of capital investments, financial statements

Unit -II 5. Plant layout and material handling (6 Hrs.)

Plant location, site selection- Plant layout types, need, factors influencing the layout - Tools and techniques for

developing layout, process chart, flow diagram, string diagram, Template and Scale models, Material Handling,

scope and importance, Types of material handling systems, factors influencing material handling, methods of

material handling.

6. Inventory control (4 Hrs.)

Inventory control models - Economic order quantity (EOQ), Inventory control systems - P,Q,Ss Systems,

Service level, Stock out risk, determination of order point & safety stock, Selective inventory control - ABC,

FSN, SDE, VED.

7. Facility Design (5 Hrs.)

Facility location factors and evaluation of alternate locations; types of plant layout and their

evaluation; computer aided layout design techniques; assembly line balancing; materials

handling systems.

Unit -III 8. Production planning and control (6 Hrs)

Objectives of PPC, Functions of PPC, Process Planning-Principles of Standardization, specialization,

Simplification, Group Technology, Optimum Batch size, ABC analysis

9. Manufacturing cost analysis (7 Hrs)

Fixed & variable costs, Direct, indirect & overhead costs, & Job costing, Recovery of overheads, Standard

costing, Cost control, Cost variance Analysis - Labor, material, overhead in volume, rate & efficiency

10. Intellectual Property System (2 Hrs.) Definition of intellectual property, importance of IPR; TRIPS and its implications and patent

Note for Paper setter:

The syllabus has been divided into three units. Paper setter will set three questions from each

unit and one compulsory question spread over the whole syllabus & consisting of short answer

questions. The compulsory question will be set as first question. The students will be required to

attempt six questions in all including the compulsory question. The student can attempt

maximum two questions from each unit. All questions carry equal marks.

Text Books:

1. O.P. Khanna, Industrial Engg. & Management, DhanpatRai and Co. (P) Ltd.

2. H.S. Shan, Work Study and Ergonomics, DhanpatRai and Co. (P) Ltd.

3. Krajewski L J and Ritzman L P, “Operations Management”, Pearson Education Asia

Page 270: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

270

Reference Books:

1. Adam and Ebert “Production and Operation Management” Pearson Education Asia

2. Shanker. Ravi, Industrial Engineering.

3. Mahajan, Industrial Engineering. Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code

MEC-351

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme Version

2018

NON TRADITIONAL MACHINING L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEC-352

To explore the learner regarding the non-conventional techniques used for the

machining of hybrid materials such as thermal energy, light amplification, electrical

energy, ultrasonic energy etc.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the concepts of various Non Traditional Machining Processes and their applications

2 Identify the impact of various input variable on the performance output of machining

different materials

3 Classify the various non-traditional machining processes on the basis of different aspects

4 Compare the performance of various non-traditional machining techniques on the basis of

different technical parameters

5 Select the suitable type of non conventional machining process for particular application

Contents of the Syllabus

UNIT- I

1. BASICS OF NON TRADITIONAL MACHINING TECHNIQUES (6Hrs)

Page 271: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

271

Need for non - traditional machining – Classification on the basis of energy sources – Consideration in

process selection, materials, and applications

2. MECHANICAL ENERGY TECHNIQUES (9Hrs) Ultra Sonic Machining - Elements of the process, mechanism of metal removal, process parameters,

economic considerations, Benefits and Applications - Advantages and limitations, recent developments

Abrasive Jet Machining, Water Jet Machining and abrasive water jet machining: Basic principles,

equipments, process variables, mechanism of material removal, applications and limitations.

UNIT- II 3. ELECTRICAL ENERGY TECHNIQUES (7Hrs) Electro Chemical process: Fundamentals of Electro chemical machining, electro chemical grinding,

electro chemical honing and deburring process, metal removal rate in ECM, Tool design, surface finish

and accuracy, economic aspects of ECM- simple problems for estimation of metal removal rate,

applications and limitations, recent developments.

4. THERMO ELECTRICAL ENERGY TECHNIQUES (8Hrs) General principles of Electrical discharge machining, Electrical discharge grinding and wire cut EDM

process-power circuits for EDM, metal removal rate in EDM, process parameters, selection of tool

electrode and dielectric fluids, surface finish and machining accuracy, characteristics of spark eroded

surface and machine tool selection, recent developments.

UNIT- III 5. THERMAL ENERGY TECHNIQUES ` (9Hrs) Electron beam machining, Plasma Arc Machining and laser beam machining - Operating principles -

Equipment and sub systems - Parameters influencing metal removal - Benefits - Applications -

Advantages and limitations, Generation and control of electron beam machining, process capabilities and

limitations, recent developments,

6. HYBRID MACHINING PROCESSES: (6 Hrs) Concept, classification, application, Hot machining- method of heat, Applications and limitations,

Electrochemical discharge machining, Principle, application, advantages and limitations, Introduction to

Flexible manufacturing system

Books:

1. P.C. Panday and H.S. Shan, Modern Machining Processes, Tata McGraw Hill

2. G. Boothroyd and W.A. Knight, Fundamentals of Machining and Machine Tools, Marcel Dekker Inc.

3. G.F. Benedict, Non-traditional Manufacturing Processes, Marcel Dekker Inc.

4. V.K Jain, Advanced Machining Processes, Allied Publishers

5. Hassan Abdel, Gawad El-hofy Fundamentals of Machining Processes: Conventional and

Nonconventional Processes, Taylor & Francis DE/P

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3

Page 272: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

272

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEC-352

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Numerical Methods in Engineering L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: Engineering Mathematics Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEC-354

To understand and apply the basics tools of numerical analysis that can be used to

address analytically intractable problems of engineering.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Apply the basics concepts of numerical analysis on solution of linear equations and

ordinary differential equations.

2 Solve the problems numerically using different iterative and direct methods.

3 Examine the procedure to solve the different numerical problems

4 Analyze the problems numerically using techniques of integration differentiation.

5 Evaluate the problems using different numerical methods.

Contents of the Syllabus Unit-1

Error Analysis: Types of errors, Propagation of errors, Correct and Significant digits (5 Hrs)

Page 273: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

273

Solution of System of Linear Equations: Exact methods: LU-decomposition, Gauss-elimination

methods without and with partial pivoting. Iterative methods: Gauss-Jacobi and Gauss-Seidal methods,

Matrix norm, Condition number. (5Hrs)

Eigen values and Eigen vectors: Largest and Smallest eigen values and eigen vectors by power method

(5Hrs)

Unit-II

Roots of Non-linear Equations: Bisection, RegulaFalsi, Newton–Raphson methods, Direct Iterative

method with convergence criterion, Extension of Newton-Raphson and Iterative methods for two

variables. (5Hrs)

Finite Differences and Divided Differences: Operators, Difference table, Divided differences with

properties. (5Hrs

Interpolation: Interpolation Formulae: Newton’s forward, backward, Stirling’s and Bessel’s formulae

Newton’s divided difference and Lagrange’s formulae (5Hrs)

Unit-III

Numerical Differentiation and Integration:Newtons formulae for first and second derivative with

errors. Newton-Cotes formulae, General quadrature formula for equidistant ordinates, Trapezoidal,

Simpson’s 1/3 and 3/8 rules with their geometrical interpretations & errors (9Hrs)

Numerical solution of Ordinary differential Equation : Picard, Taylor series, Modified-Euler, Fourth

order Runge-Kutta methods (6Hrs)

Text Books:

1 S.S. Sastry, Introductory Methods Of Numerical Analysis, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. (2007),

ISBN-13: 978-8120327610.

2. B.S. Grewal, Numerical Methods In Engineering & Science With Programs In Fortran 77, C & C++,

KhannaPublishers (2008), ISBN-13: 978-8174091468.

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Page 274: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

274

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3

Category

UC BS DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEC-354

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version 2018

PRODUCTION PLANNING & CONTROL L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEC-401

The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts of production,

production scheduling, production planning, work study and production

control.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Illustrate the fundamental concepts related to Production Planning and Production Control

Functions utilizing various techniques.

2 Apply the concept of Sales forecasting, Market survey and Pre-planning.

3 Analyze the Industrial problems using Linear Programming, Work Study and Time Study

techniques.

4 Compare various techniques of Statistical Quality Control, Sampling and Process Capabilty.

5 Explain the concept of Inventory control, MRP, ERP and JIT.

Contents of the Syllabus

Unit -I

1. Introduction

Page 275: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

275

Production Planning and Control functions, Types of production systems, Sales Forecasting:

Forecasting techniques, Forecast errors. Aggregate Planning: concept, relevant costs, methods

Material Requirement Planning, Capacity Planning (8 hrs)

Pre-planning, market survey, machine and process capacity, capacity analysis; Effects of cyclic

and random variations; Routing route sheets, common charts (7 hrs)

Unit -II

2. Linear Programming and Scheduling)

Introduction Linear Programming: Basic concepts, Applications. Operations Scheduling, Forms

of schedules, Job shop scheduling, Batch shop scheduling, scheduling for continuous production

systems, various techniques of scheduling Inventory models, Scheduling;; Production order,

dispatching of production orders, job card Inventory control, inventory costs, lot size models,

back orders and last sales. (10Hrs

3. Work Study

Method study, basic procedure-Selection-Recording of process - Critical analysis, Development -

Implementation - Micro motion and memo motion study - work measurement - Techniques of

work measurement - Time study - Production study - Work sampling - Synthesis from standard

data - Predetermined motion time standards. (5Hr)

Unit -III

4. Statistical Quality Control

Statistical Quality Control Methods: Process control charts, Process Capability. Acceptance

Sampling: Operating Characteristic curve, Sampling Plans. Dispatching and Expediting,

Recording progress and feedback, Quantity discounts, safety, stock, elementary control under

risk; Materials purchasing, quotations; Rate controls; Introduction to value analysis (6Hrs)

5. Inventory Control and Recent Trends

Inventory control, Purpose of holding stock-Effect of demand on inventories-Ordering

procedures, Two bin system -Ordering cycle system-Determination of Economic order quantity

and economic lot size-ABC analysis-Recorder procedure-Introduction to computer integrated

production planning systems-elements of JUST IN TIME SYSTEMS-Fundamentals of MRP II

and ERP (9Hrs) Text Books :

5. Elements of Production Planning and Control by Eilon Macmillan.

6. Elwood S. Buffa, Modern Production/Operations Management, Wiley Series, 8th Edition.

7. Lee J. Krajewski, Operations Management, Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi, 6th

Edition. 8. R.S.Parmar Welding Technology, Khanna Publishers

9. R.K. Rajput, A Text book of Manufacturing Technology ( Laxmi Publications )

Reference Books:

1. Samson Eilon, “Elements of production planning and control”, Universal Book Corpn.1984

2. Elwood S.Buffa, and RakeshK.Sarin, “Modern Production / Operations Management”, 8th Ed.

John Wiley and Sons, 2000.

3. KanishkaBedi, “ Production and Operations management”, Oxford university press, 2ndEdition

2007.

4. K.C.Jain& L.N. Aggarwal, “Production Planning Control and Industrial Management”, Khanna

Publishers, 1990.

Teaching –Learning Process

Page 276: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

276

1 Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2 Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEC-401

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks

Page 277: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

277

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version 2018

WORK STUDY & ERGONOMICS L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEC-402

The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts of Work study

& Ergonomics requirements & their effect on performance

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the concepts of work study, method study, work sampling, work

measurement and ergonomics

2 Identify the various techniques of work study, method study, work sampling, work

measurement and ergonomics

3 List the procedure of work study, method study, work sampling, work measurement

and ergonomics

4 Compare the various method study, work study, work sampling, work measurement

and ergonomics techniques

5 Conclude the results of method study, work study, work sampling, work

measurement and ergonomics techniques

Contents of the Syllabus

UNIT-I

Page 278: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

278

1. Introduction to Work-Study: Introduction to industrial Engineering, productivity, measurement of

productivity factor affective productivity, the basic procedure of work-study, Work study for establishing

the standard time for a given activity (5 hours)

2. Method Study: Method study, procedure for Method study, Principles of motion economy, Filming

techniques and micro motion analysis, recording technique. Construction of process chart, Gantt chart,

SIMO chart, string chart, Travel chart, multiple activity chart, Sampling process (7hours)

3. Critical examination analysis: Primary, secondary and tertiary stages. Search for alternatives. Steps

involved in evaluation of alternatives (3hours)

Unit-II

4. Introduction to work measurement: objectives of work measurement, Techniques of work

measurement, Basic procedure in time study, Advantages and limitations of time study, Time recording

techniques in time study. Performance rating standard allowances, personal allowance, fatigue allowance,

production delay allowance, Factors affectingrating, Synthetic rating method (8 hours)

5. Work Sampling: process of work sampling, predetermined motion time systems, standard data system,

job evaluation and merit rating, work factor method, method time measurement system, basic, motion

time study system Wages and incentive plans, relationship between wages productivity and cost. Case

studies (7 hours)

Unit-III

6. Ergonomics: Concept and scope of Ergonomics, Contribution of Ergonomics in System design and

Management, Anthropometric principles in work space and Equipment design work space design for

standing and seated workers. (9hrs)

7. Human physiological Analysis:Assessment of human capabilities and limitations, Human

physiological work capacity, Control and Displays psycho Physiological aspects of design (6hrs)

REFERENCEBooks :

1 A ILO International labor organization Introduction to work study TATA McGraw Hill

2 B M.E.Mundel Motion and Time study

3 C R.M.Barynes Motion and Time study

4 D E.S.Buffa Modern production management TATA McGraw Hill

5 E Dr.A.K.Singh Time and motion study Jaico publishing houses

6 F Dalela Work study & Ergonomics TMH

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Page 279: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

279

Subject

Code MEC-402

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version 2018

MAINTENANCE AND RELIABILITY

ENGINEERING

L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEC-403

The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts of Plant Layout,

Maintenance and Reliability

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Apply the concepts of plant engineering, maintenance management and reliability

engineering systems

2 Identify the various types of maintenance systems, plant facilities, plant layouts, life

cycle costing and reliability engineering systems

3 Classify the the various types of maintenance systems, plant facilities, plant layouts,

life cycle costing and reliability engineering systems

4 Explain the procedure of implementingproper maintenance systems, plant facilities,

plant layouts, life cycle costing and reliability engineering systems

5 Select the suitable types of plant layout, facilities required,maintenance system and

reliability model for particular application

Page 280: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

280

Contents of the Syllabus

UNIT- I

1. Organization of Plant Engineering: Principles of Plant management functions. Classification of

maintenance work-Routine maintenance, emergency work, service work, preventive maintenance, Project

work, Corrective work, Assessment of maintenance work, Performance and productivity measurement,

problem solving techniques, Statistical processes, Parato chart. Manpower planning and training for

maintenance and safety staff (5 hours)

2. Plant Facilities and Layout Planning: Basic Plant facilities: Building: Types of Building structures,

Ventilation and lighting, Roads and parking, Electrical power generation, distributions, utilisation, stand

by units, Heating, ventilation and Air conditioning, Water supply, Purification, use and disposal,

Sanitation, Planning and estimation of auxiliary services, such as water, steam, compressed air (5 hours)

3. Layout of facilities: Types of layouts, selection of layout, Group technology aspect, P. Q. Analysis,

PQRST analysis, material flow, REL charts, space requirements, space diagram. Use of computer for

optimization of layouts (5 hours)

UNIT II

4. Maintenance Management Practice: Various types of maintenance, breakdown, preventive, periodic

or predictive, condition based maintenance as predictive preventive maintenance. Online or off-line,

concept of health as well as usage monitoring, Quantitative decision making for selection of maintenance

system & management classification of material, MICLASS, CUSDD, Software for Classification and

Coding, Maintenance problems occurring in product and process type industries and Power plants and

their management, Spare Parts Management- Simulation and Software needed for spare parts

management and inventory planning. (9hours)

5. Preventive Maintenance and Life Cycle Costing: Periodic Preventive Management - Scheduled

maintenance and period for P.M. Life cycle cost taking into consideration maintenance, reliability, hazard

function etc. Life cycle costing: Rigorous models, mathematical formulation etc. (6hours)

UNIT III

6. Reliability: Definition – Mean fracture rate – Mean time to failure – Mean time between failure –

Hazard rate – Hazard models – Constant hazard – Linearly increasing hazard – Weibull model –

System reliability – Series – Parallel and Mixed configuration – Simple problems (7 hours)

7. Material Handling:

Introduction to material handling, Manual and mechanical handling, Handling ratio, Effects of

handling on productivity, Basic principles of material handling, Analysis of material handling

problem, Organizing for material handling, Analysis of cost of material handling, Basic types of

material handling equipments and its characteristic, Uses and limitations, Stability of forklift

trucks, Selection of material handling equipment, Unit load handling, Palletizing & packaging

(8 hours)

Text Books:

1. A. K. Gupta,“Terotechnology&Reliability Engineering “,McMillan Co.

2. SushikumarSrivastava,”Industrial Maintenance Management “,S.Chand and Co.Ltd., New Delhi.

3. R.C. Rosaler-Handbook of Plant Engineering-McGraw Hill.ISBN 0070521646

Reference books:

1. B.Bhadury and S.K. Basu, “Terotechnology: Reliability Engineering and Maintenance Management

“,Asian Books, New Delhi 2002

2. A. K. S. Jardine, “Maintenance, Replacement & Reliability” HMSO, London.

3. H.P. Garg -Industrial Maintenance, S. Chand and Co. New Delhi, ISBN8121901685 8. Edward

Srivastava-Maintenance Management

Page 281: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

281

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Course to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEC-403

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)

Page 282: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

282

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version 2018 FINITE ELEMENTS METHODS L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: Thermal Engineering Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEC-353

To Make Students Understand The Concept Of Finite Element Methods And Their

Applications

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Understand the basic concepts of Finite Element Method (FEM)

2 Solve problems related to stiffness matrix and prismitic bar under axial loading

3 Model the bending of bar and plane truss structure

4 Examine the stress and strain in Plane Trusses.

5 Evaluate heat transfer rate in steady state conditions and one dimensional pin fin

system

Contents of the Syllabus

UNIT I (15 Hrs)

1. INTRODUCTION

What is Finite Element Method (FEM), Examples Areas of Application; General Steps in Finite Element

Analysis; Examples of Finite Element Modeling (5 Hrs)

Page 283: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

283

2. DIRECT STIFFNESS METHOD – SPRING ELEMENT

Derivation of the stiffness matrix; Example of a spring assemblage; Assembly of global stiffness matrix;

Types of boundary conditions; The Potential energy approach; Examples (5 Hrs)

3. PRISMATIC BAR UNDER AXIAL LOADING

Introduction; Finite Element Modeling – Element Division; Numbering Scheme; Coordinate and Shape

Functions; 3-4 The Potential Energy Approach; Assembly of Global Stiffness Matrix and Load Vector;

Treatment of Boundary Conditions; Temperature Effects; Examples. (5 Hrs)

UNIT II (15 Hrs)

4. BENDING OF BEAMS

Introduction; The Potential energy approach; Finite Element Formulation; Element Stiffness Matrix; The

Element Force Vector; Boundary conditions; Shear Force and Bending Moment; Examples.(5 Hrs)

5. PLANE TRUSS STRUCTURE

Introduction; Plane Trusses; Coordinate Transformation – Local & Global Coordinate, The Element

Stiffness Matrix; Stress Calculations; Temperature Effects; Examples. (5 Hrs)

6. PLANE STRESS & STRAIN – CST ELEMENT

Introduction; Finite Element Modeling; Constant Strain Triangle (CST); Isoperimetric Representation;,

Potential Energy Approach - Element Stiffness; Force Terms; 6-6 Stress Calculations; Temperature

Effects; Examples (5 Hrs)

UNIT III (15 Hrs)

7. FINITE ELEMENT MODELING

Rectangular Plate; Plane Stress & Plane Strain Condition; Pipe Under Internal Pressure; Axisymmetric

Condition; Symmetry Consideration (5 Hrs)

8. ONE-DIMENSIONAL STEADY-STATE HEAT TRANSFER

Introduction; One-Dimensional Heat Conduction; The Governing Equation; Boundary Conditions; The

One-Dimensional Element; Functional Approach – The Element Conductivity Matrix and Heat Rate

Vector; Heat Flux Boundary Conditions; Examples. (5 Hrs)

9. ONE-DIMENSIONAL HEAT TRANSFER IN THIN FINS

Introduction; The Governing Equation; The Boundary Conditions; The Convection Matrix and Heat Rate

Vector; Global System of Linear Equations; Example 5 Hrs)

References:

1. T. R. Chandrupatla and A. D. Belegundu, “Introduction to Finite Elements inEngineering”, 2nd Edition,

Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1997

2. Daryl L. Logan, “A First Course in the Finite Element Method”, 2nd Edition, PWSPublishing

Company, Boston, 1993

3. K. C. Rockey, H. R. Evan, D. W. Griffiths, and D. A. Nethercot, “The Finite ElementMethod: A Basic

Introduction”, 2nd Edition, William Collins Sons & Co. Ltd., 1983.

4. K. H. Huebner, D. L. Dewhirst, D. E. Smith and T. G. Byron, “The Finite Element Methodfor

Engineers”, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 2001

5. J. N. Reddy, “An Introduction to the Finite Element Method”, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, Inc., New

York, 1993.

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Page 284: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

284

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEC-353

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)

3. Set three questions from each unit I, II and III. Students will attempt 5 questions selecting

atleast one question from sections B, C & D. Each question carries 10 marks. Questions of

Section B will be from unit I, Questions of Section C from unit II and Questions of section D

from unit III

Page 285: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

285

MEC-404 Additive Manufacturing L T P S C CH

Version 1.00 3 0 0 0 3 45

Pre-requisites/

Exposure

MET352

Co-requisites

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To introduce about the basics of rapid prototyping/manufacturing technologies and systems along

with its applications in various fields

2. To familiarize with the principle and applications of rapid prototyping technologies

3. To understand and apply the automation and control system supporting the rapid prototyping.

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of this course, the students are expected to

1. Apply the concepts of Rapid Prototyping, digitization and automation techniques 2. Classify the various types of Rapid Prototyping, digitization and automization techniques

3. Inspect the performance output of different Rapid Prototyping, digitization and automation

techniques

4. Explain the construction, working principle and performance parameters of different Rapid

Prototyping, digitization and automation techniques

Page 286: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

286

5. Select the suitable type of Rapid Prototyping, digitization and automation technique for

particular application

COURSE DESCRIPTION

The course will inculcate the basics of rapid prototyping/manufacturing technologies and systems

along with its applications in various fields

Text Books:

1. Noorani, R. (2006), Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,

New Jersey.

2. Ali K. Kamrani, Emad Abouel Nasr, (2006), Rapid Prototyping: Theory and Practice,

Springer.

Reference Books

1. Hopkinson, N., Hague, R.J.M. and Dickens, P.M., Rapid Manufacturing and Industrial

Revolution for the Digital Age, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, Chichester, 2005

2. Gibson, I., Software Solutions for Rapid Prototyping, Professional Engineering Publication

Ltd., 2002.

COURSE CONTENTS

Unit-I 15 Contact hours

1. Rapid Prototyping: Need - Development of RP systems, RP process chain, Impact of Rapid

Prototyping on Product Development, Digital prototyping, Virtual prototyping, Rapid Tooling –

Benefits, Applications

2. Digitization techniques – Model Reconstruction, Data Processing for Rapid Prototyping: CAD

model preparation, Data Requirements – geometric modeling techniques: Wire frame, surface and

solid modeling – data formats - Data interfacing, Part orientation and support generation, Support

structure design, Model Slicing and contour data organization, direct and adaptive slicing, Tool path

generation

Unit-II 15 Contact hours

3. Stereolithography (SLA): Apparatus: Principle, per-build process, part-building, post-build

processes, photo polymerization of SL resins, part quality and process planning, recoating issues,

materials, advantages, limitations and applications (5hrs)

4. Solid Ground Curing (SGC): working principle, process, strengths, weaknesses and applications.

Fused deposition Modeling (FDM): Principle, details of processes, process variables, types, products,

materials and applications, laminated object manufacturing (LOM) (5hrs)

5. Selective Laser Sintering(SLS): Principle, process, Indirect and direct SLS- powder structures,

modeling of SLS, materials, post processing , Applications. Three dimensional printing - types of

printing, process capabilities, material system Solid based, Liquid based and powder based 3DP

systems, strength and weakness, Applications (5hrs)

Unit-III 15 Contact hours

6. Automation: Automation drives for machine tools, Degree of automation, Semi- automation,

Page 287: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

287

analysis of collect action, design of collect, bar feeding mechanism, tooling layout, single spindle

mechanism, analysis, swiss type automatic machine. Loading and unloading, Transfer devices,

Modulator-design concept in process gauging (8 hrs)

7. Control system of machine tools: control, mechanical, electrical, hydraulic, numeric and fluidic.

Basic principle of control, hydraulic controls, fluid controls, numerical controls, feedback systems,

Primary systems programming (7hrs)

Mode of Evaluation: The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory

Components Continuous Internal

Assessment (CAE)

Semester End

Examination (SEE)

Marks 40 60

Total Marks 100

Relationship between the Course Outcomes (COs) and Program Outcomes (POs)

Mapping Between COs and Pos

SN Course Outcome (CO) Mapped Programme

Outcome (PO)

1 Familiarize with the concept of Rapid Prototyping and digitization techniques

1,3,4,5

2 Impart the knowledge of Stereolithography, Solid Ground Curing (SGC) and Selective Laser Sintering(SLS) techniques

1,3,4,5

3 Understand and apply the fundamentals of Automation and

Control system of machine tools. 1,3,4,5

Page 288: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

288

En

gin

eeri

ng

Kn

ow

ledg

e

Pro

ble

m a

nal

ysi

s

Des

ign

/dev

elo

pm

ent

of

solu

tio

ns

Co

nd

uct

in

ves

tig

atio

ns

of

com

ple

x p

rob

lem

s

Mo

der

n t

oo

l u

sag

e

Th

e en

gin

eer

and

so

ciet

y

En

vir

on

men

t an

d s

ust

ain

abil

ity

Eth

ics

Ind

ivid

ual

or

team

wo

rk

Co

mm

un

icat

ion

Pro

ject

man

agem

ent

and

fin

ance

Lif

e-lo

ng

Lea

rnin

g

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11

MEC-404 Additive Manufacturing

3 2 2 2

1=addressed to small extent

2= addressed significantly

3=major part of course

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version

2018

Operation Research L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEC-405

To identify and develop operational research models from the verbal

description of the real system.

To apply the mathematical tools which are needed to solve optimization

problems

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

Page 289: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

289

1 Apply the basic concepts of operation research in engineering applications.

2 Develop the mathematical model from the real world situation.

3 Analyze the different operation research techniques/tools required to solve the engineering

problems.

4 Evaluate the mathematical model to attain the optimum solution of the problem

5 Propose the Operation research technique to make effective management/business decisions.

Contents of the Syllabus UNIT – I (15 hrs)

1. Introduction to the operational research & its applications: Introduction to the operational

research & its applications

2. Linear programming: Mathematical formulations of LP Models for product-mix problems;

graphical and simplex method of solving LP problems; sensitivity analysis; duality

3. Transportation problem: Various method of finding Initial basic feasible solution and

optimal cost

UNIT – II (15hrs)

4. Assignment model: Assignment model, Algorithm and its applications

5. Forecasting: Introduction to forecasting, need or advantage of forecasting, forecasting

methods: qualitative and quantitative methods.

6. Sequencing Problem: Johnsons Algorithm for n Jobs and Two machines, n Jobs and Three

Machines, Two jobs and m Machines Problems

UNIT – III (15Hrs)

7. Queuing Theory: Characteristics of M/M/I Queue model; Application of Poisson and

Exponential distribution in estimating Arrival Rate and Service Rate; Applications of Queue

model for better service to the customers

8. Project Management: Rules for drawing the network diagram, Application of CPM and

PERT techniques in project planning and control; Crashing and resource leveling of operations

Simulation and its uses in Queuing theory & Materials Management

9. Inventory Control:Inventory Models, Deterministic demand Model, Probabilistic demand

model and Model with risk, Inventory Costs,

Text/Reference Books:

1) Vohra- Quantitative Techniques in Management (Tata McGraw-Hill, 2nd edition), 2003.

2)P.K. Gupta and D.S. Hira,Operations Research S. Chand & Co.

3) Kothari- Quantitative Techniques 1996,

4) Akhilesh K B and Balasubramanyam S- Quantitative Techniques

5) J K Sharma- Operations Research (Pearson)

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

3.

Paper setting instructions

Page 290: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

290

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEC-405

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version 2018

Product Design and Development L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEC-451

To learn the Students about the Concept, procedure, stages and applications of

Product design and development

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Identify the various aspects of product design, manufacturing and it's

Page 291: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

291

development

2 Solve problems related to product life cycle applying all principles

3 Choose the appropriate methods of design, manufacturing and assembly of

product

4 Analyze the product design and development processes in manufacturing

industry.

5 Examine the different methodologies for product design, development and its

value management. Contents of the Syllabus

UNIT- I 1. INTRODUCTION

Importance of product design and development in industry, Principal requirements of good product design,

Factors and considerations affecting product design. Quality concept, Ergonomic factor in product design,

Product design methodology and techniques, Basic elements and concepts of visual design (7Hrs)

2. PRODUCT LIFE CYCLE

Product Data and Product Workflow, Company’s PLM vision, The PLM Strategy, Principles for PLM

strategy, Preparing for the PLM strategy, Developing a PLM strategy, Strategy identification and

selection, Change Management for PLM (8Hrs)

UNIT-II 3. DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURING & ASSEMBLY

Methods of designing for Manufacturing & Assembly, Designs for Maintainability, Designs for

Environment, Product costing, Legal factors and social issues. Engineering ethics and issues of society

related to design of products development. (8Hrs)

4. MATERIALS, FORMS, FUNCTION AND COLOR RELATIONSHIPS. Product graphics,

product development and testing Packaging materials their characteristics and applications, Packaging

design considerations (7Hrs)

UNIT-III 5. VALUE ENGINERING

Value Engineering / Value Analysis, Techniques Brain Storming concept, advantage and applications,

types of values, Design for value, Analysis of function, using and evaluating functions, Value

engineering techniques, Value control, Methodology, , Economic analysis, Case studies (8Hrs)

6. CONCURRENT ENGG:Concurrent Engg, Rapid prototyping , Tools for product design – Drafting /

Modelling software, CAM Interface, Patents -An Overview. (7Hrs)

References:

Industrial Design MayallMcGruw Hill

Product Design &Niebel&McGraw Hill

Process Engineering Draper

Introduction to Design Asimov Prentice Hall

Value Engineering MudgeMcGraw Hill

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Page 292: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

292

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEC-451

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)

3. Set three questions from each unit I, II and III. Students will attempt 5 questions selecting

atleast one question from sections B, C & D. Each question carries 10 marks. Questions of

Section B will be from unit I, Questions of Section C from unit II and Questions of section D

from unit III.

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version 2018

Supply Chain Management L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEC-452

The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts of Supply chain and to

expose the students to the logistics approaches of supply chain management.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

Page 293: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

293

1 Illustrate the concepts of logistics, Supply chain, SCM information and

warehousing managements systems

2 Identify the different methods of logistics, Supply chain, SCM information and

warehousing managements systems

3 Apply the process of supply chain for manufacturing and management systems.

4 List the various aspects and factors involved for the functioning of Logistics,

Supply chain and warehouse management systems

5 Compare the various factors, processes, models , activities, systems applicable to

logistics, supply chain and warehouse management systems

Contents of the Syllabus

UNIT-I

1. Introduction to Logistics (8hours)

Logistics - concepts, definitions and approaches, factors influencing logistics – Supply chain:

basic tasks, definitions and approaches, influencing supply chain - a new corporate model.

2. Phases of Supply Chain (7 hours)

The new paradigm shift - The modular company - The network relations – Supply processes -

Procurement processes - Distribution management

UNIT-II

3. Evolution of Supply Chain Models (8 hours)

Strategy and structure - Factors of supply chain - Manufacturing strategy stages - Supply chain

progress - Model for competing through supply chain management - PLC grid, supply chain

redesign - Linking supply chain with customer.

4. Supply Chain Activities (7 hours)

Structuring the SC, SC and new products, functional roles in SC - SC design framework -

Collaborative product commerce (CPC)

UNIT-III

5. SCM Organization and Information System (8 hours)

The management task - Logistics organization - The logistics information systems - Topology of

SC application - Product Data Management –

6. Warehouse Management System: (7hours)

Introduction to Warehouse management system, MRP- I, MRP - II, ERP,. - Case study, ERP

Software's.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Shari.P.B and Lassen.T.S, “Managing the global supply chain”, Viva books, New

Delhi, 2000.

2. Ayers.J.B, “Hand book of supply chain management”, The St. Lencie press,

2000.

REFERENCES

1. Nicolas.J.N, “Competitive manufacturing management – continuous improvement”, Lean

production, customer focused quality, McGrawHill, NewYork, 1998.

203 ME‐Engg&Tech‐SRM‐2013

1. Steudel.H.J and Desruelle.P, “Manufacturing in the nineteen - How to become a mean,

lean and world class competitor”, Van No strand Reinhold, New York,1992.

Page 294: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

294

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEC-452

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version 2018

QUALITY CONTROL & ASSURANCE L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEC-453

The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts safety at work

place & basic work place requirements.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

Page 295: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

295

1 Illustrate the concept of quality control and quality costs.

2 Make use of sampling techniques & total quality management methods.

3 Examine the reliability improvement & ISO 9000 series implementation

procedure.

4 Determine quality control and costs using basic statistical concepts

5 Discuss the total quality management techniques, reliability improvements and

ISO 9000 series.

Contents of the Syllabus

UNIT-I

1. Basic Concept Quality Costs: Fitness for Use, Quality Characteristics, Parameters of Fitness for use,

Definition of quality and its meaning and importance in industry, Control and Quality control, Quality

Tasks, Quality functions, The system Concept, Quality systems, quality assurance and ISO 9000 quality

system standards, Quality costs concept, Quality cost categories, Examples of Quality cost studies,

Securing the Cost figures, Pareto Analysis, Cost reduction Programs and economics of quality (7 hours)

2. Control charts: Statistical Tools in Quality control, The concept of variation, Tabular Summarization

of Data, Frequency distribution, Graphical Summarization of Data: The Histogram, Quantitative methods

of summarizing data: Numerical Indices, Probability distributions, General, The normal Probability

distribution, Normal curve and Histogram Analysis, The causes of variation, statistical aspect of Control

charting, specification and tolerances, natural tolerance limits, specification limits, process capability ratio

analysis and narrow limit gauging (8hours)

Unit-II

3. Basic Statistical Concepts: Descriptions of Binomial, Poisson and Normal distribution with practical

examples basics of sampling distribution. Acceptance Sampling: Principle of acceptance sampling,

Acceptance sampling by attributes: single multiple and sequential sampling plans, lot quality protection

and average outgoing quality protection, Acceptance sampling by variables sampling plans of process

parameters, (7 hours)

4. Total quality Management: Basic concepts of TQM, historical review, leadership, concepts, role of

senior management, quality statements, plans for process parameters, Modern Quality Management

Techniques: TQM tools: Benchmarking, QFD, Taguchi quality loss function TPM, FMEA (8 hours)

Unit-III

5. Lean Manufacturing: Introduction, continuous improvement techniques, cause and effect diagrams,

scatter diagram, run charts, affinity diagrams, inter-relationship diagram, process decision program

(6 hours) 6. Quality and Reliability

Reliability improvements – techniques- use of Pareto analysis – design for reliability – redundancy unit

and standby redundancy – Optimization in reliability – Product design – Product analysis – Product

development – Product life cycles. (6 hours)

7. Quality Certification: Quality Assurance, ISO 9000 Series Concepts and Procedure (3 hours)

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Quality planning and Analysis, Juran and Gryna, TMH, New Delhi

2. Quality Management, Kanishka Bed, Oxford University Press, New Delhi

3. Introduction to SQC, Montgomery DC, 3e, Wiley, New Delhi

Page 296: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

296

4. Fundamentals of quality control and improvement, A Mitra, Mcmillan pub. Company, NY

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Fundamentals of Applied Statistics, Gupta and Kapoor, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi.

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEC-453

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme

Version 2018

INDUSTRIAL SAFETY L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEC-454

The course will prepare engineers to understand the concepts of safety at

work place & basic of work place requirements.

Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

Page 297: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

297

1 Illustrate the concept of plant and equipment design related with industrial safety

perspective at work place.

2 Identify the need of industrial safety in heating, ventilation, lightning, noise,

vibration and maintenance of environmental standards

3 List the various safety measure for heating, ventilation, lightning, noise, vibration

and maintenance of environmental standards

4 Inspect the problems and remedial action for the heating, ventilation, lightning,

noise, vibration and environmental hazards

5 Choose the appropriate technique for the control and maintenance of heating,

ventilation, lightning, noise, vibration and environmental hazards

Contents of the Syllabus

Unit-I

1. Meaning & need for safety: Relationship of safety with plant design, equipment design and work

environment, Industrial accidents, their nature, types and causes. Assessment of accident costs; prevention

of accidents, Industrial hazards, Hazard identification techniques, Accident investigation, reporting and

analysis (5 hours)

2. Planning for safety: Definition, purpose, nature, scope and procedure. Range of planning, variety of

plans, Policy formulation and implementation of safety policies (5 hours)

3. Safety measures:Safety measure in a manufacturing organization, safety and economics, safety and

productivity. Employee’s participation in safety, Safety standards and legislation (5 hours)

Unit-II

4. Environmental Control: Meaning of environment and need for environmental control Environmental

factors in industry. Effect of temperature, Illumination, humidity noise and vibrations on human body and

mind, Measurement and mitigation of physical and mental "fatigue" Basics of environment design for

improved efficiency and accuracy at work(7 hours)

5. Ventilation and heat Control: Purpose of ventilation. Physiology of heat regulation, Thermal

environment and its measurement, Thermal comfort, Indices of heat stress. Thermal limits for comfort,

efficiency and freedom from health risk. Natural ventilation, Mechanical ventilation, Air conditioning

Process ventilation, Control of heat exposures: control at source, insulation, and local exhaust ventilation.

Control of radiant heat, dilution ventilation, Local relief (8hours)

Unit-III

6. Industrial Lighting: Purpose of lighting, benefits of good illumination. Phenomenon of lighting and

safety, Lighting and the work, Sources and types of artificial lighting, Principles of good illumination,

Recommended optimum standards of illumination, Design of lighting installation, Maintenance standards

relating to lighting and colour (7 hours)

7. Noise & Vibrations: Continuous and impulse noise. The effect of noise on man, Noise measurement

and evaluation of noise, Noise isolation Noise absorption techniques, Silencers vibrations: Effect,

measurement and control measures (6 hours)

8. Environment Standards: Introduction to ISO 14000; Environment standards for representative

industries. (2 hours)

BOOKS: 1. Ventilation by Joselin, Edward Arnold

2. Noise Reduction by Beranek, Mcgraw Hill

3. Modern Safety and health Technology by DC Reamer; R. Wiley

4. Industrial Accident Prevention by Heinrich, HW; McGraw Hill

5. The process of Hazard Control by Firenze, RJ; Kendale

Teaching –Learning Process

3. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

4. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Page 298: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

298

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEC-454

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)

Page 299: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

299

OPEN ELECTIVES

SYLLABUS

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme

Version

2018

Automobile Engineering L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject

Code

Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEO-401

To Broaden the understanding of automobile architecture, performance as well

as to familiarize about the wheels, tyres, transmission and braking system

To Understand the suspension and steering system along with basic knowledge

of electrical systems, safety and advances in automobile engineering

Page 300: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

300

Course Outcomes On the completion of course the student will be able to

1 Illustrate the basics concepts of Automobile components, woking principles

and safety measures

2 Identify the components of I.C engines, transmission system, suspension,

steering, braking and different emission norms

3 Classify the different components of an automobile like, chasis, body, transmission

system, suspension, steering, braking along with pollution control measures

4 List the different components of an automobile along with construction, working principle and

pollution standards

5 Compare the construction and working principle of different types of chasis,

engines, power transmission, safety, control and pollution norms of and

automobile

UNIT – I

1. Automobile basics

Components of automobile, basic structure, classification of automobile, body styles, Chassis and its

construction, frame and frameless construction. (7 Hrs.)

2. Internal Combustion Engines

Classification of IC engines, different parts of IC engine, working cycles, Spark plug, carburetor, fuel

pump, injectors, valves, cooling system, lubrication system, turbocharger, supercharger, throttle body and

multi point fuel injection system (MPFI, CRDI), Battery coil ignition system and Magneto Ignition

system. Power requirements, motion resistance and power loss, tractive effort, and vehicle performance

curves, selection of power unit and engine performance characteristics (8Hrs.)

UNIT – II

3. Transmission system

Functions of transmission, necessity, types of transmission, sliding mesh, constant mesh, synchromesh,

selector mechanism automatic Manual Transmission (AMT), transfer box, automatic transmission, torque

converter, overdrive, propeller shaft, universal joint, final drive, differential, rear axle, rear axle drive.

Requirements of clutches, types of clutches, working of single plate, multiplate and centrifugal clutch,

clutch operation, clutch plate, fluid flywheel. (8 Hrs.)

5. Suspension, Brakes and Steering

Steering geometry and types of steering gear box, Power Steering, Types of Front Axle, Types of

Suspension Systems, Pneumatic and Hydraulic Braking Systems, Antilock Braking System, Brake

efficiency and stooping distance, fading of brakes, wheel skidding, types of brakes, drum and disk brakes,

servo brakes. (7 Hrs.)

UNIT –III

5. Safety in Automobile

Active safety, passive, Adaptive cruise control system, EBD (Electronic brake force distribution system)

Traction control system, Airbags, Electronic stability control system (ESC) TDI (7 Hrs.)

6. Emission control & Alternative Energy Sources

Automotive air pollution, emission control, evaporative, catalytic converter, Use of Compressed Natural

Gas (CNG), Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG), Bio-diesel, Bio-ethanol, and Hydrogen in Automobiles-

Engine modifications required –Performance, Electric Vehicle and Hybrid Fuel Cell. (8 Hrs)

Page 301: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

301

Text Books:

1. Kripal Singh: Automobile Engineering, Vol. I & II, Standard Publication Distributor, Delhi

2. W.H.Crouse: Automotive Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill D. L. Anglin Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi

3 Heinz Heisler, ‘Advanced Engine Technology,” SAE International Publications, USA,1998 .

Reference Books

1. Dempsey, P.: Automotive Engines. 4. J. Heitner : Automotive Mechanics Affiliated East West

Press,New Delhi.

2. N.K.Giri : Problems in Automobile Mechanics, Khanna Publishers, Delhi.

Teaching –Learning Process

3. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

4. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Paper setting instructions

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the paper as the

students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

The syllabus has been divided into three equal units. The paper setter is required to set ten questions in all,

three questions from each unit and a compulsory question consisting of five sub parts and based on the

whole syllabus. The candidate will be required to attempt six questions including the compulsory question

number no 1 and not more than two questions from each unit.

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEO-401

Page 302: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

302

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme Version

2018-19

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEO-402

To provide the basic features of Industrial Engineering like plant layout, material handling,

inventory control, production planning control, manufacturing cost analysis and IPR

Course Outcomes

On the completion of course the student will be able to

1 Illustrate the basic concept of industrial engineering and its application. 2 Apply the concepts of work study, ergonomics and productivity in product design and development. 3 Classify the plant layout, product design and material handling systems.

Page 303: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

303

4 Evaluate the problem related to inventory control by imparting knowledge of financial aspects. 5 Choose the appropriate techniques of production planning & control, manufacturing cost and

Intellectual Property System.

Contents of the Syllabus

Unit –I

1. Work analysis & ergonomic (6 Hrs.)

Definition, Objectives of work study, Method study, Principle of motion economy-SIMO

chart, Techniques of method study - Various charts, THERBLIGS, Work measurement -

various methods, Time Study - PMTS, Anthropometry, Ergonomics. 2. Productivity (2 Hrs.)

Introduction, definition, measurement, productivity index, ways to improve productivity, Types of Production

System.

3. Product Design and Development (4 Hrs.)

Principles of good product design, tolerance design; quality and cost considerations, product

life cycle; standardization, simplification, diversification, value engineering and analysis,

concurrent engineering.

4. Engineering Economy and Costing (3Hrs.)

Elementary cost accounting and methods of depreciation; break-even analysis, techniques for

evaluation of capital investments, financial statements

Unit -II 5. Plant layout and material handling (6 Hrs.)

Plant location, site selection- Plant layout types, need, factors influencing the layout - Tools and techniques for

developing layout, process chart, flow diagram, string diagram, Template and Scale models, Material Handling,

scope and importance, Types of material handling systems, factors influencing material handling, methods of

material handling.

6. Inventory control (4 Hrs.)

Inventory control models - Economic order quantity (EOQ), Inventory control systems - P,Q,Ss Systems,

Service level, Stock out risk, determination of order point & safety stock, Selective inventory control - ABC,

FSN, SDE, VED.

7. Facility Design (5 Hrs.)

Facility location factors and evaluation of alternate locations; types of plant layout and their

evaluation; computer aided layout design techniques; assembly line balancing; materials

handling systems.

Unit -III 8. Production planning and control (6 Hrs)

Objectives of PPC, Functions of PPC, Process Planning-Principles of Standardization, specialization,

Simplification, Group Technology, Optimum Batch size, ABC analysis

9. Manufacturing cost analysis (7 Hrs)

Fixed & variable costs, Direct, indirect & overhead costs, & Job costing, Recovery of overheads, Standard

costing, Cost control, Cost variance Analysis - Labor, material, overhead in volume, rate & efficiency

10. Intellectual Property System (2 Hrs.) Definition of intellectual property, importance of IPR; TRIPS and its implications and patent

Note for Paper setter:

The syllabus has been divided into three units. Paper setter will set three questions from each

unit and one compulsory question spread over the whole syllabus & consisting of short answer

questions. The compulsory question will be set as first question. The students will be required to

attempt six questions in all including the compulsory question. The student can attempt

maximum two questions from each unit. All questions carry equal marks.

Text Books:

Page 304: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

304

1. O.P. Khanna, Industrial Engg. & Management, DhanpatRai and Co. (P) Ltd.

2. H.S. Shan, Work Study and Ergonomics, DhanpatRai and Co. (P) Ltd.

3. Krajewski L J and Ritzman L P, “Operations Management”, Pearson Education Asia

Reference Books:

1. Adam and Ebert “Production and Operation Management” Pearson Education Asia

2. Shanker. Ravi, Industrial Engineering.

3. Mahajan, Industrial Engineering.

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEO-402

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN

Scheme Version

2018

ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEO-451

To impart knowledge about the engineering aspects of Robots and Automation in

different industrial applications

Course Outcomes

On the completion of course the student will be able to

1 Illustrate the the basic concepts of robotics, sensors, automation and control

systems

2 Identify the different components of robot, its end effector, sensors, programming,

Page 305: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

305

applications and various types of automation, hydraulic and pneumatic control

systems

3 Classify the various types of robot drives, end effectors, transmission, sensors,

programming and various automation & control systems

4 Compare the different types of motions, transmission, control, programming

methods, applications, automation and control system of robot

5 Explain the construction and working principle of Robot, its components,

transmission and control systems

UNIT-I

1. INTRODUCTION:

Basic concepts of robotics (Laws of robotics, robotic systems), RIA definition, Robot anatomy

(Robot configurations, Robot motions, Joint notation scheme) , Manipulators, Precision

movement (Spatial resolution, accuracy, repeatability) Work volume, robot specifications, Types

of Robot drives, electric drive, Hydraulic, pneumatic drives, Basic robot motions, Point to point

control and continuous path control, Kinematics: Forward and inverse kinematics. (8 Hrs)

2. END EFFECTORS AND TRANSFORMATIONS

End effectors-Introduction, classification, Mechanical, Magnetic grippers, Vacuum and adhesive

gripper, basics of Gripper force analysis and design, fundamentals of 2D and 3D transformation

(scaling, rotation, translation) (7 Hrs)

UNIT-II

3. SENSORS AND CONTROL SYSTEMS

Sensor devices, Types of sensors (contact, position and displacement sensors), Force and torque

sensors, Proximity and range sensors, acoustic sensors, Introduction to Robot vision systems,

Sensing and digitizing, Basics of Robot control system, Unit control system, Adaptive and

Optimal control. (7 Hrs)

4. ROBOT PROGRAMMING AND APPLICATIONS

Robot language, classification, Programming methods, off and on line programming, Lead

through method, powered and Manual lead through, Teach pendent method, Application of

Robots, Material handling, Constrains, Machine loading and unloading, Assembly operation,

Welding Robot and Spray Painting Robot, Recent developments in robotics. (8 Hrs)

UNIT-III

5. AUTOMATION

Automation in production systems, Automation principles and strategies, Levels of automation,

Pneumatic Control: Production, distribution and conditioning of compressed air, Pneumatic

control components, Pneumatic actuators, Pneumatic valves, Air- hydraulic equipment, Logic

control circuits, Pneumatic circuit design for various applications. (8 Hrs)

6. HYDRAULIC AND ELECTRICAL CONTROL:

Components of hydraulic control system, Hydraulic actuators, Hydraulic valves, Accumulators,

Hydraulic circuit design and analysis, Electrical Control, Stepper motors, DC and AC motors,

Basics of PLC and industrial applications (7 Hrs)

Note for Paper setter:

The syllabus has been divided into three units. Paper setter will set three questions from each

unit and one compulsory question spread over the whole syllabus & consisting of short answer

Page 306: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

306

questions. The compulsory question will be set as first question. The students will be required to

attempt six questions in all including the compulsory question. The student can attempt

maximum two questions from each unit. All questions carry equal marks Text Books:

1. M.P. Groover, Automation Production Systems and Computer-Integrated Manufacturing, Pearson

Publication, 2014

2. A. Esposito, Fluid Power with Applications, Pearson Publication, 2003

3. Deb .S.R, “Robotics technology and flexible automation”, Tata McGraw Hill publishing company

limited, New Delhi, 2010.

Reference Books:

1. Klafter R.D, Chmielewski T.A and Noggins, “Robot Engineering: An Integrated Approach”, Prentice

Hal of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010

2. Fu K.S, Gonzalez, R.C., & Lee, C.S.G., “Robotics control, sensing, vision and intelligence”, McGraw

Hill Book Co., Singapore, Digitized 2007

3. Craig.J.J, “Introduction to Robotics mechanics and control”, Addison- Wesley, London, 2008.

Teaching –Learning Process

1. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

2. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEO-451

CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY, GHARUAN Scheme Version

2018

INDUSTRIAL SAFETY L T P C

BE Mechanical Engineering 3 0 0 3

Subject Code Prerequisite: None Total hours = 45

Course Objectives

MEO-452

The course will prepare the professional to understand the need of safety, its

planning and control measures of industrial work place

Course Outcomes

On the completion of course the student will be able to

1 Illustrate the concept of plant and equipment design related with industrial safety perspective

at work place.

Page 307: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

307

2 Identify the need of industrial safety in heating, ventilation, lightning, noise, vibration and

maintenance of environmental standards

3 List the various safety measure for heating, ventilation, lightning, noise, vibration and

maintenance of environmental standards

4 Inspect the problems and remedial action for the heating, ventilation, lightning, noise,

vibration and environmental hazards

5 Choose the appropriate technique for the control and maintenance of heating, ventilation,

lightning, noise, vibration and environmental hazards

Contents of the Syllabus

Unit-I

1. Meaning & need for safety: Relationship of safety with plant design, equipment design and work

environment, Industrial accidents, their nature, types and causes. Assessment of accident costs; prevention

of accidents, Industrial hazards, Hazard identification techniques, Accident investigation, reporting and

analysis (5 hours)

2. Planning for safety: Definition, purpose, nature, scope and procedure. Range of planning, variety of

plans, Policy formulation and implementation of safety policies (5 hours)

3. Safety measures: Safety measure in a manufacturing organization, safety and economics, safety and

productivity. Employee’s participation in safety, Safety standards and legislation (5 hours)

Unit-II

4. Environmental Control: Meaning of environment and need for environmental control Environmental

factors in industry. Effect of temperature, Illumination, humidity noise and vibrations on human body and

mind, Measurement and mitigation of physical and mental "fatigue" Basics of environment design for

improved efficiency and accuracy at work (7 hours)

5. Ventilation and heat Control: Purpose of ventilation. Physiology of heat regulation, Thermal

environment and its measurement, Thermal comfort, Indices of heat stress. Thermal limits for comfort,

efficiency and freedom from health risk. Natural ventilation, Mechanical ventilation, Air conditioning

Process ventilation, Control of heat exposures: control at source, insulation, and local exhaust ventilation.

Control of radiant heat, dilution ventilation, Local relief (8hours)

Unit-III

6. Industrial Lighting: Purpose of lighting, benefits of good illumination. Phenomenon of lighting and

safety, Lighting and the work, Sources and types of artificial lighting, Principles of good illumination,

recommended optimum standards of illumination, Design of lighting installation, Maintenance standards

relating to lighting and colour (7 hours)

7. Noise & Vibrations: Continuous and impulse noise. The effect of noise on man, Noise measurement

and evaluation of noise, Noise isolation Noise absorption techniques and Silencers vibrations: Effect,

measurement and control measures (6 hours)

8. Environment Standards: Introduction to ISO 14000; Environment standards for representative

industries. (2 hours)

BOOKS: 1. Ventilation by Joselin, Edward Arnold

2. Noise Reduction by Beranek, Mcgraw Hill

3. Modern Safety and health Technology by DC Reamer; R. Wiley

4. Industrial Accident Prevention by Heinrich, HW; McGraw Hill

5. The process of Hazard Control by Firenze, RJ; Kendale

Teaching –Learning Process

3. Class Room teaching equipped with Board, ppt, Audio –Visual aids and Models

4. Learning through Lecture notes, assignments, Surprise test, quiz and written examination

Page 308: Syllabus-2018-2022-Batch.pdf - Chandigarh University

308

Subject to Program outcome Relationship

Program

outcome

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

Subject

mapping

Unit

mapping

I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III I-III

Category

UC B/F DC DE UO MNG

HONS PROJECT BW PRACTICAL TRAINING SEMINAR

Department Mechanical Engineering

Subject

Code MEO-452

Instructions for the Paper-Setter

Please go through these instructions thoroughly and follow the same pattern while setting the

paper as the students have been prepared according to this format.

Maximum Marks = 60 Time: 3 Hrs

Weightage per unit = 20 marks (excluding over attempt weightage)

1. Question Paper will consist of ten questions.

2. Section A of question paper is compulsory, containing five parts each of 2 marks covering the

whole syllabus (short answer type- total 10 marks)